THE SWEDISH INTELLIGENCER.  
The Second Part.  
WHEREIN, OUT OF THE TRVEST and choicest Informations, are the famous Actions of that warlike Prince Historically led along: from the Victory of Leipsich, unto the Conquest of Bavaria.  
The times and places of every Action, being so sufficiently observed and described; that the Reader may find both Truth and Reason in it.  
LONDON, Printed by I L. for Nath: Butter and Nicholas Bourne. 1632.   

The Preface. TO THE FAVOURABLE AND JUDICIOUS Reader.  
THen is a Book thoroughly allowed, when Seen and Allowed: when the Readers have approved it, as well as the Licencer. With this favourablenesse (as I thankfully must acknowledge) have my former Books been entertained: yea, most favourably, by the most judicious. In an humble hope therefore, of the like acceptance; does my Dedication in the same Style, again prefer itself to its old Patrones-generall, The Favourable and judicious Readers. The King of Sweden (though armed but in Paper) cannot but Conquer. I mean affections. Since than I no ways could presume, that my Style or simple performance, should in any degree inveigle your Judgements; this only became my encouragement, That though this Story should go out of my hands, poorly enough and weakly indicted: yet that the prevailing Fortunes of the King of Sweden, would so potently assist and go along with it; as that by that time it came into your hands, it would so prevail with your affections; and so gently in the reading, captivated the attentions of all the favourers of his actions, that their judgements (for the time) should become deprived of this part of their due liberties; and forbear the power, though, not of seeing yet of censuring, my errors.  
The First Part I undertook, to cheer up the long-exercised expectations of such well-affected English, as desired in their days, to see some ease and consolation, to the miserably afflicted Churches of Germany. In that poor Book, our Nation first read, That God had begun to sand a Deliverer unto His people. This (me thoughts) in a time of my leisure, was a work not altogether beneath me: and that to bring Glad tidings, was next unto the Preaching of the Gospel. To the going on with this Second Part, hath the united and repeated desires, of well-disposed people provoked me: I could not take so many expectations of my Betters, for less than a Command; and that it was a Duty to satisfy them.  
My Book hath many men's Stories: but I have laboured most upon the Kings. In penning of the whole, I had these two ambitions; Truth and Plainness. The compass of the First, (besides the chargeableness of procuring the Intelligence, out of the Armies and elsewhere) hath cost me much more pains, than the bore writing: my care was, to learn out, and get acquainted with such understanding Gentlemen, as had been personally present in the Actions. To some of these, hath my Margin been already thankful: and here, especially, am I again, to that Gentleman of curious observation, whom you shall found named Page 46, in the Margin. I will not be much displeased, if Gallobelgicus shall anywhere differ from me: this by his former Books I perceive, that he hath made use of but few things, which I have not seen before his Mart: and my diligence (I believe) hath not been behind his; and my Intelligence, I know to be fare better. Truth is the pearl, I sought for; which I have still preferred before favour: and had the Imperialists well beaten the Swedish now and then; I would not have omitted it. Variety, is some ornament to a Book: part of which mine now wants; as running altogether upon the victories of the King of Sweden. If then any contrarily-affected shall give out, That I have omitted their victories: besides this answer to them, That they should have done well to have sent me in their Intelligence: I further demand, What victories these were, which suffered the King of Sweden to march up and down so many hundred miles in Germany: and that I never read, (in the compass of the time of this Story) of any enterprise he undertook, but he prevailed in it: his fortunes never receiving any remarkable or considerable check, but at Ingolstat only. This truly I believe; That all their supposed victories, which they have so often here given out, will hardly (yet) make up a Second Part of the Laurea Austriaca. Errors, I cannot but have: but they are casual, and not affected once; they are my ignorances, not my purposes. And if those that know better, (and be sure they do so) will add to, or control this; I shall thank them for satisfying my Readers, in what I would have served them; had I either known more Truth, or more Circumstances.  
As for my second Ambition, Plainness; that have I also laboured upon. I affected not to be too concise, or too sententious. My care was, not to hunt for praise; by the corrupting of our noble Language, with fine new phrases, and unhappily coined words: the presumptions of an overbold fancy. Some military Terms, may perchance be obscure, because proper: which being their commendation, I would not (in this) descend unto every capacity. In a many of these, may the Reader satisfy himself, in my Swedish Discipline: and for understanding of the rest, my Book must wait the improvement of its Readers industry. To make all more Plain, I have noted the places of every Action. The King of Sweden cannot fly: therefore have I specified the distances and lyings of the Towns; that you may perceive the orderliness and probabilities of the Kings Proceed: and that there was no impossibility in his Conquests. I have been careful, (if not too curious) in this point: and have taught those Readers that have Maps, how to turn them. This commodity because all have not; and that in the same Map there be many towns of the same names; therefore have I been so particular in my Descriptions.  
This one addition had I purposed to have made unto my Story: the journal, namely, or Diarye of the Actions of the Lower Saxony. And that, between the Armies and Generals of the two adverse Leagues, the Protestants and the Catholics. That is to say; Betwixt the Lord marquis of Hamilton, Duke William of Saxon-Weymar, the Lord Achatius Todt, Sir John Banier, and Bauditz: all Generals for the King of Sweden, the Head of the League. Together with the two Dukes of Mecklenburg, the Dukes of Lunenburg and Saxon-Lawenburg, the Landgrave of Hessen, and the Bishop of Bremen; all Generals for themselves, and the Protestant-League, respectively: on the one party. And, the Earls of Pappenhaim and Mansfeld, the Barons of Gronsfelt and Virmont; with Reinacher, Boenickhausen, and other Governors and Commanders: for the Imperial party. But this have I been forced to leave out, for want of conference with such Gentlemen, as had personally been employed in the Actions: an instruction, which I much prefer, before all written Intelligences. My Preface, was only to make the Readers understand my purpose; and I hope I have done it. The Readers must be allowed the liberty of their several verdicts: and though they should differ, yet must all pass for judgement. The pleasing of them, must be put to the venture: but if I might not be thought partial to mine own; I would freely enough confess, That having taken triple pains in This, more than in my Former; I had in This given myself so much the more satisfaction, then in the Former. With this comfort do I now part with my Book; That I have not yet entered upon a foiled Story. God turn the wars to a happy issue: I had much rather writ of Peace, than Victory.   

The Contents and Method of the whole.  
I. 
THE King of sweden own Story, till the time he received the News of Tilly's putting Gustavus Horn out of Bamberg.  II. 
Gustavus Horns Proceed, apart: from the time of the Kings leaving him about Wurtsburg; until the former business betwixt Him and Tilly.  III. 
The General Tillyes Preparations and Proceed; from his defeat at Leipsich, until his putting of Gustavus Horn out of Bamberg. At the end of this, have you the Duke of Bavaria's Story.  FOUR 
The Kings March up into Bavaria against Tilly: with his Conquest of that Dukedom, and final Overthrow and death of Tilly. To this is added, the Actions of Sir Patrick Ruthven and others, about Vlm.  V 
The Duke of Bavaria's Manifest in favour of the Catholic Party.  VI 
The Duke of Saxonyes' taking, and losing again of Bohemia.  VII. 
The Actions of Albert Walenstein, Duke of Fridland: both against the Duke of Saxony, and the King of Sweden; until his encamping before Norimberg.    

Errata.  
PAg. 43, line 23 in some copies. for, Scarcely was the King from Hebron, read, the King gone from Hebron pag. 157. line 24. for, upon the fourth of April, Reade, upon the Fourteenth. In stead of pag. 177, read 167. Literal faults, we desire the Reader to bear withal. pag. 115. Line 5. for Haibron read Hailbrun. pag. 138. line 24. for Schneidewin, read Redwin.   

THE SWEDISH Intelligencer. The Second Part. From the Victory of Leipsich, unto the Conquest of Bavaria.  
FROM Victory to Conquest: these are the two Terms of Progression of the King of Swedens (hitherto) fortunate achievements. The Victory of Leipsich, we have for their sakes that are curious, taken pains the second time to describe in our book of the Swedish Discipline: where that famous action is fare more largely and punctually set down, than our Intelligence would at first serve us to do; at the setting forth of the former part of this Story. The Conquest of Bavaria is the terminating Term; with which our purpose is to cloaze up this second Part of our Intelligencer.  
We left the King of Sweden in our Former part, where even the ablest General (especially before the beginning of any great Action) must not despise now and then to be present: at a Council of war, namely; together with his Highness the Elector of Saxony. Single advice, ends in double dangers: whereas even the wars themselves receive as much strengthening by an Union of heads, as by an uniting of hands. What the Conclusions of that Military Consultation were; though in express terms we know not; yet by the next Actions of war may we collect thus much amongst the rest, to have been then at Hall agreed upon.  

●guesse at ●at was a●ed upon be●xt the King ●d the Duke Saxon.  1. That the fleeing enemy being so fare already escaped, should at that time be no further pursued.  
2. That the chief Army of the Catholic Leaguers being now broken, the Lands of the Leaguers themselves that refused to make their peace, should in the order as they next lay, be also set upon: that so by singly disabling of the Leaguers, the League itself might universally at length be shaken.  
3. To cut out the more work at once for the Emperor; Saxony, after he had cleared his own Lusatia, was also to fall into the Kingdom of Bohemia.  
4. Care was also had, of the ruinated estate of the Town and Bishopric of Magdenburg: in which Diocese, together with that of Halberstat, the King of Sweden even now appointed Lodowicke Prince of Anhalt for his Governor; committing the military command in those parts unto Colonel Schneidewin: a man that both knew the country well enough, and that had been faithful and forward withal unto his former Master, the unfortunate Administrator.  
Things being thus agreed upon, and the King's Army by the middle of September come together again; his Majesty having intelligence of Altringers and Fuggers (two of the Emperor's Generals) late being about Erfurt: 
●e King mar●es into Dudgeon.  shapes his first course towards that City, which was the next good town on that side belonging unto any of the Catholic Leaguers. Directing his march therefore to the South-west, and crossing the River of Sala; into the Country of Duringen or Thuringia he goes: leading an army of 20000 men (more some writ) along with him. Keeping then the River of Vnstrut close upon his right hand, unto the town of Gross Somerens, (upon the Eastern bank of the said River) he comes: where for that night, (September 17.) he sets down with his Army. From this Town he immediately dispatches his letters unto the great City of Erfurt, demanding to have it forthwith delivered unto him. This town, 
Erfurt sumnned.  situate upon the River jera, is for compass one of the greatest of Germany; being ennobled with an University withal: both at this time belonging unto the Archbishop Elector of Mentz (the first spiritual person of the Catholic Leaguers:) unto whose town of Mentz, the old Bishopric of Erfurt, and the temporal dominion withal, had long since been translated. Back the next day come the King's Messengers with this answer of the Citizens, That they held for the Elector of Mentz, to whom they had taken the oath of fidelity. The King not taking this for satisfaction, presently with his army advances towards it: yet in the mean time were his second Summons sent unto them, either forthwith to yield their town, or to stand to the hazard of the wars. Out come the town Deputies to treat; desiring, but 3. daves respite to consider of it. This being denied them, and they offering to return into the town; the King sends Duke William of Saxon-Wymar along with them; 
Fairly take●  who with some troops of horse entering the outer Port, together with the Deputyes; presently makes good the place, by staying his horses and wagons between the two Ports. After which, having disarmed the soldiers of the next Courts of guard; and nine other troops of Swedish horse, having by this time possessed themselves of the other gate also: he with his first companies rides immediately up into the market place. Causing now the chief Burghers to come before him, he after much arguing to and again, wrings the town keys out of their hands; in stead of which, he in the King of sweden name tenders them these twelve Propositions, forthwith to set their hands unto.  


●nd the Con●tions of it.  1. That they should renounce their fealty unto the Bishop of Mentzes.  
2. Take an oath of Fidelity unto the King of Sweden, the Electors, and Dukes of Saxony.  
3. Accept of a Swedish garrison of at lest 1500. men.  
4. And procure that garrison to be maintained, at the common charges of the Subjects of the Counties of Schwartzenburg and Gleichen.  
5. Suffering their City to be new fortified in places convenient.  
6. The charges of which fortifications they laying out, should be again paid them by the Princes of the House of Saxony.  
7. That in case of necessity, the Town should be still open for the House of Saxony to retire into.  
8. That in stead of the Elector of Mentz his Court of justice, the Elector of Saxonyes' Chancery should be received into the City: which should be maintained out of the revenues of the Cloisters.  
9 That the government of the town should still be left unto their own Senate: which might in numbers hereafter be increased, as necessity required.  
10. That the Roman Catholics should either change their Religion, or forsake the Town: and that leaving th●ir estates, they should demand Licence for their departure.  
11. For the better assuring of the Citizen's fidelity, should the Queen of Sweden come to reside among them.  
12. ●hat the charges of fitting the palace of Stotternhem for her Majesty's residence, should be levied out of the goods of the Roman Catholics that had forsaken the City.   
Thus became Erfurt accorded with the King, September 18. 1631. without bloodshed. The next day came his Majesty's self into the Town, with some 10000 of his men after him: whom he billeted in the Dom Petersberg and the jesuits Cloister. With the Priests and jesuites did the King vouchsafe some conference, as 'tis said: to whom he both promised and proclaimed, that if they would acknowledge him for their Liege Lord, they should no ways be molested, either in goods or Conscience. To the Magistrates he promised, that for their quiet and solemn receiving of him, he would continued them their former privileges, and his own Royal protection. The Governor which he appointed to leave with them, was he that so handsomely took in the Town, and their near neighbour, Duke William of Saxon-Wymar aforesaid: with whom he left for garrison partly, and to begin an army; two Regiments of Foot, and one of Horse. In this Town the King stayed a whole week's space, taking a view in that time of such places, where it was most necessary to have the City fortified: which work was thought likely to amount unto two Millions of Dollars.  
And now is his Majesty determined for an expedition into Franconia. 
The King moves into Franconia.  The two chief spiritual members of the Catholic League in that Country, are the Bishops of Wurtsburg and of Bamberg, unto whom either in the while that he stayed at Erfurt, or a little after: the King sends his Letters of Invitation, or of Summons, to draw them off from the League, if they pleased; and to free thereby their Countries from invasion. And this might serve them as a Herald at Arms, either to desire their amity; or if that were refused, to forewarn them of his coming. And that he did thus fairly deal with them, I found it mentioned in his Majesties own Declaration published afterwards at Wurtsburg Taking leave of Erfurt therefore, September 26. old style: and bending his course due South from thence, and along the western shore of the said River of jera; towards Arnstat in the little County of Schwartzenburg he marches: lodging the same night in a fair Castle there, belonging unto Gunther Earl of Schwartzenburg. The next day September 27. unto Ilmenau he comes; a Town upon the River Ilm, in the very edge of the Forest of Duringen, or the Duringer Waldt: where he rests his army again till the next day towards evening. Hence was the valiant Field-marshal Gustavus Horn, together with Baudissen Leiftenant-Generall of the Horse, dispatched away. Eight or 10000 men they were said to lead along with them: one part of their design being reported to be, to seek out Altringer and Fugger, with whom one of the Earls of Mansvelt had now also conjoined his forces. These 3. 
●avus Horn abroad.  being heard of to be together beyond Isenach upon the frontiers of Hessen, (betwixt the rivers of Nesa and Werra) in search of them do the 2. Swedish Generals go as fare as Waltershausen first, and so onwards unto Isenach, both Westward of the city of Erfurt. But Altringer was not to be spoken withal; his men were afraid of the very name or shadow of a Swede: whom they had not so much mind to meet withal, as to conjoin themselves with Tilly: for which purpose they were already marched from Isenach unto Munden, whither shortly after, Tilly had appointed them to come. But Horn and Baudissen, as they made no long stay, so lost they not all their labour; seeing in their return they took in the city of Gota first, 
●es in Gota and ●e County of ●neberg.  (some 4. leagues to the West of Erfurt:) and that part of the little County of Henneberg, (on the South-west side of the Duringer Waldt) afterwards; which the King had left untouched: conjoining their forces last of all unto the King's army at Konigshoven; which way we left the King now going.  
September 28. towards evening he sets forward from Ilmenau again, even into the thickest of the Duringer Forest. And for the soldiers better seeing of their way in the night time, were there wisps, and cresset lights made in pans, etc. hung upon the trees, 
● King passes Duringer●dt, into ●nkenland, Franconia.  with other such like provisions. This Forest being in a right line passed thorough, the army arrives at Schleusing in Franconia; whence they directly marched towards Konigshoven: before which (being 4. leagues and an half distant) they the next day presented 4. Regiments, whenas they were there lest looked for. This strong town of Konigshoven, is the chief Fortress and Storehouse of that plentiful country; the Seat and Court, (for the most part) of the great Bishop of Wurtsburg; and one of the chief keys, on that side, unto the Bishoprics of Wurtsburg and of Bamberg. The Swedens giving summons to the town in their King's name, were vouchsafed no other answer, than what was by the report of the Canon returned them: The Summons being refused, the Siege is laid. 
Where he b●seiges Konigshoven,  The King having run his lines, and raised his batteries before the town; beats hardest upon a certain strong and high tower, from whence the town Ordnance did mostly annoyed him. This being sore shaken, and ready for assault, the King next of all by a trumpet sent into the City, gives them fair advice to sand away all their women and children: seeing if he must needs be put to take the place by assault, he would give their houses for pillage unto his soldiers, put all the people to the sword, beat down the town about their cares, and afterwards turn it all into Cinders. The garrison perceiving no succours ready to relieve them from their Bishop (whom it most concerned) fall to capitulate for their lives; presently yielding up that strong place unto his Majesty. 
And takes it.  Here were found great store of Ordnance, and a wonderful plenty of victuals, provisions and Ammunition of all kinds.  
Entrance being thus happily gained into Franconia in the end of September, the fame of the Kings taking so principal and strong a Fort, strake such a terror into the Country thereabouts; that the Catholic Commissioners now assembled at the Diet of Frankford on the Main, with all speed forsake the place; without staying to dispatch any of the Emperors or Catholic Leaguers business, which they came thither for. This Konigshoven being very strong before, does the King (as his custom is to do, with all conquered places of importance) cause to be more fortified after his own manner: leaving a garrison in it, and the Duke Ernestus of Saxon-Wyma● for their Governor.  
From this place our Conqueror moves toward Schweinf●rt, a pretty Imperial City, some 6. leagues to the South of Konigshoven; and seated upon the North-West bank of the river of Main before mentioned. 
●weinfurt ta●.  Here (to begin the Month of October withal) was he admitted without resistance: the garrison going out thence into Wurtsburg, some two days march (or 6. leagues) distant from this Schweinfurt. October the second, the King with som● 18. troops of Hor e comes into the town, where he hath the Oath of fidelity made him by the Citizens. Observing in his view of the City (where he stayed not above an hour in all) how commodiously it was seated for the passage of the Main; he gives order to have it new fortified: leaving 3. Companies of Foot, and two troops of Dragooners in it for garrison. Sending his forces now several ways about at one instant, he hath diverse places at once, upon easy terms delivered up unto him in the Bishopric of Bamberg; 
●e Bishopric ●amberg ta● in.  as Hasfurt, Gemund, Lohr, Volcach, Kitzing, Oxenfurt, Remling and Karlstadt, all situated upon the Main: which river his Majesty was now very desirous to make himself Master of. Very well did this wise King perceive, That the method of War was the same (in this point) with the method of Nature; and how a country is by the same means and degrees to be conquered, by which it was at first peopled: and that was, by the great and navigable rivers. For besides that the richest and the strongest Cities be ever situated upon their banks; and that at those Cities, be still the Bridges and Passes over into other countries: by their streams also, up and down, are the riches and forces of the Kingdom conveyed; which will quickly beat the Land-conqueror out of the field, 
●e King ●kes towards ●e river of ●ayn.  that is not Master of those waters. These, with other considerations of the excellent advantage of having a good river to friend; as the nearness of fresh water, both for horse and man; the commodiousness of carriages; the natural fortification to the army on that side, whereby all sudden Camisado'es and fall on of the enemy are prevented: are some of the main reasons that no wise warrior aught to think himself a Conqueror, until such time as he hath the command of the water, as well as of the land. And therefore hath the King of Sweden (if you mark the orderliness of his proceed) still coasted it along upon the Rivers. Thus whereas He at his first coming into Germany, sought to land in the mouth of the Oder; he so long pursued the course of that stream, until it brought him into the river Havel; and that, into the Elb: the banks whereof when he had lately left unto the Duke of Saxony; then seeks he to the Main; as he afterwards did unto the Rhine and Danubie.  
The same first of O●tober that Schweinfurt was yielded unto the King; his Majesty (it seems) sent abroad his letters of general Summons unto the Country. 
The King summons th● country: & wi● good success The Empire divided into 10. Circles: of which this Circled of Francon● is the first.  The Date of them is from Madenhausen, a village near unto Schweinfurt, where his Majesty's head-quarter, perchance, at that time lay. The Direction is, To all the Cities of and about the Circle of Franconia. The Purpose, That whereas the Protestants were every where oppressed by the Papists; and that his coming had principally been for their deliverance: therefore those Protestant towns and others that had any Imperial or Leaguish garrisons in them, should drive them out and open their gates unto the Swedish forces. Those that so did, he would protect; those that refused, or delayed, he would pursue the Law of Arms upon: protesting himself to be innocent, of whatsoever evil should betide upon their refusal. Their answer he would expect by the next morning. And now became the King as victorious with his pen, as formerly he had been with his pike: for upon promise of protection, freedom of conscience, and from garrisons: many towns and Cities at that time committed themselves unto his mercy. 
The Bishop of Bamberg makes his peace with the King:  The great Bishop of Bamberg himself, with his Chapter of Dom-herren or Prebendaries of the Church, sent with as much speed as might be, their Ambassadors unto the King, from the strong town of Forcheim whither they were retired. The price of their peace, must be their assent unto these 4. Articles.  

1. To pay the King 3. tons of gold, down upon the nail.  
2. And forthwith deliver him over their 2. strong Fortresses, Forcheim and Cronach.  
3. And contribute so much a month unto his wars, as they had before done unto the Catholic Leaguers.  
4. Recalling all their forces out of the Catholic army; utterly renouncing that Confederation.   
These conditions, though the Bishop was for his peace sake contented to submit unto at the first; yet for all that, so soon as ever himself and people had gotten in more forces together, 
●nd breaks his articles.  and made up their fortifications: they broke these Articles again, causing their Bishop afterwards to go to invite Tilly into their Country. This became a great hindrance unto the King afterwards; enforcing him to sand Gustavus Horn with an army into Bamberg: for whom he might otherwhere have had better employment.  
The King's next design was upon Wurtsburg, which Francis Hatzfeldt the new elected Bishop of the place, and Duke of Franconia (for so his style is) hearing of; he being a better Orator than a Soldier: with all speed packs up his best jewels and Treasure; shifting himself unto Frankford on the Main first, and so into the Rhine at Mentz: and from that place down the stream towards Bon unto the Elector of Cullen; whence in the name of all the Catholicke-Spirituall-Leaguers, he was in january following, sent Ambassador towards the French King.  
The taking of this Wurtsburg, would be well worth the labour of a King of Sweden; 
The King besieges Wurtsburg.  to this therefore does he now convert his Arms: his strength being said to be seventeen Regiments of Foot, and 8000 Horse, of which, I believe, he had but two third parts His power he first presented before the City, upon Tuesday, October 4. 1631. by nine a clock in the morning. The Town itself lies upon the River of Main; the form of it being a just Semicircle; the River making the Diameter unto it. Within the City is there an University, and two Colleges. Beyond this River, towards the West, and upon a very steep hill, stands there a goodly Castle: some buildings and walls being at the foot of it along the River's side, facing the Town as the Bankes-side doth London. The East side of the Town, is for three parts of it compassed about with a handsome Suburb: and that also walled and indifferently fortified. The middle gate of this Suburb the King finding to be shut against him, makes it fly open with a powder, 
The Suburb  (as they say) by clapping a Petard, in stead of a Key, unto it. The Town within the walls perceiving the King to have thus boldly knocked and come in, without bidding; sand out to desire respite of his Majesty, until 8 a clock the next morning. This was but a trick of the Burghers to gain time and darkness withal; which they that whole day and night made use of, for the conveying of their best men and chiefest treasure up into the Castle. Wednesday morning being come, 
and town take  the Ports are opened: and the Boors (which the City had for their defence taken in) are put out at the back door, as the sweden are let in at the foredoor. The King being thus peaceably admitted, not a soldier of his was complained of to have done wrong unto any of the Burghers; nor so much as to have asked or begged any thing; all expecting the courtesy of the townesmens' charity. Hear the King tendering an oath of fidelity unto the Citizens, is not denied it: his own lodging being taken up in the Duke-Bishops Palace behind the Cathedral.  
The King thus in possession of the Town, could not yet think himself Master of it, so long as the Castle of Marienburg (for so is it called) could at pleasure beat it about his ears. This piece is mounted upon so high a hill, as was to be commanded from no other ground: it having the Town below at its own feet. 
The Castle described.  And as strongly was it fortified by Art, as advantageously situated by nature. The hill is a main rock; whereof one side is craggy and barren, and the other covered with vines: the whole top of the little mountain being crowned with the Castle, and with the ditches and outworks of it. Nor wanted here any inward fortifications; 800 or 1000 fight men, being there in garrison: and as for victuals, money, and Ammunition, Troy itself was not better provided for its ten years siege, than this Fort was. The Castellan or Governor, was one Keller; esteemed till now a good brave fellow: and known generally by this brand, That he mortally hated all Protestants and their Religion. All together, finally, made the place appear so impregnable, that the King's preparations to attempt upon it were rather scorned then feared, by the garrison: who verily believed, that unless the Swedes had wings, as well as Arms, they could never get up thither. Those difficulties that serve for bridles to the sluggish, become spurs unto the industrious: the more insuperable therefore that the place seemed to be, the more desirous was the King to overcome it. Full well he knew beside, that the consequence would as much avail him, as the conquest: for what should hereafter become impossible, unto him, that had by fine force taken in the (supposed) impregnable Castle of Wurtsburg?  
The King being thus resolved, gives order first to have the Castle summoned: which is the only Compliment or Courtship, that the wars of course admit of. That being refused, he next prepares for the assault. The garrison that retired out of the town into the Castle, had themselves broken down one or two arches of the bridge over the Main, between the town and the Castle, 
●he manner of ●saulting the ●astle.  leaving a plank only over the broken place, for their own leisurely passage. All their boats, had they likewise drawn over to the other shore of the river: so that this was the first difficulty, how to get over the water, and how to come at the Castle. The King having there a Scottish Gentleman that spoke excellent good Dutch, (one Master Robert Ramsye a Lieutenant under Sir james Ramsyes' Regiment) him the King puts upon the business: to pass over (as a Dutchman and one of theirs) upon that plank, and to truck with some Boor or soldier, to convey over one of those boats unto the King. The Lieutenant performs his charge to the purpose; but being afterwards discovered by his long coat, was apprehended for a spy, and made a prisoner: whence at the taking of the Castle he was redeemed. The King having thus procured one boat; sends men in that to bring over more: by which at last he set over as many soldiers as he pleased. Keller the Governor was ready at the foot of the hill, to entertain them: for fain would he have staved them off there, and have kept the Scottish led by Sir james Ramsye and Sir john Hamilton, from coming nearer. Here began the first skirmish, which indeed proved but a skirmish: the defendants being after a while beaten up the hill unto a great Halfmoon they had before the Castle; where the Scottish for that night gave it over. Keeping that footing, therefore, which they had the first day gotten upon the climb of the hill; they under favour of that, brought forward their own trenches nearer still and nearer to the Bulwark. All that night and the two next days, did the Ordnance thunder from the Castle; & for as long a time were the garrison kept in continual action and Alarms: a besieged enemy being like an unmade hawk, to be reclaimed with watching. The Trenches or Lines being finished, 
The valour ● the Scottish ●tion, in these wars.  the King commands Sir john Hamilton and Sir james Ramsye to fall on with their Regiments: for if a Foit be to be stormed, or any desperate piece of service to be set upon; the Scottish have hitherto had the honour and the danger, to be the first men that are put upon such a business. This Halfmoon therefore upon the vineyards side, right before the bridge (which was over the moat of the Castle) do the Scottish now full resolutely fall upon: the defendants likewise for two hours together (as 'tis said) as stoutly fight for their work. Here was Sir james Ramsye shot in the arm: and very many of his, and of Sir john Hamiltons' men, slain and spoilt in the assault: but they by fine force at length prevailing, drove the defendants to the retreat. The King had thought at the same time to have possessed himself of the Castle-bridge of stone aforesaid; and of the Port consequently, that it led unto: commanding other of his men for that purpose into the very Graff or moat itself: but from that design were they for that time put off, by the defendants. By five a clock the next morning, (Saturday, October 8.) was there a general assault attempted: at which time a certain Lieutenant of Leifland, (borne of Scottish parents) coming in the dark (with only 7. men at that instant behind him) unto the drawbridge that entered into the Forehoff or outter-court of the Castle, and being overheard by those that had the guards on the inside (who were near upon 200. men) was by one of them demanded in the form usual among soldiers, Was for volcks? What are you for men? Swedes, cries the Lieutenant. The enemies hearing this, presently lay hold upon the chains to hale up the drawbridge: which the Lieutenant perceiving them about, with a strange courage and resolution leaps lightly upon the bridge and his 7. 
●perate at●t of a ●enant.  men after him; keeping it down by that means. Those within now verily imagining all the Swedish to be already at the bridge, most basely run away into the Castle: of which the Swedish by this time having notice, presently enter into the Forehoff, even close unto the Castle. And here (as 'tis written) does the merciful King once again offer fair conditions, unto as many as would lay down arms: but this being refused, and the Cannon all this while thundering against his men; the King causes the Ordnance which he even now found upon the conquered Bulwarks, to be turned upon the inner gate, which leads into the very Castle itself: which he presently therewithal breaks open. Sir john Hamilton having done so much good service before, is now again as ready to fall into the Castle: but from this the King called him off: pretending the preservation of his men, which had been so shattered in the former service. But the valiant Colonel made another interpretation of the King's meaning. 
●e Castle ●ne.  The Swedish now thronging in amain thorough the broken gate, utterly there overly the defendants. And now began the execution; and now the conquered begin to cry for Quarter: but the enraged Swedens yet in the heat of blood, bid them look for no other Quarter, than what the Protestants found at Magdenburg. All that resisted, suffered. Among the dead, were there some score of lusty sturdy Friars found armed: who had their crowns (poor men) new shaved with a sword, in stead of a razor: and receiving here their ultimam tonsuram, had no other compliment of Anointing to it, but that of their own bloods. The sword devoureth one, as well as another, said that famous General of old: nor had these men died amiss, had it been in defence only of their Prince and Country; and not upon an erroneous Conscience of their Religion: and an overbold conceit of Merit and of Martyrdom. Divers of the garrison leaping over the rampiers into the vineyards, mended themselves no better by it then other runaways usually do; to be killed further off from their fellows. The Ladies, Nuns, and women, were safely sent into the town. The Governor (as 'tis said) saved his own life, by begging it at the King's feet: the obtaining of which favour, might perchance make him to love a Protestant the better, ever after. A Ritmaster (or Captain of a troop of Horse) there was, that redeemed his own life, with a King's ransom: by showing, namely, an inestimable mass of treasure, which lay hid in a Cave or cleft of the Rock. The chief of the slain and prisoners, were rifled and stripped by the conquerors: and the Castle for one hour, permitted to the pillage: where an unvaluable booty was obtained by the soldiers. Here was found about 34. 
The booty.  pieces of brass Ordnance; some of which had the Palsgrave frederic Arms upon them. Many a hundred wayneload of wine there was: with Ammunition, and some kind of victuals for the Bishop's Court, enough (if it would have kept) for 20. years provision for such a garrison. Some 200. of the Swedish lost their lives upon the service: all the defendants being either slain or taken prisoners.  
The General Tilly hearing of this siege, was coming as fare as Fulda to have raised it; (as it was given out:) but hearing it to be taken; he made the more haste to reinforce himself by joining with the Lorrayners. And thus was this goodly, rich, strong, and pleasant Castle of Wurtsburg taken in, by eight a clock on Saturday morning, being the eighth of October: as which, the King yet never came to so rich a breakfast. A Palace it was, for any Prince in Christendom: which having been something defaced by the Cannon, the King caused to be forthwith repaired; and with new fortifications to be made much the stronger. The town redeemed itself from pillaging, by the payment of 4. ton of Gold; or of 300000. 
Floren, is a●t 3. shillings ●glish.  Florins, as others reckon it: So that the King and his soldiers, never went so rich away from any place. Here was found a princely stable of goodly horses; with which the King was very much delighted. And here his Majesty stayed, till the beginning of November: in which time he also caused himself to be invested Duke of Franconia; taking an oath of homage and fealty, both of town and Country. In justification of which proceed of his, he upon Octob. 26. publishes his Declaration or Manifesto: which for the Readers ease we have here abbreviated.  
That seeing his own coming last year into the Empire, had been for the relieving of the oppressed Protestant Princes of Germany, 
●e Kings Ma●sto set upon Church-●res at ●rtsburg.  and that God had so fare already, beyond his own power, and all humane expectation, blessed him therein; as that having first of all cleared the two Duchies of Pomerens and Mecklenburg, together with the Electorate of Brandenburg; and at the earnest request of the Duke of Saxony afterwards, obtained that memorable victory of Leipsich: he had thought that even the enemies would have acknowledged the hand of God to have been with him; and that the Catholic Princes of the League would have not only been desirers, but promoters too of a fair peace, for the good of their own native Country. But whereas he now perceived, that notwithstanding it had in the late Diet of Ratisbone been acknowledged, how the war made against him in Germany by the Emperor, was without the knowledge, and against the will of the Princes and Electors; yea quite against the laws and privileges of the Empire: yet did the Catholic Leaguers for all this, still go on in their pernicious Combinations against him; yea even after they had by their own letters, (oftener than once) avowed themselves to become his firm friends; and that he thereupon had passed his promise unto the French King, that would they but sit down as Neuters, he would offer no injury at all unto them. And whereas he had pursued the victory of Leipsich with no other purpose, then of bringing the disturbers of the peace unto equal terms and Conditions; and had before the bringing of his army into Franconia, both fairly and timely signified that his purpose unto the two Bishops of Bamberg and Wurtsburg; with desire of a friendly treatment from them again. Now, whenas these his offers had been despised, and his messengers answered from the Bishop of Wurtsburg with the mouth of the Cannon: had he not reason to mend himself upon his Country, and to take his Castle from him? Whereas, again, he had both opportunity and power put into his hands of serving their subjects as hardly, as the harmless Protestants had otherwhere been used by the Leaguers: yet, his Princely mind much despising all desire of revenge, had only disposed itself to the means of establishing a good peace once again throughout the Empire. That he at this time found the greatest part of the Bishopric of Wurtsburg and Dukedom of Franconia, not bound by oath unto any Master; 
For that the Bishop was but newly elected; and not completely perchance as yet established: and that the Nobility and Gentry of Franconia (very great) acknowledgeth no superiors, as being only subject to the Empire.  and that those subjects that had been obliged, were now without cause forsaken by Bishop Francis; who had the means yet left, of fairly compounding with him. Therefore was he now ready (as necessity required) to take the Country and people into his care, and to re-estate them all again into as good a Condition as he could: having for that purpose lately set forth a form of government for them, and appointed fit Officers over them. Wherhfore, his Majesty's express pleasure at this time was, That all Officers and Burghers should, upon the first notice given them of this Mandate of his, repair unto the place appointed them in it, take oath there, unto that his form of government, and dutifully hereafter to obey it. Upon hope, therefore, that so they would do, he would graciously from hence forward take them into his protection, permit liberty of Conscience unto them, and by his judges appointed for that end, maintain them in all their several laws and privileges. Those that humbly sued for his help, should graciously have it: and those that neglected or despised, he would execute the law upon.  
Whilst here at Wurtsburg the King stays, some forces of his newly levied for him about the Country, were come to Carlstat, 
●illy first ap●ea●es near ●he King.  the place appointed for their meeting. Tilly then upon the wing; feared it might be, that because he was not able to relieve Wurtsburg, yet for that he would not do nothing, he would have a flight at these raw soldiers: and news was brought, 
●ome new for●es raised for ●he King.  that some of his were even then come as near Carlstat, as the Neustat and Rotenfels (in the Speshart's forest on the other side of the Main) towards them. Of this the King having notice, towards the end of October goes from Wurtsburg thitherward, with some 33 Cornets of horse in his attendance. But Tilly came not.  
Some troops of his, had before this been dispatched also towards Werthaim in the little County of the same name, belonging unto the Counts of Lowenstein; bearing due West of Wurtsburg upon another Bowte of the Main, where the Tauber falls into it. The town was kept by the Italian Colonel Piccolomini, who had been at the battle of Leipsich. He now issuing out of the town, and making there the best resistance that he could; had all his men that escaped not by flight, either slain upon the place, 
Werthaim taken  or carried away prisoners. The King caused 14. Companies of his own men to be put into the town; of whom the General Tilly having a mind to be revenged, upon Sunday morning, October 16. sends some 3000 horse and foot out of his own head-quarter (than near unto Selingstat and Babenhausen beyond the Main) to make an Anslaught or Enterprise upon the place. The King having an Item also of this match, sends against the time appointed some of his men to lie in wait by the way for these Tillians. 
3000. of Tillyes men beaten.  The Swedes coming to a valley upon the river Tauber called the Tauber-grond, dress there a double Ambuscado for the enemy. The Governor of the town had likewise his directions to leave the place, and to retreat in good time, if he should perceive the enemies to be too strong for him. But before it came to that, the Tillians were already fallen into the ambush: whence they gate not out, but with the loss of 2700 men, 800 horses, 14 Ensigns and Cornets, 10 Sumpter Mules, and all their baggage: which together with the arms and pillage of the dead, helped to pay the Swedish for thus beating of them.  
About October 21. old Style; others of the King's troops fly out as fare as Rottenburg; an Imperial town near the head of the river Tauber, some 8 or 9 leagues to the South of Wurtsburg. Hither had the Imperial Commissary Masen (a great Officer) either fled or retired from the Swedish: and yet here could he not be long safe from them. The town and he being both in danger, 
3. Regiments more of Tillians defeated,  Tilly for their sakes sends out 3 of his Regiments to oppose the Swedish: but the fortune of the wars now altogether unlucky for the Tillians; their 3 whole Regiments are either wholly routed or slaughtered. The town garrison perceiving this defeat, fall presently into mutiny against the Commissary, whose office was to pay them their wages: so that he now being for some while behind hand with them for their means, Gelt, Gelt, money, money, money, they now begin to cry; 
and Rottenburg taken.  and tearing the Ensigns from off the staves, they immediately set open the gates unto the Swedes; the most of them also entering themselves into the King's service. Much about this time too, some Swedish forces in another place lighting upon a Partee of 3 troops of Lorrayners, take away two Cornets, 
2 Cornets of Lorrayners defeated.  and bring home a Sergeant-Major prisoner with them. How these Lorrayners came there, see the whole progress of their army, which was newly come into Germany against the King; in our particular Story of them.  
Now were the Swedish in several small running Armies, dispersed at once over the Country. Some of them for very fear drive the Imperialists out of Nordlingen (an Imperial City in Schwaben on the Eastern frontiers of Wirtenberg) into Donawert near Bavaria. 
●me actions ●ut the Da●y.  Some report, that the Burghers rose against them for the King of Sweden. Those of Schorndorff upon the small river of Rems in the Duchy of Wirtenberg, being also frighted at the same time, remove away 100000 dollars in ready money, which had been raised out of the Contributions of that Country, and belonged unto Commissary Wolfstein then at Munchen in Bavaria. Now whereas the Convoy of 100 horse and as many musketeers, were gone a little before the money; the Swedes on the sudden chopping in between, seize upon the treasure, and carry it shear away with them. This was done within a Dutch mile of the City of ulm upon the Danuby.  
Those nearer home, after the taking of Rottenburg, surprise Bishofsheim upon the Tauber, 
●shofsheir, and ●ergentheim, ●ken.  near the place where it runs into the Main. And Mergentheim or Mergenthall, after that: a town about the middle of the course of that Tauber; which belonged unto the Master of the Dutch Order, who is a great man in Germany.  
His Majesty of Sweden is all this month of October in Wurtsburg for the most part, though at Carlstat now and then with the new Army. You may perceive that he sent to take in the towns upon the Main; both those that lie upon it Eastward towards Norimberg, and those Westward too, towards Frankford. Both these great Cities were Passes of mighty importance: and the Catholic Leaguers had lands both ways: the Temporal Princes lay mostly towards Norimberg, and the three Spiritual Electors lay all beyond Frankford. So that much deliberation had the King with himself, 
The King in doubt whither to go next.  to which of these two places he should first turn his Armies: both being (upon the point) now equally almost distant from him. The importance of these two Passes very well appears by Tilly also: who when he supposed the King likely to go towards Norimberg, then turns he down towards Hanaw and Frankford, and solicits them to take in his garrisons: but when again he perceived the King making towards Frankford, then goes he with all speed and blocks up Norimberg. But God now became the King's Counsellor; He presently helped him out of this doubt. The Norimbergers having been solicited by the King, now sand their Ambassadors to accord with him: so that to Norimberg now, he need not go. But how should he get to Frankford? The mighty strong City of Hanaw lay full in his way, and was the pass to Frankford: yea and Tilly with his whole Army lay now also about Hanaw. There is no leaving of an enemy behind ones back: so that though Tilly were out of the way, yet must Hanaw first be had, or else no coming at Frankford. And to increase the difficulty of getting of Hanaw time enough to serve his turn; was the great strength of the place first: upon which had the City formerly been so confident, that having had some differences with the Emperor, it would never (as the proverb is) give him a good word; yea when some 3 years since one of his Lieutenants had blocked it up, he was fain after 17 weeks to rise and go without it. The second difficulty was, that the enemy had a party already within the City: 6 companies of Imperial soldiers (some 1200 in all) and Brandeis that commanded them in chief, had even already laid the plot with Tilly, for the sudden surprising of it. The King's haste and manner of warfaring, is not to lie long at a siege: Hanaw, therefore, which it was thus difficult to conquer by strength, was by private friendship all on the sudden made his; and the slow enemy (now standing betwixt wooing and forcing it,) had his nose wypt of it. The Duke of Saxon-Lawenburg, first of all presses the City to take in more forces of the Emperors: and Tilly is earnest to have 4. Companies (into which he would have put 1000 men) taken into the town. This being denied, threatenings are added: and because the way of force would of itself be too tedious; and in the King of sweden nearness, no less dangerous: Brandeis the Captain is practised withal, to let Tilly by night into the City. Philip Lodowick, Earl of Hanaw (a Protestant) being not ignorant of all this; and even now also angered with Tilly for taking of the town and Castle of Babenhausen, (a neighbour town belonging unto the Earls of Hanaw Buxviller, but empawned unto him:) privately sends unto the King of Sweden, That he could be content to have his town handsomely surprised by his Majesty, rather than by Tilly; so that if he would sand upon such a night, he should have the Castle gate set open for him.  

●●naw descried. ●d here I ●rne my Rea● of 2 errors ●all vulgar ●ps, concer●g this river That 'tis ●tten Bintz, stead of utz. 2. That made to fall ●o the Main Hoest: wher● does so, ●d by Stein●.  This fair City of Hanaw being seated upon a level, (and therefore strong) hath the small river of Kintz running thorough it; and the great river Main within a quarter of an hours going of it; into which a little from this town the Kintz falleth. It is divided into the Old, and New towns. In the Old, (in which was the Earl's Castle) were there two Companies of Imperial soldiers; and four more in the New: in all, some 1200. The General Tilly with his whole Army, lay also about Aschaffenburg, Selingstat, and Steinheim, on either side of the Main: who by the intelligence held with Brandeis, expected within 3 or 4 nights after, to be let into the town: or if that plot failed, to have assaulted it without, whilst Brandeis should both by force and stratagem, have exercised and amuzed the Burghers within. All this was by the Earls and the King's diligence thus defeated.  

●e famous ●y of the ta●g of Hanaw.  Upon Monday the last of October, is Christopher Haubald one of the King's Colonels, (a wise and valiant Gentleman) employed upon the Anslaught. His forces were some 600 chosen horsemen and dragooners, and no more; whatsoever Gallobelgicus writes. With these, he in one day and nights continual flying march, hastens from Carlstat unto Hanaw; the 2 towns being full 12 common German leagues distant; each league, here and throughout the story, meant to be four English miles: with these was he by four or five a clock upon Tuesday morning, November 1. 1631. gotten to the gates of Hanaw, or ever his enemies dreamt of it. His way to come at the town, was thorough the wood that is beyond the Kintz: in which wood hewing down posts; he by pitching them on either side the narrow river, and by fastening two ropes to them, and laying boards and rafters over these ropes; both silently and suddenly passed over the water. Coming to the Castle gate next unto the Kintz, he hath that by the Earl's direction (upon the watchword given) immediately opened unto him, by which he enters into the Old Town. The first work he did, was to clap to the gate that led out of the Old town into the New; by which means those of the New town were barred out, from aiding their neighbours of the Old City. The Swedish foot getting up presently to the top of the walls or Bulwarks, run immediately two several ways at once, to make themselves masters of the other two gates on either hand of the Castle gate: those three, being all the ports that belong to the Old Town. The horsemen at the same time possessing themselves of the market place, hinder thereby the townsmen from gathering to a head: by which means was the whole town (both within and without) in a trice assured unto them. The two Companies of Imperial soldiers, being thus taken sleepers, could not so soon get themselves armed: and some of the Burghers (that had not been made acquainted with the plot) now taking the Alarm and offering to resist, have some 8 of their company slaughtered. The Swedish upon the walls, run every way up and down, shooting at random in the dark; to fright thereby whosoever should adventure to come near them. The Earl of Hanaw also, (whose Countess lay in at the same time) is presently taken prisoner, and a guard set upon his Castle and person. This was done in a seeming good earnest, to put off all suspicion of a plot, from him.  
By that time it was towards daylight, were the 4 Companies in the New town up in arms also, though they all this while had attempted nothing for the rescue of the Old City. Said it was, that Brandeis went merry to bed the night before; and that when being awaked by five in the morning, he was by one of the Burghers told of the Swedes being in the Old Town; he was so fare from believing it, as he forbade the Alarm to be sounded. And when one of his own Officers a little after that, told him the same tale; They are not the Swedes, saith he, they be our own friends of Aschaffenburg, for whom I wrote yesterday: not suffering the Alarm to be struck up yet. But when he by break of day perceived his error; The Swedes be devils (quoth he,) how was it possible for them so soon to get in hither? Starting up presently thereupon, and all unbuttoned as he was, out comes he into the street; running for life up and down; and even till he sweat again in that frosty morning, to set on his men. Two thousand armed men (what with soldiers, Boors and Burghers) had he by daylight gotten together: which Haubald now perceiving, draws his Swedes along upon the wall that looks into the New town; whence both with Pistols and Carbines, he lets fly amongst them: by which, two men and one woman were slain outright, and some others wounded. By this time had the Swedes brought a small piece of Ordnance to the place; which they also bending upon the New Town, demanded them to yield immediately. The Citizens answered resolutely, That they would not yield up the town, till they had their Prince's consent first. Haubald at first denies it, telling them that he was their Earl. They demand it again, telling him that till then, they had nothing but bullets for him. The Earl hereupon being brought with a guard about him, upon the wall; tells them, That he being now a prisoner, could give them no better counsel, then to yield upon as good terms as they could get. This moved not Captain Brandeis any thing: but first would he have had the Burghers to have gone on against the Swedes: which they bidding him do himself first, he durst not. Than would he have had the Ordnance brought down thither from the walls, and discharged upon the Swedes: but neither would the Burghers suffer that, for fear of spoiling their friends and friends houses in the Old Town. Than would he have sent one of his own servants over the town ditch, to have run to Steinheim: whereabouts Colonel Eynot had some good forces: but this is also crossed by the Citizens; for that it would have brought Tillyes whole Army upon them; which lying hard by it at that time, might have endangered the plundering of the whole City. A just fear: seeing Tilly might very lawfully have done it; as having rescued the City from his enemy. Haubald once again demanding up the town, and that presently; is answered, That the Magistrates could not so soon come together to consult upon it. He grants them half an hour, thereupon: mean while his men gave over shooting. Full three hours after it was, ere the townsmen had resolved: which done, (the town continuing still in arms) about 11 a clock, is the Mayor of the City, 
The son o● this Daniel D● Latre, a Merchant now dwelling in London, was that time, wi● his Father in Hanaw: from whose courteous relation, have receive the certaynes● part of this story.  and Daniel De Latre (one of the chief Aldermen or Magistrates) sent to parley with the Swedish Colonel. Haubald now meeting them between the two gates of the Old Town, tells them that he had nothing to say against the Burghers: and if they pleased to retire peaceably, let him alone with the soldiers. Here after a while is the yielding concluded upon.  
Captain Brandeis seeing now no remedy, desires for himself and for his men, that they might have soldiers conditions, and go out with full Arms, etc. Not (says Haubald) yourself with all your Officers and soldiers in the town, shall immediately repair unto the gallows before the gate between the two towns, trail your Arms and Ensigns thither, lay them down there, and absolutely submit yourselves unto my pleasure; either for life or death, favour, or not favour That which cannot be resisted, should not be refused: they lay down Arms, and Haubald in courtesy returns them their swords again. Thus their Colours being gone, their military oath unto the Emperor was by this means voided; which Haubald taking advantage of, invites them into his pay: of which all save thirty or forty (that were more Popish than the rest) presently accepted. Brandeis the Captain refusing, is made prisoner: and so is Merci, Sergeant-Major unto Piccolomini; two Ritt-masters, with diverse of Tillyes Commanders more; who had retired into that Town to be healed of their wounds received at the battle of Leipsich. Brandeis was kept in his own house, under a guard of some 5 or 6. soldiers: the rest had the liberty of the town, but not to go without the Ports.  
Haubald having thus mastered the Town by his valour; provides to keep it by his wisdom. First sends he two Companies into the Castle: then takes he order for some new Fortifications; of which, himself being a skilful Engineer, draws the Platform. Next lays he out to have 5 or 6 new Companies raised; which were made up of those that had lately yielded, and some others gotten out of the Country: Casting about in the last place, how to have all these maintained. For this last purpose, no sooner was Tilly gone out of the Country (which he did presently after he saw himself defeated of his hopes, both of this town and Frankford) but that Haubald dispeedes about his letters (in a style imperious enough) unto his amazed neighbours of the land of Darmstat, and the Wetteraw; as also to the Towns of Steinheim, Selingstat, Dieburg, Hoest, Konigstein, Orb, Hausen and others, belonging partly unto the Elector of Mentz, and partly unto other Lords: That without denial or delay, they bring unto him into Hanaw, all the Contribution money, corn, hay, and oats, which they had before paid unto the Catholic Leaguers; and that they never hereafter either pay or aid, the enemies of the King his Master. They that did otherwise, should hear from him in another kind.  
And thus was this fair City of Hanaw, handsomely surprised by this quick-spirited Colonel: even before Tillyes own nose (as we say) who was but newly passed the Main. His army lay at that very time, in all the neighbour Countries thereabouts. Some of them were yet in the land of Darmstat; others were advanced further, even as fare into the Bergstraes', as right against Oppenheim in the Palatinate: into which Country verily believed it was, that he would now have gone; and there have stayed for the defence of it. Others of his were gotten up to Frankford: which Imperial City he mainly solicited to accept of a garrison from him: which being denied, was one of the mainest reasons, that he stayed not in the Palatinate: which indeed he could not safely do, unless that City were either Friend or Neuter to him.  
The General Tilly now perceiving by the taking of Hanaw, 
Tilly returns wards Franco●  that the King of sweden purpose was to drive down the Main into those quarters: and that, seeing there were many Protestant Princes thereabouts, others were likely enough to do as the Count of Hanaw had: he immediately turning faces about, marches directly back into Franconia. Without ever crossing of the Main, therefore; first of all towards Miltenburg and Bishofsheim he goes; whereabouts the Lorrayn army yet was. 
Taking in Mergentheim  The town of Mergentheim he takes in again by the way; the Swedish being retired. From hence he goes directly on to Oxenfurt; a pretty town upon an Elbow or Bowt of the Main, some three or four leagues to the South of Wurtsburg. Of the taking of this town by the King's forces in the beginning of October, we have before told you. It was Sir john Hebron that had done it; and who yet kept it, though with weak forces. The King fearing Tilly's falling upon this town (which the standing made to be a Pass of some importance) comes with all speed himself in person thither. 
and going to Oxenfurt whe● the King then was.  Against the Count of Tillyes coming (which was with his whole Army) had Sir john Hebron laid his Outguards about the town. Scottish men they were of Colonel Lumsdells' Regiment; and some 6 Rots, or 36 Musketeers there were of them; and those (while Leiftenant-Colonell Muschamp commanded the rest of the Regiment within the Town) now led by Sergeant-Major Monipenny. These 36 giving a salvee or volley of shot unto that Partee, which Tilly had ordered should first fall on upon the Town. He by this perceiving their readiness and resolution for defence; and imagining the garrison to be much stronger than indeed it was; immediately turns faces about to the right, 
Whence being frighted away he goes toward Norimberg.  and marches directly towards Norimberg: before which we shall next found him sitting, upon Novemb. 18. following. Of which, and of what else may concern our story, we shall speak more, in our Relation of the General Tillyes particular proceed. Had the Count of Tilly then known the King to have been in Oxenfurt, and how weak the place was; he would not, I suppose, have been so soon frighted away. And had he fall'n on with his whole Army, the King was in the mind to have quitted the place, and to have retired over the bridge into Wurtsburg again. But his enemy never stayed to put him to it.  
The General Tilly being thus parted from the King, upon whose motions he seemed hitherto (though at a safe distance) to have waited; the King of Sweden now leaving Gustavus Horn with part of the army in Franconia, to look there unto the Bishop of Bamberg, Commissary Ossa, and the General Tilly; and to settle some orders withal in the new conquered places: and the General Banier being before dispatched with other forces towards Magdenburg; 
●e King sets ewards to●rds Hanaw, ●d the Palatiate.  (of all which we shall tell you in their due places,) the King with the rest of his Army now sets forward towards Hanaw. The forces he at this time brought with him, were but five Brigades of Foot, besides some of General Baniers Regiment, which were afterward left at Aschaffenburg. There aught to be 1800 men in every Brigade: but these of the Kings, were not (I believe) so complete now. 
●hat a Bri●de is, see in ●r book of the swedish Discipline. What forces ●e King ●rings along.  Several pieces of broken, and not yet Recruited or Reinforced Regiments with their Colonels, were put into one Brigade. These Brigades of the Kings, had their names from the chiefest Colours belonging to the eldest Colonel of the Brigade. There were but five of them now: and these they were. First, the Life-Regiment, or the Guards for the Kings own body; commanded ever since Baron Dyvels death, by Grave Neeles, a Swede. Secondly, the Green Regiment; led by Sir john Hepburn (usually called Hebron) a Scottish Gentleman, and the eldest Colonel. Thirdly, The Blue Regiment, whereof Winckle is Colonel. Fourthly, the White Regiment, conducted by Colonel Vitzthimb: and fifthly, the Read Regiment, whereof Colonel Hogendorff hath the leading. Amongst all these, 
The King w● so weak in horse at the Leipsich Batt● that he had none for the Rear of his left wing wh● Hall commanded. See ou● Figure of th● Battle, in th● Swedish Dis●pline, how th● that part is.  were there but few (scarce any) natural borne Swedens: those were gone otherwhere with Gustavus Horn and General Banier. His Horse (which he had well increased since the Battle of Leipsich) might be some 4000: or something more perchance. And that he had no greater Army than this at his coming towards the Palatinate, was plainly to be s●ene at his passing thorough Frankford: where were told but 74 Ensigns of Foot, and 71 Cornets of Horse. So that allowing a full 100 to every Foot Company, and 60 to every troop of Horse (which is good allowance to so shattered an Army) you will not found above 7500 Foot, and 4000 Horse at the most: Scanderbag never desired above 9000 men in one Army: and these are the numbers with which Gustavus Adolphus enforced the Catholic Leaguers, to desire either Peace or Neutrality of him.  
And with these few forces, but great strength; his Majesty sets forward towards Hanaw: for whose entertainment, Haubald was now providing of the Castle. About some two days after the first taking whereof, and whilst Tillyes army was yet thereabouts: two troops of his horse show themselves before the Town: amongst whom Haubald letting fly his ordnance; they immediately retired. Some five days after that (November eighth in the night time) the Imperial garrison of Steinheim Castle, 
Some action betwixt Han● and Steinheim  (which is about three quarters of an hours march from Hanaw) begin to cast up the earth and to erect a Skonce-worke, just upon the Channels side, which was cut out of the River Main, to carry smaller vessels up to Hanaw. Their purpose was, to hinder the Hanaw boats, and the Swedes from coming in them, to assail their Castle. Against this work of theirs, Haubald the next day raises up two Brestworkes, in the two Churchyards belonging unto the Old Town. One work, was at the corner of the Channel; and the other at that Angle, where the Kintz falleth into the Main. Into these he brings three pieces of ordnance, two into one, and one into the t'other. Between these works, fell there out a skirmish for three hours together: but Haubalds' ordnance driving out the Imperialists at the last, falls with his men into their work, half demolishes it, and so leaves it. The Imperialists being desirous to renew their work, but loath to come under the Command of Haubalds' ordnance in his two breast works; device to come into their own Fort again, underground and by myning. Their working might easily be discerned from the walls of Hanaw: and sure they would have brought it to perfection; had they not been made to give it over by the Kings coming, within some few days after.  
His Majesty having by this time shipped his carriages down the Main, 
●e King ●nes down Main;  and divided his forces on either bank of it (himself in person marching on the Southern side) comes all along in this manner. And that he might loose no time, and drive the Country withal before him; he takes in Procelden, Miltenburg, Klingenburg, and Trenfelt by the way, some being on one side of the River, 
●king towns both sides  and some upon the other. At Aschaffenburg (or Aschiburg) upon the Northern bank of the River, hath the Elector of Mentz a very stately Palace, where he mostly used to reside. The place was kept by one Regiment of Tillyans, and two of the Electors own Regiments of Train bands: all which by night quitting the place, the King puts in Baniers Regiment for the keeping of it.  
There passes he the bridge, unto his army on the other side of the River. Those of his men that still kept the Southern shore, fall upon Steinhem aforesaid. This Town is indeed but a Dorp; the Castle was the strength of it; and that had a garrison of 850 in it, which having been sound rattled with four pieces of Cannon on the evening of November 14. 600 of the 850 yield it the next day unto the King's Soldiers, and themselves into his Majesty's service. The other 250 that refused, were upon the agreement conducted by the Swedes unto the Franckfurder-waldt, 
●einhem ta●n.  a league or two to the West of them. This Castle does the King bestow upon the Earl of Hanaws Mother: unto whose family, it had formerly belonged. This Earl stood always firm after this, unto the King's party: levying Soldiers for his service afterwards, with which he took in Drusenheim and other towns about Strasburg and Hagenaw for the King, in january following; the first of which the King also bestowed upon him. He put himself at the very first, into the King's protection, among the seventeen Lords of the Weterau: he followed the Court at Mentz, all the Christmas after; where in a Masquerade; he was one of the Maskers together with the King. All which shows some good service he had privately done; which obtained so good a degree in his Majesty's favour and familiarity. And that the other side also understood the correspondency which the Count held with the King, about his giving way to the surprising of Hanaw; appears by Tillyes taking the Town of Babenhausen from him.  
November 15. after Steinheim was taken, 
The King go● thorough Hana●  the King makes his entrance into Hanaw: unto which town he would suffer his Army to be no further troublesome, then by staying to sup in it. That very evening does his Majesty set forward again towards Frankford; which was to be the chiefest Pass to all his future great actions, in those quarters. About 12 at night towards Offenbach (near Frankford) he goes, a league and a half from Hanaw, where his lodging was provided for him in the Castle: which having anciently belonged unto the Counts of Isenburg, had been taken from them of late by the Bishop of Mentz. Here at Offenbach he stayed all the day, October 16. the cause being, for that heretofore having had some parley with the Deputies of the Commonwealth of Frankford, which had before been with him upon the way; 
towards Frankford.  and that the Count of Solms had now been some 3 days since sent from himself unto them; he here expected their answer. The King's message was, 
His demands to those of Frankford.  Whether the City for setting forwards the cause of the Gospel, would peaceably and speedily set open their gates unto him, accept fairly of his garrison; or stand to the hazard of a siege? 
●s demands those of ●anckford.  loath was the Town to yield: and yet fearful were the Townsmen to resist: so that their Posts which passed to and again, (in which were some 2 or 3 days spent) ever bringing one and the same resolution from the King; their deputies are fain, after dinner on the same 16 of Novemb. to come to Offenbach Castle, and to consent there, unto these three propositions.  

1. That the King should have free passage for his Army thorough their City, 
●hich are as●ted unto by ●m.  to and again.  
2. That for the King's better assurance of the City, 600 of his men should be received for garrison into Saxenhausen; (which is the strong Suburbs to the City, lying on the other side of the water.)  
3. That both Magistrates and people should take an oath unto his Majesty.   
And thus was this fair Imperial City of Frankford on the Main gained to the King's party, by good words, and the sight only of an Army. The next day being Thursday, November 17, the King's Army passing thorough Saxenhausen over the bridge: marches quite thorough the City, and so out at the gate of Bockenheim again. There were told fifty six pieces of Cannon: 
●e King pas● thorough the twne.  seventy four Ensigns of Foot; forty five Cornets of Horse; twenty six Cornets more, the next day likewise following after. Such fair order was kept by the soldiers in their passing along, that no man complained of injury: and whereas two of them only flew out into the highway, they had martial law presently, and were hanged for it. And as little complaint was there of the garrison in the Suburbs, whereof Colonel Vitzthimb (a very able Gentleman, for such a purpose) was left Governor. The King himself road bareheaded thorough the streets; who with the comeliness of a Majestical personage, and the courtesy of a gracious behaviour; generally attracted the beholder's affections towards him. He stayed not long in it, but taking leave of the Nobility and Gentry of the Country, that came to see and wait upon him; he went to his lodging at Nidda, to be the nearer unto his Army. 
Going to the siege of Hoest.  His men by ten a clock the same night were set down to the siege of Hoest: a good town belonging unto the Elector of Mentz, and about a league from Frankford. This is the town, where, upon Whitsun-Munday 1621. the General Tilly overthrew the late Duke of Brunswike. November 19 the garrison of Hoest being above 400 men, deliver the place unto the King: unto which their own fears, and the townsmens' persuasions had jointly drawn them; 
Hoest taken.  these being doubtful of the plundering of their houses. The King having put diverse Companies there over on the other side the Main, (for all marched not thorough Frankford) presently filled the next smaller towns by the Rhine, with his forces.  
The next day being Sunday, Novemb. 20. his Majesty returns into Frankford again, bringing the two Landtgraves of Hessen along with him: one of Hessen-Cassel, which is the elder family, and usually called Landtgrave of Hessen: and the other of Hessen-Darmstat; commonly styled Landtgrave of Darmstat. Hither likewise came the 17 Earls of the Wetteraw to do their duty to his Majesty; who was now feasted in Frankford in the very same room, where the Emperors at their Coronation use to be entertained There may be a sign of good luck in that: 
The Landtgrave comes with an Army unto the King.  and perchance this may not be the last time, that he shall there be feasted. The Landtgrave of Hessen (his country being now cleared of General Tilly, Fugger, and the Imperialists) brings his Army (of 12000 men, as some say, though with the most) to have joined with the King's forces: they being in the Rhingaw at this present, within 3 leagues of Frankford. But the King now hearing how the Count of Tilly had besieged Norimberg ever since the eighteenth of November; the Hessen Army was immediately directed thitherwards: the King himself (rather than fail) having a purpose to go likewise to the relief of it. The Hessen Army being already beyond Hanaw upon their march; and there hearing Tilly to be remooved; return back again to their former Quarter in the Country called the Rhingaw, belonging for the most part unto the Elector of Mentz, and bordering upon the land of Hessen.  
On Tuesday (which is his usual Sermon day) his Majesty went to Hoest again; 
The King's Thanksgiving ●or the taking ●f Frankford.  where, in the Chapel of the Castle he causes a solemn Thanksgiving to be made, for that he had obtained the fair Town of Frankford without bloodshed. And truly it was Gods work to incline the hearts of the Magistrates of that City, to harken unto the King: especially since they even other day denied Tilly the same favour. When Spinola in the year 1620. came towards the Palatinate; he very respectfully both by letters and messenger's, woos the Commonwealth of Frankford: so that the King now prevailed more with them, than these two great Generals ever could. And well worthy of a Thanksgiving was the obtaining of this mighty Pass. There runs a Proverb in Germany to this purpose.  

" He that lies before Frankford a year and a day,  
" Is Master of the Empire for ever and ay.   
Presently after this did the Landtgraves' forces advance out of the Rhingaw, into the neighbour Countries of the Wetteraw and Westerwaldt: anciently belonging unto seventeen Lords, but much of late days encroached upon by the Electors of Mentz. The place of these Countries is on the East of the Rhingaw, betwixt it and the County of Hanaw. Here, in the King's Name, does the Landtgrave take in Falkenstein and Reiffenburg; with the two Castles of Cronenburg and Ernfelt: the strong Castle of Konigstein (some two Dutch leagues from Frankford) only holding out for the Bishop of Mentz.  


Most of these towns from whence these Earls have their Honours; are in these two Countries.  
There be 17 small Earldoms of them in all whereof one family hath 2 or ● sometimes: like as also there b● several Earl at once of the same Family. The Earl of Hanaw hath 5 Earldoms, and 700 villages under him. A● the rest also have their towns and villages with thei● Boors under them; some more some less.  
The Wetteraw is that part tha● lies next the water; that is, the Main: & the Westerwaldt signifies the Western wood: i● being a woody country upon the West of the Wetteraw, and is a part of the Forest of Arduenna.   The Lords of these two little Countries having a long time been oppressed by the Catholics, and therefore glad of any Deliverer: being by religion Protestants; and therefore the easilyer drawn to accept the King for their Protector: and having, in the last place, their own disability to resist, for a fair excuse for their yielding: at Frankford about this time, both treated and concluded a full agreement with the King. These were the Lords that made it. First, 3 Earls of Nassau and Catzenelbogen with their brethren. 1 Earl of Nassau, Warburg, jetzstein and Wisbaden. 2 Earls of Hanaw and Muntzenberg. 4 Earls of Solms, and Lords of Muntzenberg. 2 Earls of Stolberg and Conigstein. 3 Earls of Isenburg and Budingen. 3 Earls of Sagen and Witgenstein. 1 Earl of Wied. 2 Earls of Lemingen and Westerburg. 2 Earls of Waldeck. Besides diverse of the Nobility, Gentry, and Corporations: who all consented and signed unto these following conditions.  
The Treaty gins with a Preface, unto this purpose. That seeing the King of Sweden had never deserved of the Empire or Emperor to be provoked to this war; which the King was forced to enter into for his own defence, the Electors themselves having heretofore acknowledged so much for him: and that these Earls also, as members of the Empire, having ever been regardful of their duties unto the Emperor their Head; never having either done or intended hitherto, any act in prejudice of him: yet nevertheless the said Emperor having, without ever denouncing of war, several ways assaulted Us the King of Sweden; oppressed our Cousins and Allies; undone many Princes of ancient families (giving their lands and honours away unto new men;) violated all the privileges of the Empire; purposed to introduce an absolute government into Germany first; and by help of that, the easilyer to enthrall the neighbour Princes afterwards: even therefore (saith the King) have We by way of prevention, and for our own security, been enforced to come thus armed into the Empire. Whereas, moreover, the Princes of the Catholic League, have against our expectation and desert; both before the battle of Leipsich, and afterwards with an armed ha●d continually opposed themselves against our proceed: even therefore have We, with the assistance of God, and by the right of war, taken in the country of Franco●ia, and all the towns upon the Main, even unto Frankford; which belonged unto those Leaguers. And whereas, on the other side, We the Earls aforesaid, have by woeful experience found; how that under the Emperor's name, the Protestant Princes have still been abused: and that notwithstanding their own often submissions and the Emperor's revocation of the proceed; yet still under some pretence of justice, or other; their Consciences have been oppressed; their Lands and Royalties invaded, their subjects pillaged, and no remedy to be gotten: therefore We now perceive no other course to be taken, but to oppose force by force; and being forsaken of all other assistance (the Catholics having often broken all leagues and promises with us) then to put ourselves under the protection of the King's Majesty of Sweden: whom We clearly perceive to be qualified with many Royal and imcomparable virtues; put into the business, merely out of a holy zeal for the relieving of the distressed Princes of the Religion; and apparently (without doubt) assisted by the hand of God Almighty. For the honour of God, therefore, the cause of Religion, the restoring of the course of justice; and the preservation of our Country; have We, upon good and mature consideration, accepted of his Royal prote●tion; both parties freely consenting unto these following Articles.  
1. We the King of Sweden, do hereby receive the foresaid Earls, etc. (whether Lutherans or Calvinists) into our Royal protection: promising to pursue as our enemies, whosoever shall disturb them for this their agreement with Us: to maintain them all in their due privileges: never to make peace, but upon condition they be comprehended in it; and have first received satisfaction.  
2. Whereas these Earls have this long time stood dispossessed of the most part of their estates, by the Catholic Princes; We promise' our assistance to the recovery of them: both in regard of their Religion, and of the many services they have heretofore done for the Gospel. And if by any misprision they should fall into suits with their neighbours concerning particular interests; We shall do our best to compound the controversy.  
3. If during these wars, the enemy should deprive any of these Earls, or otherwise ruinated their dominions; We shall right him the best We may, and force their enemies to restitution.  
4. If any of them shall be taken prisoners; We shall do our best for the recovery of his liberty.  
5. We will do our uttermost to preserve their houses and Forts: and take order to defend them.  
6. And if We found it requisite to place any forces, in their Forts or Passes; We will take care that the soldiers be not troublesome.  
7. Whereas the usual contribution cannot forthwith be fully paid by some of them, until such possessions of theirs as be at this present in the enemy's hands, be cleared; We will recover them as soon as may be; and without any other clog or condition, restore them to the right owner.  
8. That the said Earls may the better promote the common cause, and yet their subjects not be too much overlayed with contributions: We are content that the Ecclesiastical goods may be also assessed to contribute: and that upon refusal, so much may be distrained by the Earls, as shall satisfy the contribution.  
9 We permit them also to take back again into their own hands, all such Cloisters and Monasteries, as have of late days been wrung from them by the Catholics.  
10. 
●hat these Or●s be, see our ●oke of the reddish Decide.  We will forbear, as much as may be, to make any Rendezvous, enquartering, or marches in or through their Countries: But if necessity so requires, we will have our Orders of war very strictly to be observed: and that all the time our forces are among them, a horseman of ours shall receive but 2. dollars and an half a day, with a certain competency of hay and straw, etc. and every footman two dollars a months pay, until the muster. All which shall afterwards be defalked out of the Contribution.  
11. This confederation is no ways intended for the prejudice of the said Earls or their Estates: but for their protection rather, against the common enemies.  
And we the Earls, etc. aforesaid, do for our parts declare ourselves as followeth.  
1. First, whereas it is as clear as day, that God Almighty by the Arms of his Majesty of Sweden (of whose Christian and just intentions we nothing doubt) hath prevented the enemies of the Gospel in their bloody purposes: We therefore do here with all thankfulness acknowledge, the King of Sweden to be our Deliverer and Protector, next under God; submitting ourselves henceforth unto his protection, without any respect to the common enemy, however called. And we do hereby bind ourselves, bodies and goods: to stand for him to the uttermost of our power; never to fall off from him; to do nothing in prejudice of him; never to have treaty, or to make peace with his Majesty's enemies, (whom we acknowledge for our own:) but by his Royal assent, and except his Crown be therein comprehended, and himself fully satisfied.  
2. Therefore do we henceforth promise', to hinder by all our best endeavours, his hurt; and to promote his good: neither by counsel nor by action, directly nor indirectly, doing any thing against his person, Crown or Dignity; but faithfully to assist him rather.  
3. And whereas nothing is more requisite, then that his Majesty have the absolute command of the wars: we therefore as his other Confederates have done, most humbly entreat him to take that care wholly upon him; which we without contradiction will altogether leave unto him.  
4. Therefore have we delivered up into his Majesty's hands, all our Cities, Forts, and Passages: and I the Earl of Hanaw, have freely put my City and Castle of Hanaw into his power; to fortify, arm, and dispose the same, as the reason of the wars shall require.  
5. We do further promise', not to open our holds or passages unto the enemy; nor to receive in any of theirs; but keep them out rather unto the uttermost: opening them on the other side unto his Majesty, to lodge or enquarter his troops in.  
6. We will also suffer his Rendezvous in our Countries: provided, that the charges be defalked out of our Contribution.  
7. And for all the time of these wars, we jointly promise' to contribute 25000. Florens a month: beginning the next Decemb. 1. Old style 1631. to be paid at Frankford. And if any of us shall be negligent in paying of his part, (according to the Roll of each man's Assessment hereunto annexed) we promise' to distrain for it by a military execution.  
8. We undertake also, if need be, to arm our subjects for his Majesty's service: to call home those that at this time serve the enemy; confiscating all their goods that refuse to obey us.  
9 We permit all provisions and exportation of victuals, Artillery, and Ammunition, for his Majesty's service.  
10. And to keep the same things from the enemy; whom we promise' for his Majesty's service every where to pursue, as the Common adversaries to Us and to the Gospel.  
11. And in case there be any man found in our Dominions, that hath forsaken his Majesty's Colours, or otherwise offended; we will neither give him entertainment, nor passage: but either punish him ourselves, or deliver him over unto the next of his Majesty's garrisons.  
In testimony whereof, We the King and Earls, have mutually set to our hands and Seals. Given at Frankford, etc.  
By this agreement was the Imperial Commissary Ossa utterly defeated of his hopes: who a little before this, had demanded of these Wetterawish Earls; a great quantity of provisions, and many hundreds of Carts and Wagons, to be sent him in unto Selingstat in the County of Darmstat. The Landtgrave of Darmstat (their neighbour, 
●e Landt●ve of Darm● agrees with King. ) much about this time (which seems to have been about the middle of November) made his agreement likewise with his Majesty. Hereupon did the Landtgrave consign over his chiefest Forts and Passages into the King's hands: as the strong Town of Russelheim upon the Main, some 5 English miles from Mentz, first; (into which the King presently put Sir john Hamiltons' Regiment, which was commanded by his Sergeant-major Magdugall) and Darmstat after that, the town of his own residence, he removing his Court upon it unto the Castle of Hessen.  
By this time was the Swedish army advanced beyond Hoest, and a standing Leaguer form at the villages of Costum and Cassel right against Mentz, though on the other side of the rivers. At Walb a small Dorp upon the Rhine, (some league or less from Cassel) was there so narrow a passage into the Country of the Rhingaw, 
●trance gottē●o the Rhin●●.  that 1000 Spaniards of the Bishop of Mentz his men, thought themselves sufficient for the guard of it. Wafting themselves therefore over the Rhine; and calling in the Country Boors to be their Pioneers in casting up of some works; they are presently there entrenched. Against these the King now sends: and the sweden rushing in upon the Spaniards with a power too great for them; after a hard Bowte or two, drive them from their Ordnance and new made batteries: lay some 500 of them dead upon the earth; enforcing the rest into the river: where though they died not (like their fellows) a bloody death; yet can they not be said to have died a dry death.  
The next country people presently yielding thereupon, are amerced by the King to pay him the same Contribution, and to swear unto him the same fealty; which they before had done unto their Lord the Elector of Mentz: and to redeem their Country from present pillage, by a ransom of ready money.  
The Passage being thus gained, the King's purpose was, to sand out some strong parties to keep the Country in action and Alarm, whilst himself might undisturbed lay a bridge over the Rhine at the said Walb, and go directly unto the siege of Mentz. The Swedish thus sent abroad, range along upon the river's side as fare as Bingen: where lighting upon the Customhouse which was right against the town on the contrary side of the water, at which, such boats as passed the Rhine and Nau, (here falling into the Rhine) were made to pay Toll and Custom: they there kill 150 of the garrison, and carry away some store of ready money, which they there found in Banco. And this, (though an Action of no great moment) yet would I not pass it over, because it was the furthest place that the King's people meddled withal, 
The King turns back again.  on that side of the Rhine. For the King's bridge at Walb not fadging according to his mind, (the Elector of Mentz with such great forces opposing him on the other side of the river) the army is called off from those parts; and the Landtgrave of Hessen being left in those quarters, both to secure that bank of the Rhine; and to keep, withal, what was already conquered in the Rhingaw and the Wetteraw: and that, lastly, he might be near unto his own Country upon all occasions: the King devises upon another course; which, though in respect of going to Mentz, it were the furthest way about, yet it at last proved the nearest way home.  
And now begins the Army to gather together about Frankford: over whose bridge of Saxenhausen, December 1. they are passed: with a resolution (as his Majesty's own self affirmed to my Lord Ambassador Sir Henry Vane) to go to the siege of Heidelberg. 
●oing into the ●rgstraes, and towards the ●ege of Heidle●erg.  His forces being directed into the Bergstraes'; himself fairly follows after; lodging the same night at Langen, a village belonging unto the Landtgrave of Darmstat. This Bergstraes' is (as the word signifies) a street or way of hills: the whole Country being a continued ledge of indifferent high and even mountains, trending along even from Frankford town almost, quite thorough the Landtgrave of Darmstats country, part of the Bishopric of Mentz, and the Prince Palatines Dominions; even until you come to the very gates of Heidelberg. Betwixt these mountains, and the goodly river of the Rhine (which runs along by them almost in a straight line) is there a narrow long country, with a many of handsome towns (and some weak Spanish garrisons in them) which were to be cleared by the way. The names of them (as they lie in order) are Gersheim, Stein, Swingenberg, 
Divers towns taken in the Bergstraes'.  Bensheim, Heppenheim, Weynheim, Starkenberg, and Ladenburg: all which were in this march taken in; the Spanish garrisons easily quitting the places, as too weak to be defended. And now was the King almost come unto Heidelberg; when, upon consideration of a certain strong Fort he had passed by; (which lying upon the Rhine on the Bergstraes' side, served for a Blockhouse to defend Oppenheim; that was right against it on the other side of the water) he quite on the sudden altered his determination. Considering, therefore, that if he should engage himself upon the siege of Heidelberg, and leave this Fort enemy behind his back: then might the Spanish forces under the favour of that Fort, easily there pass the Rhine: and at their own pleasures both cut off all his provisions, and hinder his retreat beside, back again unto Frankford.  
This therefore (and that worthily) quite altered his resolution; which is now fully bend for the taking in of this Fort. 
The King altering his determination,  The piece was kept by 1000 Italians and Burgundians: and those such old blades, as the King had never yet met with the like since the Battle of Leipsich. Not Colours had they with them: those were left with their Comrades in Oppenheim. Upon Sunday, Decemb. 4. Grave Neeles with the King's Life-guards sets down before it: who being the next day relieved by Sir john Hebron and Colonel Winckle with their two Brigades; he rises, and leaves them to pursue the business.  
The Fort was encompassed with a double Graff or Moat; 
goes and bes●ges the Fort Oppenheim.  and Hebron and Winckle being set down, and immediately falling to their work with the spade, were ready by Wednesday at night, to make both their lines or rolling trenches, to meet in the outtermost Graff. So soon as this should be done, the King about 5 a clock at night, gave command unto Sir john Hebron (who being the eldest Colonel, commanded there in chief) to Storm, or give an assault unto the Fort, before the morning. Scarcely was the King from Hebron; but there was a letter brought him from a Gentleman of the Palatinate, that dwelled above upon the river, that he would sand the King some boats that very evening. 
whither havi● some boats sent him,  Upon this was the Storming countermanded: and about 9 or 10 at night, the boats came indeed. One Held a poor Fisherman of Gersheim was the man employed by the Gentleman; who not only brought two great boats down the stream with him from about Wormbs; but shown the King also where the Spanish had sunk another very great Rhine-ship, in the bottom of the river. In these three boats, the King first of all (with as much silence as might be) sends over his own Guards, or his Life-Regiment. All this which had hitherto fallen out so hopefully, had like to have been quite dashed by an odd accident. A certain soldier (a Sweden borne) having gotten into a little boat by himself (which upon that river are only made of 3 boards,) was skimming himself at the same time also over the river. But the stream carrying him about 12 or 20 score too low towards the town, he there chaps upon some 500 Spanish horse, which had their guards at that place. These taking the Alarm at the Swedes coming and strange language; 
● passes over Rhine in ●m,  presently march up to the place where the Life-guards were even now newly landed. But the Swedes having there chanced upon some advantage of ground, as hedges, bushes, and the like: the Spanish horse were by these things so long kept off, until the other could well put themselves into order. The Spanish charging thereupon with their pistols, are saluted again with such a volley of muskets; that they are forced to retreat, the better to recover their order again. It was about midnight by this time; when as the boats being now come back again, the King had shipped over Colonel Hogendorff with the Read Regiment in them: His Majesty's self passing over likewise with it. By the time that the King was landed, the Spanish having gotten more forces together, renew their charge again with more fury, yet with no better success, 
●d beats off 3. ●aults of the ●aniards.  being the second time beaten off again also. By this time is Colonel Vitzthimb come over with the white Regiment or Brigade: and the Spanish now again reenforced, give a third charge upon the King: but being now repulsed with greater slaughter, they perceive their enemies to be too strong for them, and never fall on again. Thus the King having 3 of his Brigades safely landed; and the Spanish being finally retired: marches immediately towards the Town of Oppenheim: where for a while we leave him at his Thanksgiving, for having thus passed the Rhine.  
Hebron all this while before the Fort, (his command of Storming being contradicted) suffered continual sallies and Alarms from the valiant besieged. About 11 at night, 200 of them sally out with great bravery, and fall into Hebron's Quarter; and a very hot service they made of it: until with much importunity, and some loss, they were persuaded at last to retire again. About half an hour after, out upon Winckles Quarter they fall likewise; who at length also beats them into the Fort. The purpose of these strong and frequent sallies, first upon one, and then upon another, was, to hinder the meeting of their lines, now ready to be perfected. But hearing a little after this, of the King's third volley on the other side of the water; and that He had made good his ground; and how the Spanish coming now on no more, the King was marched up to Oppenheim: they had no more comfort to sally. Fearing therefore that their passage of retreat over the Rhine would be utterly cut off, 
The Fort yielded unto Sir john Hepburn  they about 7 a clock in the morning sand out a Drum unto Sir john Hebron to parley: with whom they at last concluded upon these Conditions.  
On the Spaniards part.  
1. They were at 7 a clock at night (Thursday December 8. 
The Condition ) to march out with bag and baggage, Colours flying, Drums beating, Matches lighted, and Bandeliers filled.  
2. To be assured by the King, not to be molested in their way, by any of his forces; nor by the Landtgrave of Hessens men, or any others.  
3. A Captain should be given them for hostage, (they leaving another with the King for him:) and their garrison to be convoyed with 1000 Musketeers, to a village the same night half a league distant from thence: and the next morning, unto the banks of the Main.  
4. His Majesty to furnish them all their march, with victuals, etc.  
On the King's part.  
1. All of the Fort shall take their way towards Bingen.  
2. They shall first pass the Main, and the Rhine afterwards.  
3. They shall not go into Mentz: but to some other place, where there is a Spanish garrison.  
4. They shall carry away none of their Ordnance.  
5. Nor pillage any town or village in the way: nor offer injury unto any soldier at that time serving his Majesty.  
Two hundred Scots of my Lord Reayes and Colonel Lumsdells' men, (which belonged unto Hebron's Brigade) were put in the Fort, so soon as ever the Spanish were gone out of it.  
We left the King lately marching towards Oppenheim: where he yet lay, within Canonshot (almost) of the very walls of it. Summons had already been given unto the town: which, upon the taking of the Fort, sends out their keys, and yields gladly enough unto his Majesty: 
●e Town of ●enheim ●lded.  and for that they knew him to be a friend unto the Prince Elector their Lord and Master, they receive in a garrison of 200 Scots unto them. These 200, were all (or almost all) that were left of Sir james Ramsyes' Regiment: himself lay yet at Wurtsburg to be cured of his wound, 
●his relation Oppenheim; as ●o in those of entzes, the Lech, ●d other acts about the ●latinate and ●varia: have received ●ne instructi● from Mr Ro●t Marsham, ●o personally ●companied colonel He●n in all these action's.  which there (as we told you) he received. Upon an hill, a little above the edge of the town, was there a large vast Castle with a garrison of 600 or 700 men in it; which yet stood out against the King. There having been 107 boats found under the town wall, upon the river; of these the King sends over enough, to fetch Winckles Regiment first, and Hepburnes after him: with the Cannon, baggage, and Cavalry last of all. The stream carrying down Hepburn and Winckle something lower than the town; they upon their landing advance up the hill, to meet the King's forces: whom they now saw standing in fair Battaglia, ready to give a general assault upon the Castle. And now those 200 Scots that had been put into the town at the yielding of it; fall immediately thereupon to Storm the said Castle at the Towne-port, which is betwixt the Castle and the Town. The Scots fell in with such a tempest and resolution, 
The valour o● the Scots.  that they instantly forced the garrison into the inner port; they Storming in together with them: so that by that time the King was ready to assault on one side, and Hepburn on the other; they meet (to their great admiration,) diverse of the garrison that had already leapt over the walls, thrown away their Arms, and crying Quarter; as the rest also now did, that had not yet gotten out of the Castle. 
The Castle ●ken by assault  In both these actions (about the Fort and Castle) were there some 200 Spanish (though few of them Spaniards) cut down, and 8 Colours taken: which were the first Colours that ever the King took from the Spaniards; this being the first time that ever he had to deal with them.  
Here fell there out a pretty merriment, which some Readers may perchance be pleased withal. Whilst the most of the Spanish were begging for Quarter, a certain Officer with some others of his men, not daring to trust the courtesy of an enemy; fairly slips away from the Scots that had so ferreted them: running out of the town for life, even close besides the King's army. It chanced that an Hare starting out of the bushes about the ditch, ran directly before the Spaniards: and within a few paces after, two other Hares also ran as directly after them. The Swedish laughed hearty to see what a Convoy the Spaniards had gotten. 'tis ill luck (says one of the soldiers) to have one's way crossed with a Hare; and that ill luck is now ours: for we are likely to get but little honour by them, should all their Countrymen run away in the like manner.  
The next day, the King was purposed to go towards Mentz; and the Army being advanced to the top of the hill; the weather fell out so bitterly cold, snowy, and windy, that they were even fain to turn back again, leaving their Ordnance behind them on the hill top On the morrow morning, they put themselves upon their march again; and the towns being not above 3 Dutch miles one from another; the Army by 5 a clock at night presented themselves before the view of the City. 
Mentz besieged  They of Mentz out of a Fort they had, let fly their Ordnance a main upon the King's folk: but it now growing dark, the King with the most of the forces making his approaches along the rivers side; sends Hebron to make his, close by the gallows Port. Hebron lodging his Brigade in a place commodious enough, within musket shot of the Port; that very night (notwithstanding he were extremely shot at) runs his Lines even to the very Graff or town ditch. The King, on his side, found much more fierce resistance; the garrison still sallying out upon him to hinder his working: who for all this, having once gotten the advantage of the Suburbs; with the loss of 100 men, (or such a matter) brings his approaches also close unto the wall. The second day the town gave hot fire upon the King's side; and the Ordnance from the Castle thundered as loudly against Hebron: whom Colonel Axel lily coming now to visit, had his leg shot away by the shin bone. The next day being Sunday, the shooting continued very fiercely on both sides: the King having by this time raised some Batteries in a garden, and mounted his Ordnance upon them. By Monday morning, the King with his ● Brigades on one side; and Hebron with his upon the t'other, being gotten close under the walls; the town desires to parley: which the King denies them, unless the Citadel will parley also. The Castle at first refuses the motion; but considering a little better upon it, how that notwithstanding they found themselves strong enough on that part of the Castle towards the enemy, 
●entz yielded.  yet being conscious of their weakness of the part towards the town, (should the King first take that) they agreed also to parley.  
These were the chiefest of the Conditions.  

1. To departed next day with flying Ensigns, bag and baggage, and 2 pieces of Cannon.  
2. Have leave, some to go into Franckendale, some into Creutznach: and some to be conveyed towards Luxemburg.  
3. These last not to serve against the King in three months.   
Thus the next day, Tuesday Decemb. 13. about 4 a clock, the garrison marched out, after they had the second time well pillaged the townsmen and the Cloisters. Some of the Germans become the King's soldiers. They left behind them a very great store of Ordnance, and 120 lasts of powder; with a wonderful plenty of all other provisions. The City redeemed itself from pillage, by giving the King a ransom of 80000 Dollars: 220000 more being drawn from the Spiritualty and the jews: which last people paid 180000 Dollars of the money, for the redemption of their houses and Synagogue.  
And thus was this fair City of Mentz conquered: which is there seated upon the Southern bank of the Rhine, where the river Main flows into it. By the taking of this town, hath the King won all upon the Main, even to the very place where the Main loses itself. Mentz is honoured with an University and an Archbishops See: and He with an Electorate and the Chancellorship of Germany. These Honours, together with the great Estate belonging unto them, had made the Bishop Elector of Mentz a very prime and a potent Prince, among the Catholic Leaguers. Not friends had neither he, nor his two predecessors, been all this while unto the Prince Elector Palatine; nor to their neighbours the Earls of the Wetteraw. These had been some of the King's reasons to move against him. This present Elector (Wambold by name) having in October before heard of the King's atchivements upon the Main, had then entertained 2000 of those Spanish, into his City and Country thereabouts, (though much against the minds of his subjects) which under the leading of the Count of Solms, Roverot, and Wittenhorst, had brought some Walloons and Burgundians out of the Low-countrieses to reinforce the Spaniards in the Palatinate. Wittenhorsts Regiment being received into the City, had very basely plundered and abused the townsmen. The Elector ask them whether they thought themselves yet strong enough to keep his Town against the King of Sweden? You show yourself (says a Spanish Commander) to be but a Churchman by your fearful question: seeing we are strong enough to beat off three such Kings as the King of Sweden. 
Spanish brag.  For all which confidence of theirs, the Elector perceiving by their getting ready their horses, by loading their baggage upon their wagons, and by making all ready to be gone, so soon as ever they heard of the taking of Oppenheim; that there was little trusting himself unto them; he with tears in his eyes protested, That the Spaniards had abused him: immediately thereupon packing up his treasure and jewels; and shipping himself away down the Rhine unto Cullen: which hath been the common Refuge and Receptacle in these late wars for the expulsed Catholic Princes; even as the Papists heretofore ieered that the Hage had been, for the Protestants. To see what God can do! 'tis very wonderful to observe, how much the greatness of the Electors of Mentz, is within these few years abated! Bishop Schweichard feasted Spinola at his coming into the Palatinate: since which time, he and his two next Successors have encroached upon the Prince Elector Palatine, and other Protestants: and now Bishop Wambold is glad, for the saving of his dear life, to quit all again, at the Kings coming into the Palatinate.  
The next day, being the King of sweden birthday, December 14. (which made him 37 years complete, and began his 38th year: 
The King en●ers Mentz in Triumph. ) would his Majesty honour his own Nativity, by entering in state into the town; being waited upon in the triumph, by Landtgrave William of Hessen, with very many other Lords and Princes. His lodging was provided in the goodly Castle, the sometimes Palace of the Bishop.  
Friday next was the day appointed for the Thanksgiving, which is a duty, that this pious King never useth to omit, after any notable achievement. The Sermon was preached by his own Chaplain; and this Psalm or Hymn of Luther's was ordered to be sung after it, beginning, Preserve, o Lord, to us thy Word. The rest of it being chief against Popery, and Popish practices. By this may the Reader see, the King's zeal and soundness in Religion. The goods of such Citizens as fled, were presently confiscated: those that stayed under the King's protection, received the freedom both of goods and consciences; having nothing at all taken from them.  
This City did the King make choice of, for his place of residence, to keep Christmas in; staying there, the most part of the winter following. Here did his Majesty hold so Royal and Magnificent a standing Court, as no Prince in Christendom (perchance) had such a State and Presence. Here have been seen at once, 6 sovereign Princes (that is, chief Princes) of the Empire; 12 or 13. Ambassadors of Kings, States, Electors and Princes; besides Dukes and Lords of second houses, and the martial men of his own Army; which were none of the worst shows, as being the men that procured all the rest of that glory. The King's next care was for the fortifying of the place, which as fast as could be, was in this order performed. Whereas there were some hills near-hand that commanded the Town, 
Mentz fortify and how.  those the King directs to have taken into his new works; which were of circuit large enough to lodge an Army of 20000 men in. Two bridges were also laid over the two rivers. That over the Rhine, was builded upon 61 great flat-bottomd boats; each lying the distance of an Arch one from another: many families of people living sometimes in the boats under the bridge, like as in the Low-countrieses. Beyond this bridge towards the land of Hessen, was there another great work drawn; able to lodge 10000 men in, for the securing of that passage. The other bridge over the Main, was founded upon fifteen great flat-bottomd boats; where, namely, the current runs strongest: the rest being builded upon great piles of wood. Upon that Angle or corner of ground, where the Main falleth into the Rhine; was there a royal Fort to be builded, with 6 Bulwarks unto it: which should guard the passage out of the land of Darmstat, and give the law beside, unto both the Rivers.  
The Lorrayners in the Imperial City of Wormbs in the Palatinate betwixt Oppenheim and Franckendale, hearing of this news of Oppenheim and Mentz, provide instantly to be packing. Osseland their Colonel would needs shake hands with the townsmen upon these terms: 3000 Dollars they must presently give him for his farewell. And that coming something easily, he demands 10000 more. A sackful of silver plate he also laid hold of: and two Burghers would he carry along with him, till the 10000 Dollars were sent after him. Into a vault behind St. Andrew's Church, were 50 barrels of powder stowed, his men being not able to carry it away. Unto this the soldiers threaten to put fire, if they might not have what they pleased. Yea they did it, to the miserable spoiling of the innocent neighbours and their houses. The like outrages did other of their Countrymen commit, when about this time they fearfully shifted away out of other places of the Palatinate. Wormbs being forsaken, the King sends, 
●rmbs accor●d with the ●ing.  and it accepts of his protection. Whereas we have often heretofore mentioned these Lorrayners: Let us, whilst the King refreshes himself in Mentz, digress a little to tell you of their unfortunate Expedition a few months before undertaken against the King of Sweden: this being the very time that they returned home again from him.  

●he Story of ●e Duke of ●orraynes expection, from the beginning to ●e ending.  The Duke of Lorraine (a great Prince lying betwixt France and Germany) had been drawn into action by the Emperor. The reward for his service was reported to be an Electorate (of Saxon, or Brandenburg) of which, Lorraine being a Prince of the Empire, was very capable. Another instigation also might be, an edge which he bore against the French King; Colleague with the King of Sweden, and the drawer of him into Germany. The Duke of Lorraine being appointed the Emperor's General on that side of the Rhine, next unto him: 
The Duke of Lorraine is by ●irth, Count ●e Vaudemont ●n Lorraine: and ●y marriage of the old Duke of Lorraynes ●aughter and heir, Duke Lorraine. T● Prince or D● of Lorraine-Pfaltzburg (● small countr● in the Forre● betwixt Lorr● and Alsatia) had married this Count o● Vaudemonts' sister: and s● brother in l● unto him.  about july and August 1631. gives out Commissions for 4000 horse, and 14000 foot. His brother in law the Prince or Duke of Pfaltzburg accepts also of being his Lieftenant-Generall: and Harincourt is made one of the chief Directors of the expedition. The forces being raised, the Duke sends to Zabern in Alsatia, (the first Town of Germany beyond the forest of Pfaltzburg, and within some nine English miles of Strasburg) to be supplied with wagons and carriages; that being his way into the Palatinate. He demands also to have his 4000 Horse enquartered for a month, in the County of Mompelgart; which belongeth unto a Duke of Wirtemberg. To prevent this, is Ascanio, Governor of Germersheim, about the beginning of September commanded thither, with sufficient forces.  
About mid September these Lorrayners put themselves upon their march: and General Tillyes Army being now defeated at Leipsich; Ossa (who had to do in Alsatia and those parts) is sent to be commissary-general unto the Lorrayners: that is, To direct the actions of war, to appoint the General which way to march, and what to do; and to provide and pay the Army, by the Contributions in the Emperor's name exacted from the country. 
The office o● an Imperial Commissary  This is the office of an Imperial Commissary. Now whereas these Lorrayners should at first have marched up to Tilly; Ossa'es desire (at first) was to conjoin them unto Altringer and Fugger: for which reason they now marched directly thorough the Palatinate towards the land of Hessen. 
The Lorrayn● pass the Rh●  They were gotten to Wormbs and the Bergstraes', by the end of September: and about the first of October (old Style) the Count of Sultz, with 26 Companies of Imperial Foot, and some few horse, avoiding out of Gelnhausen and Fulda (by Hessen) for fear of the Swedish; marches with great speed thorough Slicter and Salmunster in the County of Hanaw, and so along thorough the Speshart's Forest, unto Aschaffenburg: intending thence to go by Frankford into the Wetteraw, whither he hoped the Lorrayners would within a day or two come unto him. But this journey of his was shortened; the Lorrayners meeting him at Babenhausen near the said Aschaffenburg; at which bridge their purpose also was, to have passed the Main into Franconia.  
October the fourth, Harincourt passes his horse over the Rhine at Wormbs, to go towards Steyn in the Bergstraes', and so onwards by Frankford into Franconia. 
going into Franconia.  Hither unto Wormbs the Duke of Lorrayn comes: and now he gins to divide his forces. Some two troops of horse, and three Companies of Foot, are sent into Heidelberg, some are put into Stein, 5 others into Wormbs; 10 Ensigns are by Ossa conveyed into Heilbrun: 1500 were put into Creutznach and thereabouts 4000 of them were by this time run away: and 8000 sent towards Franconia. Tilly being come to Aschaffenburg, thither about October tenth goes the Duke of Lorraine in person. Their conference was; about the Emperors taking on of these forces, and how to get pay for them. To do the first, is Altringer sent by Tilly: who October 11 passes the Main towards them: but as for the second, Tilly was not so flush of money; the Duke gate only good words; and hopes of pay within 14. days. The Lorraine Army followed their Duke thorough the Ottenwaldt, warily and fearfully: so doubtful of the Swedish Land-lopers; that every night they cut down the trees to barricadoe up the way against them. Being gotten up as fare into Franconia as Heibach and Miltenburg upon an elbow of the river Main, 
and ●camping by ●e Main,  (half way betwixt Wormbs and Wurtsburg) thither (about October 17) comes the General Tilly from Aschaffenburg; both to requited the Duke's former visit performed to him; and to give some order withal unto the Army. And now were the Imperial and Lorraine Armies so near together, that they might be said to be conjoined: betwixt which two resolved it was, that whilst he went towards the Palatinate, they should lie in the wind, between the Circle of Schwaben and the Swedish: but by no means venture to assault them.  
This last clause, the Lorrayners liked well enough. And Tilly needed not to have put in that; for the Swedish sought all opportunities to begin first, and to be still beforehand with them. 
●here they are ●ften beaten by ●he Swedish,  About the first week in November, (Tilly being now gone, and the Lorrayners left alone) 4 Regiments of them are defeated by the Swedish at Gutterish, near unto Mergentheim and Buttell. A few days after that, the Swedish falling into their Quarters betwixt Mergentheim and Bishopsheim; cut in pieces 26 troops of their horse, beat up their whole Leaguer, put them unto a disorderly retreat; and followed so hard upon their rear, that the ways side by the river Tauber was strewed with their dead bodies. 
and driven ou● of Franconia again.  And thus were the Lorrayners driven out of Franconia; and about the end of November forced over the Rhine into the Palatinate again: where the Duke hearing the French to be fallen into his Country, gathers the remnants of his army together, (which had been left in several garrisons of the Palatinate,) and homeward he returns; carrying the dead body of his said brother in Law the Prince of Pfaltzburg along with him, who lately died at Munchen in Bavaria. Marching therefore (scarce with 8000 men) along the Eastern bank of the Rhine, 
They pass t● Rhine,  unto Drusenheim (near Strasburg and Hagenaw) he comes: where (having first asked leave of the Strasburgers) he passes the Rhine by the two new sconces, towards his own Country: much about Christmas day, recovering home to his own town of Nancy. Some of these Lorrayners behaving themselves untowardly afterwards; (for they all went not immediately home with their Duke) were cut off by the Strasburgers: others were knocked down by the abused Boors of the County of Hagenaw: others, by the new forces levied for the King of Sweden in Alsatia: for in all these quarters were some of them left behind for a time. 
returning in their own Country.  And this was the end of this Princes unfortunate expedition. The loss of most of his Army abroad; and of some part of his own Country at home: and of his Brother in law into the Bargain. Thus dear had this Prince bought his hopes of the Emperor's favour, the promise of the living Lion's skin, the Electorate: and the sight of a small part of Germany. And this is the fortune of the wars, That every man cannot be fortunate in the wars.  
Return we now to that Favourite of Mars; the ever (hitherto) victorious King of Sweden; whom upon Friday December 16 we left in Mentz at his Devotions: which were within two days blessed with a new victory. A strong Imperial town in the further parts of the Wetteraw, (fronting likewise upon Hessen and Hanaw) there is, Friedberg by name; which had laid out till now, and been kept by a Spanish garrison. 
●ridberg summoned.  It had been summoned in the King's name before; and conditions offered, That if the Spaniards would leave the City in the same estate they first found it; they should go out with full arms, bag and baggage, every way like soldiers, and be convoyed over the Rhine into whatsoever place they desired. The Citizens were likewise commanded to accommodate them with carriages and other necessaries for their remoovall. But Lewis de Verreicken the Governor, returned this answer unto the King's Trumpet; That concerning the giving up of the town, he had received no directions from his General Don Philip de Sylva: who being now at Creutznach, the Trumpet might go thither to understand his pleasure; until which were known, he purposed to defend himself, and not to go out upon such easy terms. A fair answer. But the Burghers knowing the strength of the place, not to be answerable to the high words of the Spaniards; so fare prevail with the Governor, as to promise' another, and a final answer to be sent unto the King within 10 days after: and that some of their City should in the mean time be sent unto Don Philip. The Governor consents, and the Burghers are dispatched unto the General: from whom they return with a peremptory command unto Verreicken, to defend the place unto the last drop of blood. How prodigal men are of other men's lives! and how valiant, when themselves are not in the danger! Verreicken, for all this, perceiving the place not to be tenable against such forces as had so quickly taken in Oppenheim and Mentz: in the night time December 18. sends his soldiers out of Fridberg into Braunsfels, (a town and Castle upon a hill in the Wetteraw, not fare from Fridberg, and of very much importance: himself and family still remaining within the town. 
●idberg taken.  Colonel Haubald (the Conqueror and Governor of Hanaw) getting an inkling of the matter; flies in upon him the very next day, with a lusty party of Dragooners; seizes upon the town for the King, chaps a garrison into the Castle, arrests Verreicken, and imprisons him; the Colour being, for his having broken with the King, in not sending to him at the 10 days end, as he had promised upon the former Summons. Done like Haubald.  
Three days after (December 21) was the strong Castle of Konigstein in the Wetteraw (some two Dutch miles to the North of Frankford) surrendered unto William Landtgrave of Hessen: which had till now held out for the Elector of Mentz. 
Konigstein take●  The high and hilly situation of it, and the wonderful store of provisions in it; had made it to be (by some) esteemed impregnable. This procured the garrison to be wondered at; that having 30 pieces of good Ordnance in it, with provisions for a whole years siege: they should so easily yield up such a place, as commanded the whole country about it. But they liked not their cause perchance, now that the Elector was fled; or had rather serve the King of Sweden: into whose pay, 3 Ensigns of the 4 that were in it, presently betook themselves. Some say, that the Landtgrave had one of his brothers here slain with a shot, which (if true) much abated the contentment that he might otherwise have taken, for so notable a piece of service. 
The Landtgrave of Hessen returns home.  Thus did the Landtgrave take a good farewell of the King, of whom he presently after takes his leave: going with his Army into his own Country first; and so along towards the river of Weser, as we shall hereafter tell you.  
The town of Bingen upon the Rhine (where the river Nau falls into it: 
Bingen ) was much about this time forsaken by the garrison: the strong town of Creutznach standing upon the same Nau, being by this means left the nakeder. And not to take too much pains in writing the Story, where there was not very much pains taking in performing of the action; the towns of Altzeim, Neustat, Kaiserslauter, 
and diverse other towns in the Palatinate forsaken by the Spanish.  and others; were much about this time voluntarily also forsaken by their Spanish garrisons: whom a Panic fear almost every where now surprised.  
Before this time, and a little after the taking of Mentz; was the Rhinegrave Otho Philip (of the family of the Princes Palatine) dispatched with 20 troops of horse towards the river of Mosel. 
The Rhinegrave ●ent towards the Mosel.  The design being, to keep off the Spaniards that then lay in the Bishopric of Triers; or that might hereafter come out of the Low-countrieses: whence (as the news was) some were now about to march, under the command of Prince Barbanson. These Spaniards having about Christmas time passed the Mosel at Triers; 

The Huntsruck ●s not a town, ●ut a ledge of ●ountaines, something ●notty on their ●op, like the ●idge or chine●one of a Greyhouds back, whence the ●ame to the Country, Huntsruck, signifies a Dog's ●acke.  
The Rhinegrave defeats the Spaniards,   took their way thorough the Huntsruck; first marching unto Trarbach, and so into the Palatinate. Here (by Trarbach) the Rhinegrave encountering with them, put them to the rout; the most of the spoil lighting upon Wittenhorsts regiment: who being by agreement at his turning out of Mentz, to go into Luxemburg, and not to serve against the King in 3 months; had now been met withal by the other Spaniards, and persuaded to turn back again with them. And thus was his breach of Articles justly now requited: he at this encounter losing all that pillage, which he had so unjustly sharked away from those of Mentz. Three Cornets were here taken by the Rhinegrave, and at Mentz presented unto the King.  
The Spaniards being thus forced over the Mosel again; the Rhinegrave converts his Arms towards the North-westerne part of the Palatinate, into the Duchy of Simmern, namely: whence Prince Lodowick Philip brother to the King of Bohemia, 
and takes some frontier towns in the Bishopric of Triers.  hath his Title of Duke of Simmern. Hereabouts took he in the town of Simmern first: and of Bachrach next: (whence the good Rhenish wine is named) as also Caub, Boppart, and Over-Wesel; all in that corner; some of them in Simmern, and some in the Bishopric of Triers: and all till that time kept by Spanish garrisons. 
This Don Philip was General of all the Spanish in the Palatinate, & in the Bishoprics of Mentz & Triers.  The Rhinegrave presently upon this marching towards Franckendale, chances upon a Partee of 9 troops of Don Philip de Sylva'es' horse, that were going out a boote-haling: whom after a long fight, he rowtes and overthrows, taking 5 Cornets away from them. The neighbour Boors assembling together at the noise of the fight; waylaid, and gave chase unto those Spaniards that escaped: with clubbs, and flails, and pitch-forks, and some with better weapons, showing their love in this sort unto these their old neighbours: their quarrel to them being the same their wives had unto the wolves and foxes, for stroying of their Lambs and Pullen.  
As much Country-courtesie did other Boors show likewise unto the garrison of Heidelberg, who now slew out also: of whom, the Friday before Christmas day, they were said to have knocked down the best part of 200.  
Before this time had the fair Imperial town of Spiers (on the South edge of the Palatinate, and upon the Rhine, 
Spiers accorde● with the King  where the Imperial Chamber, and Plead of the Crown are kept) accorded with the King, and accepted of his garrison, as the Imperial City of Wormbs had before done. The Citizens now raising 3 new Companies for the King's service, made the Swedish pretty and strong in these parts: whereupon, Decemb. 21. they fly out and surprise Eyserstal, belonging unto the Prince Elector Palatine. The Spanish garrison of Germersheim, (some 2 leagues to the South of Spiers, and upon the same side of the Rhine) perceiving the danger to be near, and their friends to be fare off; voluntarily forsake the town. The same do their Countrymen (more Southerly) in Lindau, Weissenburg and Sultz; pretty towns all: and all near upon the Rhine, and towards Strasburg. The garrison of the strong town of Vdenheim (newly by the Spaniards called Philipsburg) lying right almost against Germersheim on the other side of the water, think presently to reprise Spiers again. 
The actions about Spiers.  Two hundred of them therefore, secretly, in the last night of the year, wafting themselves over the river at Rhinehausen; lie there in close ambush for such parties, as should come in or out of the City. But Colonel Horneck (the Swedish Governor of Spiers) having an inkling of their forces and lodging, sets unawares upon them first: kills eight; wounds ten; takes 18 prisoners; drives a many into the river, and compels all to get them packing.  
To begin the New year withal, was the strong town of Manheim, (yea the strongest of all the Palatinate) there seated upon the Rhine, where the river Neckar flows into it; by a pretty Stratagem surprised on this manner. Duke Bernhard of Saxon-Weymar upon Newyears day at night, goes out with well-near 500 men after him. The plot was so laid, that he might come to the Ports of Manheim an hour or two before daylight the next morning. There he pretended to come in great haste, naming himself to be a Commander of some town of their side; that having been out upon a Partee that night, was thus beaten in thither by the Swedish, who were now even ready to fall upon his Rear, as he feigned. This was the tale he told to the Guards and Sentinels at the gate; 
●nheim sur●ed.  desiring for God's sake to be let in presently. Being believed and admitted; he cuts in pieces the next Court of guard, and to be brief, kills well-near 300 of the garrison: lays hold upon Maravelli the Governor, and his Lieftenant-Colonell; giving quarter to none but to the Germans. Maravelli having (after a while) paid his ransom, must needs pay for his folly too; which going afterwards into Heidelberg, he did: having his whole head there strucken off, for the fault committed only by his ears; which had, indeed, been too credulous in a trust of so much consequence.  

Heidelberg and Franckendale blocked up.  And thus became Heidelberg and Franckendale to be blocked up: the towns were by this time taken round about them, and the King's horse every where laid upon the passages. The garrisons, indeed, were very strong in both of them; by reason so many had thrust in thither, that had been turned out of other places. And yet this blocking up being not strict enough; these 2 garrisons, together with that of Vdenheim, stealing out sometimes; did much mischief ever and anon among the neighbour villages. There was reported to have been a dissension within Heidelberg, betwixt the Spanish and the Bavarian soldiers. Certain it is, that many Ensigns of the Bavarians shortly after this forsook their garrison, and went and put themselves into Vdenheim. About this time also, was much of that goodly Castle of Heidelberg set on fire; either by the mischief, or by the negligence of the soldiers.  
I must for brevity's sake here omit the taking of the strong Castle of Brunsfels (which is indeed something out of the way) into which I told you, that the garrison of Fridberg went. The taking of the strong Castle of Stein in the Bergstraes' must also be passed over; as likewise some other actions about Strasburg, and Zabern: for I undertake not to relate every victory of the Kings, but the famousest only.  
And here are we to turn the Scene: to leave our discourse of wars for a while; and to acquaint you with the treaties and overtures of a peace, desired by the Catholics.  
His Majesty, you may observe, had not been personally abroad in the field (or not much) since his coming into Mentz: where his time was chiefly taken up, with giving of Audience and Answers, unto those many Ambassadors which there waited upon him. There were the several Ambassadors of France, of the 3 Spiritual Electors, (the Bishops of Mentz, Triers, and Cullen) and the Ambassador of him too that writes himself Elector, the Duke of Bavaria. The chief business of all these Ambassadors, was but one and the same negotiation: to importune the King, namely, for a fair Neutrality for the Catholic Leaguers; and if a Truce could not be obtained, 
The story o● the Neutrals  yet to procure a Cessation of Arms (or Stillstand) at the lest, whilst the conditions were a sending unto the Leaguers. The potentest mediators (and indeed the earnestest) were the two French Ambassadors; one of which (Charnace) was reported to have spoken in some high language unto the King; and to have mentioned the greatness and power of his Master, and the Army that he had now on foot. Unto this, the King was said to have returned as courageous an answer: That he confessed the greatness of his Master; and yet if the French King would but give him a days march before him, he would meet him at Paris. It was spoken also, that one of the Ambassadors should have objected unto the King, his breach of the league betwixt his Master and Him; namely, by his coming over the Rhine: and that the King of Sweden should have answered that again, with breach of Articles on the French side; in his failing of some payments agreed upon. But whereas (says the King) two Armies will never agreed well together in Germany; better therefore it were, that his Majesty of France would be pleased to turn his Arms against the Spaniards, somewhere else: and leave the correction of what is amiss in the Empire unto myself. And thus (or somewhat this way) became this controversy compounded: and the French King did indeed sand half his Army (which was at that time about Metz in Lorrayn) into the Elector of Triers his Country; to keep the Spaniards from passing over the Mosel, or encroaching upon that Electorate. And thus the former Ruffing being fairly over-smoothed again; the Ambassadors returned with more mildness, to the solicitation of their former business. Thus the King of Sweden for his Colleague and brother of France his sake, was drawn to consent unto the Neutrality, upon these terms following: which himself, in wisdom, caused to be published, for fear jest some cunning adversaries should for their honours and advantages, have scattered abroad false copies and rumours of them. Which for all that, was done notwithstanding. The true Copy whereof we here at large afford you, as we have it out of the Latin.  
Here followeth the true Articles of the Neutrality. With which I also forewarn my Reader, not to give credit unto other Copies of these Articles, many having been dispersed. And in particular, those 2 Copies in Gallobelgicus, pagg: 91. & 92. which be both false. As those of his likewise pag. 105. concerning the Neutrality with Cullen.  
HIS sacred Majesty of Sweden, taking special notice of the desire which the Duke of Bavaria and the Catholic Leaguers have for obtaining a Neutrality; although by their making themselves parties with the Emperor in the Wars, they had deserved nothing of him but hostility: yet upon the earnest intercession of the most Christian King presented by his Ambassadors; and to testify withal his own brotherly affection unto him: he is contented to conclude the neutrality, upon these following conditions.  
1. Let this neutrality be religiously and inviolably kept with his sacred Majesty of Sweden, his Kingdoms, 
The true Articles of the N●●tralitie.  Dominions and Subjects, as well those that are hereditary to him, as those that have in Germany 
* The King especial (Is●● pose) mean● Franconia; which himself had incorporated and mad● Dukedom. Yea his Soldiers also called Mentz, 〈◊〉 Dukedom of Mentz, mor● frequently th● The Bishoprics of Mentz.  been conquered by him: as also with his Confederates, the Electors, Princes, Nobles, Cities, Commonwealthss, Commonalties and States, and with the Elector of Saxony in particular; by the Duke of Bavaria and his Associates the Catholic Princes and States of Germany: who shall also give sufficient Caution unto His Majesty for the sure keeping of it.  
2. Let the said Duke of Bavaria and the Catholic Princes of Germany his Confederates, forbear all acts of injury and hostility; both towards His sacred Majesty of Sweden, his Army and Dominions now in his possession; and towards his Confederates the evangelical Electors, Princes, Earls, Nobles, Cities, Commonalties, States, and all other evangelical Professors of what condition soever: and let them not by their Soldiers be troublesome hereafter unto them in their Dominions, upon any pretext whatsoever; nor suffer them to be disturbed by any forces of the Emperors.  
3. Let the Duke of Bavaria and the said Catholic Princes of Germany, as many as are of the League, restore unto the evangelical Princes and States of what condition soever, all and singular Strengths, Fortresses, Castles, Cities, Territories and Countries how many soever, which in all the time of this War, begun in the year 1618., they have taken and kept from the Evangeliacks in the lower Saxony: and leave them in the same state they were in, before the beginning of the War.  
4. Let the Duke of Bavaria, with the Catholic Princes of Germany his Confederates, withdraw all their Armies out of the Countries of the evangelical Electors, Princes, and States, so soon as may be; sending for the Soldiers into their own Territories.  
5. Let the Army of the Duke of Bavaria, and of the Catholic Princes of Germany his Confederates, be reduced to the number of 10000 or 12000 men: all the rest being presently cashiered. Which Army, let it be distributed and enquartered here and there among the Cities and proper Dominions of the said Princes, and not be kept together in one entire Body.  
6. The Duke of Bavaria and his Associates, the said Catholic Princes of Germany, shall not with the said Soldiers (being either cashiered or distributed among their Territories) give assistance either openly or underhand, unto the Emperor or any other Prince, enemy unto His sacred Majesty of Sweden.  
7. Nor let the Duke of Bavaria and his Confederates the Catholic Princes of Germany, give leave unto the House of Austria or any other whatsoever enemy of His sacred Majesty of Sweden; to raise soldiers, appoint places of Muster or Rendezvous, buy up Arms, or make any other Military provisions within their Dominions: but let them every where observe an inviolate and sincere neutrality.  
8. Let all their Passages be without deceit either open to either party, or shut up, as it shall be agreed upon: provided it be without all injury and damage unto the owner.  
9 His sacred Majesty of Sweden with his Confederates in like manner, shall in no ways offend the Duke of Bavaria, nor any Prince or State of the Catholic League, whose Dominions he is not yet Master of; 
The Bishop o● Bamberg excepted out of th● Treaty.  excepting only the Bishop of Bamberg: nor shall he lay any other kind of Military impositions upon them: but shall keep and observe a sincere neutrality with them.  
10. All those places of the Lower Palatinate whatsoever, now taken away from the Duke of Bavaria, will His sacred Majesty restore unto the said Duke of Bavaria again; until by the mediation of the Kings of Great Britain and of France, there be some friendly composition made betwixt the Duke and the Prince Palatine; for which some short day shall be appointed. So likewise will his Majesty restore unto the Archbishops of Triers and 
* By the Landgrave of Hessen in Cullens Bishopric of Paderborn.  Cullen, whatsoever places are taken from them: the City of Spiers and the places now remaining unto it, being 
* Saluâ civitat● Spirensi, sibiqu● relicto.  left entire unto itself.  
11. All other countries and places of the Catholic Princes and States (besides those forenamed) already possessed by His sacred Majesty: shall not the Duke of Bavaria, nor the Catholic Princes of Germany his Confederates, make demand of again in any kind; either by themselves or by others: but shall leave them in His Majesty's hands until some general Treaty.  
12. All States, Princes, Earls, Nobles, Cities and Commonalties evangelical whosoever will, may be under the protection of His sacred Majesty of Sweden: nor shall they to the prejudice of the said protection be disturbed any manner of way, either directly or indirectly, by the said Catholic Princes of Germany.  
13. Let all Commerce with his sacred Majesty of Sweden, his Subjects and evangelical Confederates on the one party; and with the Duke of Bavaria and the Catholic Princes of Germany his confederates on the other party; be free and open every where, and no ways hindered.  
14. Let all prisoners on both sides be delivered without ransom, and in particular, let the Administrator of Magdenburg taken by Tilly, be forthwith set at liberty, without prejudice.  
15. For the better security shall the most Christian King of France engage his Royal word, that the Duke of Bavaria, and all other Catholic Princes, States, and Cities of Germany his Confederates, shall religiously observe this neutrality in all the Articles of it: which if they shall infringe; then shall he declare himself for his sacred Majesty of Sweden, and fall with all his power upon the violaters, until he hath compelled them unto satisfaction.  
The Articles being delivered unto the Ambassadors, were with all posthaste, to be dispeeded away unto the several Princes whom they concerned: and till such time as their answers could be brought back again (provided it were within 14. days) a Cessation of arms was also assented unto by the King for his party; and undertaken for by the Ambassadors, for the Princes and Armies on their party. The King therefore to show his sincere meaning, thus signifies his pleasure unto his Generals and Lieutenants wheresoever.  
Gustavus Adolphus by the Grace of God King of the Swedes, etc.  

The King's Letters to his Lieutenants for a Truce.  RIght trusty and wellbeloved, etc. We will not conceal from you, how that the King of France hath made a kind brotherly suit unto Us, by his Ambassadors, for a neutrality betwixt Us, and the Elector of Bavaria and the Catholic League. Forasmuch as We have thereupon framed certain Articles, and delivered the same to the said Ambassadors, who have promised to bring Us within the space of fourteen days a plain declaration and confirmation thereupon; And in the mean while by virtue of their power to take order, That Pappenheim shall forthwith withdraw himself with his troops out of Westphalia and the Bishopric of Magdenburg: And likewise, That the forces of the Electors of Bavaria and of the Catholic League, should forthwith be called and drawn out of Bohemia, if any there should be. For this reason, and for the furtherance of such a work, and to gratify withal our said good brother the King of France: We have thought good to yield them so small a time, and to abstain from all hostility, during the said fourteen days, against the said Catholic League and the Duke of Bavaria: If so be that (according to the said promise) they do behave themselves in like manner; withdraw their forces, and use no hostility against Vs. Whereof We do hereby give you notice: and withal do will and command you, Forthwith to publish this said Cessation of arms for fourteen days, throughout the army which you do command, (to which end We have dispatched this Trumpet unto You) And thereupon to cease and abstain from all hostility, pillage, robbing, and other deeds of enmity, against the said Elector of Bavaria and the Catholic League, and during the said time to remain quiet. But yet We have expressly excepted (as the said Ambassadors do know) and We do intent, That such Towns, Places and Castles which are now by Us besieged and blocked up, shall so remain besieged and blocked up: And that the besieged shall have liberty during the said time, to treat, conclude, and compound with Us; to deliver up the said places, and to departed from thence according to the agreement that shall be made with them. This you are to observe, and to govern yourself accordingly. And if some one or other place be at this present by you besieged or blocked up; you are by no means to remove or departed from the same, but rather to continued & finish the design, with all your best endeavours; As being a thing no ways contrary unto the said Cessation of arms by Us granted, etc. Given at Hoest the 10 of jan. 1631.  
These Letters of the Kings were (as you may perceive) dated at Hoest betwixt Mentz & Frankford: through which His Majesty now went towards Hanaw, there to meet with his Royal Consort the Queen of Sweden, whom for twenty months before he had not seen; that is, not since his coming out of Sweden. Of her Majesty's arrival at Wolgast in Pomerland, we told you in our First Part. Her Majesty therefore having in the beginning of Winter parted from that place to follow her Lord; and having since that passed away the time in Leipsich, Dresden and Ertfurt, (at which last place she was by agreement to have her residence:) arrived this very Tuesday night jan. 10. 
●he Queen 〈◊〉 Sweden ●●mes unto the ●●ng.  at Hanaw aforesaid. The Queen (as 'tis reported) at first meeting taking her Lord in her arms, Now, saith She, you are my prisoner. Which pleasantness of hers was turned into earnest, by that time it came into England: diverse of those that would have had it so, confidently here giving it out, That the King of Sweden was taken prisoner.  
But let us take notice how the Truce was observed, in these 14 days interim, by those that so much desired it: surely the King was not well used, 
The Neutrality ●ot observed  either by Bavaria, Pappenheim, the Duke of Newburg, or the Archbishop of Triers his subjects.  
As for the cunning Duke of Bavaria, verily believed it is, that he merely made use of the authority and favour of the French King in procuring of it; never purposing to accept of such conditions as the French Ambassadors thought convenient for him: the main of his policy being to gain time by it, 
●●y the Duke of ●avaria;  and to make these three advantages (among the rest) of it.  
1. To set forward his own preparations (which he never intermitted) whilst the King should leave off his prosecutions.  
2. That the Archduchesse forces, (whom he had now intelligence to be upon their march) might in this time get over the Mosel into the Palatinate to entertain the King there; 
●ho makes advantages of it.  that so himself might not as yet be looked after. This plot took.  
3. That he might in the mean time get the better terms of the Emperor, for fear he should fall off, or become Neuter: unto whom at this very present he had dispatched an Ambassador. The contents of whose Ambassage we will (as we received it) communicate unto you afterwards; namely, where we relate the Dukes own Story, at the end of the General Tillyes Proceeding.  
The Emperor esteeming (as it appears) Bavaria more likely to serve his turn, than Wallenstein; gave such satisfaction unto that Duke, as he was presently accepted of, and Wallenstein's employment for a while went on the more slowly: which affront how so vast and haughty a spirit as Walsteins' would put up, let time discover. This was the use that Bavaria made of this treaty of Neutrality.  
And as for the Earl of Pappenheim; he either had no notice of this Truce at all; or no purpose to take notice of any. For though he withdrew (indeed) his troops out of Magdenburg; 
Pappenheim observes not the Truce,  yet was it not before he had spoilt it the second time. Nor were his forces utterly drawn out of Westphalia: he playing Rex about the latter end of the Truce in the Duchy of Lunenburg, the furthest corner of Westphalia. Yea so late it was ere he stirred out of the Bishopric of Magdenburg, that the King was upon his march as fare as Gelnhausen (some 5 leagues to the North-East of Hanaw) to have gone against him, as it was reported.  
Neither in the Archbishopric of Triers was there a sincere Neutrality observed: 
nor those of Triers.  seeing the Spaniards in the Truce time had ready passage thorough that Country. The Archbishop Elector himself, seemed, and was too, most glad of this Neutrality: and no ways, perchance, consenting for his part to this Passage of the Spaniards: he having before this put himself under the French Kings protection. Both which observations we may collect out of this his following letter of Declaration, written from his strong Castle of Hermanstein, unto the City of Triers and the rest of his subjects, as here followeth.  
I cannot conceal from your Honours, 
The Elector Triers' letter u● on the Neutrality.  how graciously it hath pleased Almighty God of late, to deliver both ourselves and Bishopric, from our apparent, cruel and terrible enemy, the King of Sweden; as in like manner also from that most lamentable and un-christian persecution, exercised upon us by the Spaniards; which deliverance hath been occasioned by means of the Duke of Bavaria: who by the well-meaning and heroical mediation of his Majesty of France, hath not only agreed upon a Neutrality with the said King of Sweden for the said Duke, but for others also. In which matter Ourselves have not been negligent; but have by the mediation of the said King obtained, that both We and our bishopric are now declared to be Neutral: by which means, may the Princes of the Empire in general, and yourselves in particular; be freed both from the Swedish and the Spanish. To the end therefore that this Neutrality may inviolably be kept, both for Our good, and Our subjects; the said King of France (as Interponent) hath offered his assistance royal: and for the remooveing of all encumbrances from us, hath promised (if need were) to bring his Army into the Empire. Take comfort therefore, give God thanks, and pray unto him, that the promise may be seconded by the performance; and that this heavy punishment now lying upon us, may thereby be removed. Your care in the mean time it must also be, that those daily insolences and persecutions committed upon us by the Spaniards, may for the time to come be resolutely put by, and their yoke shaken off effectually. For this purpose shall you 'cause this Neutrality in all places to be proclaimed: after which if any notwithstanding shall persecute us (as in the diocese of Mentz it hath happened:) or if upon occasion and pretence of Spanish assistance, our Archbishopric should fall into the hands of the Swedish: Ourselves shall remain guiltless of the matter; and the occasioners shall be bound to answer for the same, unto God, the Pope, and all Christian Potentates.  
Hermanstein, january 14. 1631. Signed underneath Philippus Christofer.  
Together with this Declaration, 
The Articles 〈◊〉 Neutrality offered to those of Triers.  were these 4 Articles following, propounded unto the City of Triers; as being the terms upon which the Neutrality must be obtained from the King of Sweden.  
1. The passage over the Rhine at the bridge of Coblents, to be granted unto the King.  
2. The strong Fort of Hermanstein, with all the Ordnance, etc. 
This Fort (which is the Archbishop's Palace) stan● on the other side of the Rhine, right over against Coblentz, just Lambeth hou● is against W●●●minster.  to be also delivered up unto him.  
3. The soldiers there in garrison, to take the oath of fidelity to his said Majesty.  
4. A reasonable competent sum of money to be contributed by the country, towards the payment of the King's soldiers.  
But the City of Triers would in no wise accept of these conditions; but immediately called in the Spaniards thereupon unto their assistance; granting passage withal unto as many as would, over their bridge, to march into the Palatinate. Thus began the Spaniards to incorporate the chief towns of the Archbishopric, the people siding with them against their own Prince the Elector. So, notwithstanding that the former letter were wisely written unto them; both for making of them sensible of the Spanish insolences (as he terms them;) and to prepare them withal for entertaining of the French forces: yet had the Spaniards so great a power and faction in the Country, and in the archiepiscopal Chapter of the Church of Triers likewise; that they procured so much bandying amongst the Clergy against their Archbishop; as near they went, afterwards, of depriving him. And had not the French army (under the command of the Marshal De la Force) presently struck in upon it; both Bishop and Bishopric had been in danger, to have at once been swallowed up by the Spanish.  
The Elector perceiving his former letters to do no good among his subjects; sends forth his second Proclamation for the ridding of the Spaniards out of his Country: dated the fourteenth of February following.  

●he Elector of ●iers his Proclamation against the spaniards,  Whereas so much is by this time apparent, as the most Reverend and Illustrious Prince Philippus Christofer, Elector, etc. hath timely enough heretofore misdoubted, how that the enquartering of the Spaniards, and the offering of their service in his Archbishopric, would minister occasion unto the King of Sweden, to draw nearer and nearer unto the country, (some of them, indeed, having already very near approached unto his town of Coblentz) and that his Electoral Highness was afraid thereby to be bereft of succours convenient for his Castle of Ehrenbreitstein; 

●●mely, when 〈◊〉 Rhinegrave ●●ke Boppart: ●ich is within 〈◊〉 leagues of slentzes.  
●●renbreitstein ●●stle, is the ●●ne with Her●nstein Castle.   in regard that on the one side, the Spaniards had already made themselves Masters of the chief Quarters and Passages; and that on the other side, the Swedish had thereby been invited into those places: to prevent therefore all further mischief, it was by his said Electoral Highness at this time required, That all and every Spanish officers of what condition soever, shall immediately with all their troops march forth of his bishopric; some reasonable satisfaction being by them given unto his subjects, for the damages sustained by them. His Highness can see no cause or reason, why hereafter he should accept of any Orders or Commanders, (contrary unto the Constitutions of the Empire) either from the Spanish or Imperial Commissaries: he well trusting to be as able now, as heretofore he hath been, to keep up and maintain his own Forts and passages: provided, that his means were no longer dreynd away, his necessary succours hindered, and his passages not encumbered. If therefore after all this warning, the Swedish party (now growing daily stronger both in Horse and Foot,) should come to assault the said Spanish or Imperial forces; or his own subjects driven into despair, should fall foul upon them: his Electoral Dignity hereby protesteth himself innocent in the matter; and to stand excused for it, by this his fair and friendly admonition. And thus much hath his Highness thought good to publish, for every man's direction.  
As for the Duke of Newburg, though he as yet personally did nothing against this Neutrality; yet he afterwards suffered Tilly to take his town of Newburg in Bavaria, and then sent his Ambassador to the King, to justify that it was not against the Neutrality.  
Thus have we seen how badly this Neutrality was observed: and had it not by much importunity been wrested from the King, 
What hopes the King of Sweden lost, by yielding to this Truce.  Heidelberg and Franckendale ('tis verily believed) had been his own; and Cullen too, perchance, after that: Gustavus Horn might by that time likewise, have made himself Master of Forcheim, and then might Tilly have cast his cap at him. Nor would Hessen, Lunenburg, Todt, Bremen, and Banier, have suffered Pappenheim so freely to have roaved up and down at his own pleasure: nor had the Spaniards, finally, so quietly advanced themselves over the mosel. But the French Kings honour then lay upon it; he to retain the opinion of still being a Catholic, must needs do something for that Religion; and the King of Sweden out of an abundant goodness of nature, knew not how to deny such his importunity. These inconveniences, do wise men suffer themselves to be sometimes put unto by their Friends; even after they have warned those Friends, of their foresight of these inconveniences. Thus came this Treaty of Neutrality unto a mere nothing; the only advantage which the King of Sweden made of it, was the resting and refreshing of his Army: which is a duty of nature that all men own unto their bodies. For though the affections and motions of the Soul, be (like the Soul itself) restless and Spiritual: yet were it extremity of injustice, to exact so much labour and continuance of a corpulent and restive body, which is but mortal; as the Soul were willing at all times to require of it, which is untireable by being immortal. Turn we from Words now, unto Deeds again.  
jan. 20. towards evening, his Majesty of Sweden returns with his Queen into Frankford: 
The King returns into Frankford.  which was some 4 days before the expiring of the Truce. Not sooner were they out, but the Rhinegrave falls upon Kirckberg in the Huntsruck, and takes it in by assault; where 147 Italians and Burgundians were put to the sword: 100 Germans requited the saving of their lives, by becoming the King's soldiers. The Germans (we are to know) are every where spared: the delivery of their nation, being the thing that the King professeth to come for, into Germany.  
In this time of the Truce, had 10000 Spaniards with long and continued marches gotten out of the Low-countrieses, up to the river of Mosel; 
The Spanish ●asse the Mosel,  and had already passed betwixt three and 4000 men: the two Regiments, namely, of the Count of Nassaw, and Torquato. The Rhinegrave thereupon drawing all his forces out of Boppart, Overwesel, and other places in the Duchy of Simmern, and country of Triers; sets amain upon these 2 Regiments: 
and ●re defeated by the Rhinegrave.  whereof one he utterly overthrew, forcing the other to retire into the fastness of a wood. Here were 7 Colours obtained, and afterwards presented unto the King at Mentz: and about 3 days after, Ritmaster Humes a Scottish man, brings in the eighth. The Spaniards resolving not to put it up so; suddenly pass over 1800 horse, and disposing one Foot-Regiment in close ambush; with the rest of their strength, tempt the Rhinegrave unto the encounter. He hoping of the former fortune, 
They defeat the Rhinegrave again.  though he had but 600 horse in all with him: lost in the close of the business some 300 men; himself and all the rest being put to the retreat, and the young Earl of Nassau of Sarbrucken left behind him, wounded and taken prisoner. The Spaniards after this, advanced more boldly thorough the Huntsruck; and so onwards towards Franckendale. But news being Febr. 4. brought unto the King at Frankford, of the Spaniards second passing of the Mosel, and of the Rhinegraves defeat; his Majesty with all speed passes unto Mentz, to go after his Army: which upon the first hearing of the Spaniards coming, had been sent onwards towards the Mosel. The Horse which lay enquartered along the Bergstraes', had been set over the Rhine by Oppenheim: some Regiments of Foot having order presently to pass down the stream of the same river, towards Baccharah. 
Upon the fa●● of the Kings coming again retiring  Of the near approaching of these forces, and of the Kings coming after them, the Spaniards now hearing; voluntarily and of themselves, retire over the Mosel, back again into Luxemberg. And here they contain themselves from coming over again, until Easter following: at which time they heard the King to be utterly gone out of the Palatinate.  
And now gins the valiant Duke Bernard of Saxon-Weymar, to employ his time and forces, 
The remains of the Bishopric of Me● taken.  against the remnants of the Electorate of Mentz: by taking whereof, that whole Country became universally subject unto the King of Sweden.  
Upon Thursday Febr. 9 
Babenhausen covered, by a Count of Jsberg.  was the Count of Isenberg (as I take it) sent to reprise Babenhausen: which Town and Castle, Tilly had before taken from the Count of Hanaw. Upon the sight now of 50 Swedish Rutters or Horsemen, and assurance of more forces that followed; the garrison came to composition, and yielded to the Count of Isenberg. The King restores it unto the Count of Hanaw.  
The better to keep the Country towards the Mosel hereafter, the King resolves upon the taking of Creutzenach, a fair town of the Palatinate upon the river Nau; in the very Frontiers of the Duchy of Simmern, and belonging unto Prince Lodowick Philip Duke of Simmern, brother to the Elector Palatine. Unto this work whilst the King was a preparing, his Majesty of Bohemia, Frederick Prince Elector Palatine, timely and safely there arrived. His Majesty was waited upon by my Lord Craven; 
The King of Bohemia com● unto the King of Sweden.  and had been lovingly accommodated by the Lords the State's General for such a journey, and honourably convoyed at their command with 2500 horse, which waited upon his Majesty out of the Low-countrieses, till he had passed all the danger. This Prince passing thorough Hessen, Hanaw, and the Wetteraw; recovered into Frankford by Friday 10 a clock, Febr. 10. going the next day unto the King of Sweden then at Hoest; betwixt whom there was a most loving interview. The 2 Kings and Queen of Sweden, returned in all fair manner the same evening, into Frankford. Sunday next (being Shrove-Sunday) he was royally feasted by both their Majesties of Sweden; who at every word gave him the Style of King of Bohemia: which respect the young Landtgrave of Darmstat once omitting, (whose Father had been no good neighbour to this Elector) the King of Sweden expressed much displeasure at him for it. Wonderful welcome was this Prince unto his own subjects of the Palatinate, who every way ran out to see his Majesty, with infinite expressions of joy and contentation; 
〈◊〉 welcome to 〈◊〉 own people.  with many a hearty prayer, and tear, and high sounding acclamation. The King of Sweden ('tis said) in one of their first discourses, told the King of Bohemia, of the enemies great strength, and the difficulty himself had thereupon; to hold the countries which he had already overrun: and that he was constrained therefore, to keep many and strong garrisons in the towns of the Palatinate. But this he assured his Majesty withal, that he desired nothing more, then to be able to restore it wholly unto him; and to see him once again well settled in it.  
These entertainments being overpassed; the King of Sweden strives to prevent the Spring, by bringing an earlier show of Colours into the field, than Flora had yet put forth any. Upon Thursday Febr. 16. he first sets forward from Frankford to Mentz, and so onwards towards Creutzenach: the King of Bohemia following, and lying at Oppenheim. Before the King's arrival at Creutzenach, had the Boors of the Country taken up all the passages upon the hills, and kept a very orderly watch against the enemies in the town: thus showing their love and diligence to do some service for their new-come Prince. On Saturday Febr. 18. the King first presented a small army of 1800 foot, some few troops of horse, and 4 half Cannons, before the town; because he supposed to make but an easy work of it. This town is situated 5 little Dutch miles from Mentz, and 10 from Frankford; in as pleasant and rich a soil, as any of the Palatinate. The river Nau or Nah, runs thorough the midst of it; which being crossed by a Bridge, betwixt two Market places, giveth name unto the Town: Creutzenach, signifying Crossing the Nah. A fair Castle it hath upon the hill, which before these Wars was a dwelling house only: the lofty situation giving it the command over the Town. Both Town and Castle had some 600 men in garrison: 
The siege of Creutzenach. The Story whereof we have received partly from a Letter writte● by a Scottish Commander unto my Lor● Reay: and partly from the Relation by wo●● of mouth mad● by Sir Jaac● Ashlye, at h● late being in England.  whereof one half almost were Germans, and the rest Walloons and Burgundians. They had a Magazine of bread and wine, for twelve months provision. The first view the King took of the Town, was upon the lowest side; and where he had thought to have begun: but that he found so well fortified with Outworks, Seconds, and Retreats, one work within another, that he called them the Devil's works. He quickly discovered, that there was no attempting that way: yea judged by the best soldiers it was, that it could not have been a business of less than a fortnight or three week's time, to have mastered all these works, and so to have come at the Town. Altering his course therefore, and deviding his little Army into two parts, he by fair day light brings them on by another side, and lodges them within Musket shot, or 150 paces of the very walls: yea Lieutenant Colonel George Douglasse (a brave soldier then newly come up to the King) having first run his lines, sets himself down with some three hundred men, (the most of them being the same Scottish that had stormed Oppenheim Castle) even in the very Port. Here lay Douglasse all the night following: notwithstanding the place were so hot, that the enemy killed him some 47 men, with their shooting upon him; both from the walls, and Port above him.  
On Sunday, the King took a full view of the Castle on the lands side; which he found to be regularly and modernly fortified, and so well flanked with small works one within another, that he called it the Devil's head. His Majesty now finding, both Town and Castle likely enough to dispute the matter with him; immediately sends to Mentz for more arguments: whence the next day two more Regiments and all his Cannon both great and small came unto him. Two of these Cannons the King causes to be planted before the Ports: wherewith there was a breach made, thorough which the Town was entered. Scaling ladders are immediately set unto the Breach, and diverse gotten in, whereof whilst some are earnest in beating away the garrison, 
●he Town ●onne.  others are as busy with shovels and pickaxes to throw away the horse-dung from the inside of the Sally-port, with which it had been mured and damned up. This Port Lieutenant Colonel Douglas immediately forcing open, brings in his men that way also.  
The garrison perceiving the Town to be won, run immediately towards the Castle: fleeing so fast, that they had no time to break down the bridge. One thing was here very remarkable and wondered at, by such strangers as were not before acquainted with the exact justice of the Swedish Discipline: namely, that the King's soldiers being now Masters of the Town, marched so civilly thorough the streets, and so quietly placed themselves in their order upon the Market places; that no man so much as offered to stir out of his rank, to plunder or ransack any house or person: nor once to knock at a door which they found shut. 
The civility of ●he Swedish ●ouldiours.  The Burghers admiring at this civility in the soldiers, begin to put off all fear of having their houses rifled; and after an hour and half (or such a matter) begin to take so much courage unto themselves, as to look out at the windows; and the sight of the soldiers becoming more familiar unto them, they open their doors, and with much plenty and heartiness, unasked; bring forth bread and wine unto them; making wonderful expressions of their joy, that they were so well rid of their overburthensome garrison; that their town was now fall'n into the King's hands; and above all, that their natural Prince the King of Bohemia, was now so near at hand with them. In sign of all freedom, were their doors set open; and diverse Gentlemen were even invited into their houses: Yea a Commander of our Nation going into a house to writ a Letter, found himself even disturbed with their pressing of courtesies upon him; with urging him to eat and drink with them; with expressing their joy; and with ask questions about their Prince.  
The town thus won, the enemy from the Castle on the hill (which hung over the town) shot amain into the streets, 
This was not Lieutenant Colonel Douglas.  and there was Captain Douglas shot thorough the heart. That men might therefore go up and down unaymed at, was there a Blind drawn cross the street next unto the Castle. The Castle hill is very steep; and so near unto the Town, that the foot of it even touches the very houses: nor is there any wall between. The Castle itself was of no strength; it was the situation only, and the continued works, (from the very top unto the bottom almost) which made it so strong a place. The Second view of it, was at a distance taken by the King the same Monday night; when himself going prying up and down at the foot of it, was the foremost man; his great Commanders coming all hard behind him. All this time did the Enemy out of their next works, shoot and fling stones and firebrands amain at him: 
The King in some danger i● viewing of th● Castle.  one stone being said to have hit him upon the head, and miss but little of having brained him. The King's sight being naturally none of the sharpest at a distance, he looking behind him, spies a Sergeant (whom he very well knew) to whom he immediately calls by his name; Come hither Thou, such a one; thou shalt have 100 Dollars to go up and see what the enemy doth in the next Traverse, and to bring me a perfect view of what thou there discoverest. The Sergeant did so, came down safely, and had his money. Being down, the King laying himself along the slope of the hill; upon his back almost, (that is, more upon his back then upon his side) commands the Sergeant to come and lie upon him, and to show him what he had discovered. The Sergeant did so: laid himself so upon the King, that his back lying upon the King's bosom and breast, and his further arm over the King's shoulder, (both their faces being towards the enemy) he there points with his other hand towards the Traverse, to describe the enemy's posture unto the King. But the King's judgement (which is a Curious one) being not yet satisfied; he commands off the Sergeant, and clambers up himself to the very corner of that Traverse: where having satisfied himself, he at his coming down speaks it aloud unto his army, Now will I have this Castle by to morrow five a clock.  
Instantly thereupon was there order given to begin the Approaches: and that night they broke the ground about three pikes length from the rising of the hill, under the enemy's works. 
The Approaches begun by Rolling Tren●hes.  A line being here run, 80 Muskettyers were lodged in it before morning. The hill being stony in many places, the soldiers were fain to break it with pickaxes; and to climb up that steepy place with great difficulty, scarce able to hold their feet many times. At the end of this first line, was there (the next morning) another line run, even unto the point of a great Ravelin of the enemies. In this Trench, my Lord marquis Hamilton (out of his desire to satisfy and inform himself) being something fare advanced alone by himself; was friendly advised by the King not to be so hazardous, nor to adventure his person singly, so near unto the enemies.  
The lines being by Tuesday night perfected, a mine was presently digged; directly under the Ravelin aforesaid. This being the next day finished, the King caused about three a clock in the afternoon to be sprung. The mine, 'tis true, sprung not altogether so clearly forward, 
A mine Sprung.  as it might have done, but something backwards withal; whereby some of the soldier's passages were encumbered with lose earth and rubbish. And yet all considered, it wrought well enough: seeing it blew open the point of the said Ravelin, huffing up many of the Defendants into the air, and leaving the rest more naked and open within the work. Hereupon was the assault given, in this following manner:  
Colonel Winckle commanding in Chief over the foot; three Captains of his Regiment with some 350 men, and diverse English and French Gentlemen volunteers, 
The assault.  came first into the breach: among all which, my Lord Craven, Lieftenant-Colonell Talbot, Master Robert Marsham, and Master Henry Wind, marched in the first File. The Hill was so steep where they approached, that the enemy by darting down of Partisans and Halberds, casting down of great stones, flinging of Firebrands, 
The Swedes b●ing beaten 〈◊〉  and rolling down of great pieces of Timber, forced the assailants unto a retreat. And whereas other soldiers would roundly have come running off; these only turned aside a little under the enemy's Ravelin, where they stood safely enough. In this first service, was Lieftenant-Colonell Talbot shot in the Shoulder: who being rolled down the Hill, was fetched off by Master Marsham, and led into the Town. The King, (then at the Foot of the Hill) perceiving his men to be beaten off; call them Pultrons, and all to be-cowardied them: presently commanding the skaling-ladders to be in another place, 
fall on again.  set unto the Rampire of the Ravelin. And here his Majesty having taken notice of the valour of my Lord Craven, in a familiar and encouraging manner claps him upon the Shoulder, bidding him to go on again. The young Lord did so: and was the very first man, that gained up to the top; where he valiantly came to push of pike with the enemy: himself receiving an honourable wound with the thrust of an Halberd in his thigh; which was not found to be dangerous. Those of our English Gentlemen before named, behaved themselves right courageously; being next unto my Lord Craven, and in the very heat of the danger. And this was the manner of the fight, for two hours together almost; the defendants bearing themselves like tall Soldiers. At last, the High-Dutch being in mutiny with the Walloons and Burgundians, (who were resolved to defend the place) one of the enemies began to speak of Quarter, and of Terms of yielding: 
A very good service done by the Lord Craven.  which the Lord Craven (who was still the formest man) wisely apprehending; reaches out his hand unto one of the enemy's Captains, and undertook upon his honour to bring him to the King. The enemy's Muskets hereupon gave over playing; though the King's ordnance (of which he had gotten two small pieces mounted from the bridge of the Town) still continued shooting. 
The besieged ●●rly.  The King told the Captain to this purpose. That he and his fellows had made him loose his time, had killed his men, and that they deserved but ill conditions at his hand: yet nevertheless he was contented upon their submitting to his mercy, and present laying down of Arms, to let them go out with bag and baggage, and with their swords; but not with their Colours: which, saith the King, 
●nd yield.  you shall leave all furled up together in one Chamber, and so march forth of the Castle. These hard conditions were consented unto: for which, the imputation must rest upon the Commanders, and not upon the soldiers; who did their duties like tall fellows. The King hereupon calls off his men from the assault, and sent a guard presently into the Castle. The next morning being Wednesday, Ianu. 22. the King entered the place; giving the enemies leave to departed with their Arms and baggage, but not with their Colours: adding again this further condition, That they should not serve against him in six months, on this side the Mosel: marry if they found him on the other side, let them do their worst and spare not. To convoy them over that River, the King now assigned them horse and carriages: where they might tell their fellows the Spaniards, that it was now too late for them to come to the relief of Creutzenach; which, it was given out, they would again have passed the Mosel to have done. The Germans took present pay for the King's service.  
There were lost on the King's side, those three Captains of Colonel Winckles Regiment, Lieftenant-Colonell Talbot, who was the very next man unto my Lord Craven: Captain Douglas, 
The losses on the King's side.  a French marquis, Brother to the Duke of Mambrun, with two or three other French Gentlemen of quality: and of common soldiers 250. Hurt men: Colonel Winckle himself, who was shot in the foot; my Lord Craven, wounded in the thigh, etc. Sir Francis Vane, (brother to the Earl of Westmoreland) shot in the huckle bone; Master Robert Marsham, hurt with a Firebrand, and a large stone on the thigh; Master Wind, shot in the shoulder: with some others. Captain Ramsye Quartermaster to my Lord marquis Hamilton, was made Governor of the Town. The King gave order for new fortifications, leaving 300 men in it: and directions where to have 300 more, upon occasion. The Magazine or Storehouse, he would not have opened nor meddled withal, but to be supplied only by exchanging new for old, either of wine or victuals. The soldiers in the mean time, he wills to be fed by the Burghers. All this being done, the King returns again towards Frankford.  
By this time had Duke Bernard of Saxon-Weymar, 
The rest of Bishopric Mentz take●  taken in the residue of the Bishop of Mentz his towns. In the Duchy of Wirtenberg, bordering South of the Palatinate; all things likewise wrought successively. Gustavus Horn had taken Hailbrun with other Towns of that Duchy, the Christmas before. The Imperial garrison of Shorndorff in january after, gins to truss up, carrying their ordnance with them to Diensburg: removing their office of Receipt or Imperial Exchequer (which had been there settled for the paying in of the Military Contributions, 
Some action● of the Swed●● in Wirtenber●  raised out of that Duchy) unto Munchen in Bavaria. Many of the soldiers turned to the King's party. Elwang is also taken, the garrison marching into Dunkelspiel; whither the Swedes begun presently to follow them: as resolved not to suffer an Imperialist to roost any where. Glad were the Protestants: the pressures having laid sore upon their Country, ever since the Count of Furstenberg had brought then under contribution.  
Now began there some levyes to be made for the King, 
The Palatine of Birckenfel● makes some new levyes f● the King.  in this Duchy, and in the lower Alsatia: even all the Country over, from the River of Neckar in Wirtenberg, unto Strasburg upon the Rhine. The Count Palatine Christian of Birckenfeld (of the Palsgraves' family) whose Town and Honour lies in the little Country of the Hunstruck, so often heretofore mentioned, was to be their General.  
These new levied men, though they took in some smaller Market Towns as they came along to their place of Rendezvous, (which was to be about Strasburg) yet were they rather robberies; then Warfarings. By Rotenburg, a Town in Wirtenberg upon the Neckar; they pillaged Mule, and the Abbey of Marchtall: near Strasburg, some six troops of horse of them, and one company of foot, pass the Rhine upon Friday, Feb. 10. where they drive the Imperialists out of some little Towns of Gersheim, and Appenwyer; and in revenge of the death of four of their fellows, they burn Commerswyer. They offered to take Offenberg, a pretty strong Town (which was the best thing they did) but having no Ordnance to do it withal; the Imperial garrison rather laughed at them. They spoiled the fort of Faussenburg (Stauffenburg some writ it) belonging to William marquis of Baden. Their General hearing of these Freshmen tricks of theirs, called them off presently; whereupon the next day after our Ash-wednesday, they pass the Rhine at Strasburg again, all to be laden with their new got luggage. Their General, the Palatine Christian, the next Friday, Feb. 17. going before to carry his Lady to wait upon the Queen of Sweden at Frankford; leaves his Lieftenant-Colonell to bring up the troops after him, to be joined with the Kings: where, no doubt, they learned better discipline. All this did but stir up the Imperial Commissary Ossa, to do the more mischief in those parts after they were gone. In this time, had the Count of Hanaw taken in the Town of Drusenheim; with the two new Forts (built by the Imperialists) upon the Rhine. 
●usenheim and ●ichtenaw ta●●n by the ●arle of Ha●●w.  And the Town of Leichtenaw after that: both being near unto Strasburg. This Drusenheim, did the King bestow upon the Count of Hanaw for his labour.  
To draw nearer home. At Spiers, were 700 new Swedish Soldiers received, which were billeted both upon the Lawyers and Friars, as well as upon the Burghers. The first service they did, was the saving of this fair City from burnning, whereunto ten Boors of Lauterburg had been hired: for which they were afterwards executed. 
The State of Spiers,  Their second service was, the quieting of a mutiny in the City; raised by occasion of the Spanish garrison of Franckendale; who upon confidence of some Correspondency in the Town; had been bold to come before it: and being strengthened with their fellows of Vdenheim or Philipsburg, had well hoped to have taken in this City. But of this purpose they were defeated: and the Monks being discovered to have laid the plot with the Spanish, have Soldiers put into their Cloisters.  
By this it appears, that Heidelberg, Franckendale, and Vdenheim were not hitherto so straight blocked up, but that the Spanish would go out with strong parties now and then. And as for Franckendale, 
and of Heidelberg, Franckendale, and Vdenheim.  Don Philip de Sylva had by letters assured the Archduchesse, that he had both men and victuals enough to hold out a siege of nine months; in despite of the King of Sweden. Nor do I believe Heidelberg to be in worse case. And this was the State of the Palatinate, and of the King's Army, at this present.  
Believed generally it hath been, that the King of Sweden (now after the taking of Creutzenach) would have put Don Philip to it, to make good his word. And feared by those of Cullen it likewise was, that he would have had a blow at them too, in the next place. But the King at this time, hearing of Tillyes being upon the wing again; and that he had lately flown upon Gustavus Horn about Bamberg: was enforced to let the Conquest of the Palatinate alone for a time; to countermand his Horse, which were already upon their march to besiege Franckendale; and to accept of a kind of submission from those of Cullen. The story of which business, is the time now to communicate unto you.  
Ferdinand the Archbishop and Elector of Cullen, Bishop of Paderborn, etc. brother to the Duke of Bavaria, and a prime member of the Catholic League; is a Prince of great means, and of very large jurisdiction. He was the man that set out Pappenheim: to whom when the Catholic Leaguers had given a Commission for a flying Army, the Elector of Cullen furnished him both with men and money, in his Dominions. He, whilst the Swedish tempest was yet fare off from him in Franconia; wisely gins to think how to keep it off, should the wind once blow it that way. In a bodily fear of his Bishopric he was, and could have wished that the Emperor had not proceeded so roundly against the Protestants, and so fare provoked the King of Sweden to repay the Catholics in their own coin again for it: Was there ever such an Imperial Decree (says Cullen) to 'cause all Cloisters to be restored, for which we are now losing whole Bishoprics? About the end of October, therefore, 1631. he agrees with the States of Cullen for the summoning of a Diet, to consult together about the means of defence: to whom his Electoral Highness made this following proposition. That seeing the Empire was now brought into such a straight; there was no remedy fairly to relieve it, but for the State to agreed upon a good round Subsidy. They consent to levy 200000 Dollars: with Condition, that the moneys should be expended no otherways, then for the necessary defence of the Bishopric; 
Diet at Cullen  and for the paying of the soldiers, which they then agreed to have raised, over which one of the Counts of Isenberg was to be General. The money, by three even portions to be levied upon the Gentry, the Cloisters, and the several Cities of the Bishopric. The King of Sweden working down lower towards them, this Subsidy now proved too little: whereupon in December 14 following, the Elector sets out a Brief for the drawing of a voluntary Contribution out of the richer sort: That for God's sake, his Mother, and Saints cause; they would give what they could spare, towards the upholding of the Roman religion: promising that the money so given, should be to no other purpose employed: but be put into a chest with 2 locks in the Carthusians Church: of which the Prior to have one key, and his Highness' Steward the other. The Brief he commands to be first read in every Church, and then the Copy to be set upon the Church doors.  
The same day Seven-night did the Town of Cullen set out another Brief something contradictory to the former; for they would have a Chest placed in the Chamber of their City, to put the Benevolence into: which was to be expended for the safety of the City alone.  
But for all this, neither Bishop nor City durst longer trust unto their own strengths: the Elector joining with the other Catholic Leaguers in sending the 
* Who went from Cullen jan. 7. 1631.  Bishop of Wurtsburg their common Ambassador unto the French King, to desire his protection, or mediation at lest, with the King of Sweden in their behalf. At which very time, both the Elector had his Ambassador with the King of Sweden, for a Neutrality; and the City their Agents, that they might not be infested. The Elector being a member of the Catholic League; the Treaty of Neutrality with him came to nothing, but the town of Cullen obtained their desire of Neutrality, upon these following Conditions.  
The King of Sweden in his Preface to the Articles, 
The King's Articles of Neutrality, with t● City of Culle●  gives them to know, That seeing his own Expedition into Germany, had principally been for the deliverance of the Protestants, from the cruel oppressions which they endured from the Papists, and that He very well knew, how hardly they had been used, even in this City of Cullen: upon this Condition, first of all, would he condescend unto a Neutrality with them; namely, that those persecutions, under whatsoever colour or pretence inflicted; should with all speed be released, and that,  
1. First, Free exercise of Religion should be granted unto them; wherein they should no ways be hindered: and that the ordinary Process which used every year to be set out by the Ecclesiastical Court, for the forbidding of such Exercises of the Protestants, should be taken away from thenceforward.  
2. That the Protestants should enjoy the freedom of the City, and of their private Wards and Companies; and be received into their Colleges, equally with the Catholics: and that Act of Common-Counsaile made some years to the contrary, to be canceled.  
3. Which former Article, is likewise to be understood of the Protestants Children, that are borne free of the City.  
4. All liberty of trade and Commerce in the said City, shall be left as free for the Protestants, as for the Catholics.  
5. Protestants shall not be bound to be married by Popish Priests.  
6. Nor shall their youth be enforced to be taught or brought up, in Popish Schools.  
7. The City shall not make itself partaker with the King's enemies, in any counsel or act of hostility: and shall give all aid of Contributions unto him, and withdraw it from his enemies: whose Bills of Exchange that City shall not accept of.  
8. The City shall either grant free passage and thoroughfare, both by their town and territories unto both parties, (the King and his enemies) or else deny it unto both parties.  
9 It shall be free for his Majesty's Officers and Servants, to pass and repass thorough their Town and Territories: and have free leave of staying there, for the dispatch of their business.  
10. The City shall give way to the King to settle an Agent of his in their Town; who shall take care that no fraud be committed in the observation of these Articles of Neutrality.  
11. That unto whosoever hath obtained of his Majesty, free liberty of trafficking in the parts near the Rhine, now subject unto him: as also unto those that are subjects unto his Majesty, or Confederates, or that do traffic with them; the City shall allow all manner of free and undisturbed liberty of trading, within their said Town and Territories.  
Upon these easy terms did the great City of Cullen divert their so much feared invasion; which they may thank the General Tilly for: for had not he, at this instant, fallen on upon Gustavus Horn; Gustavus Adolphus, perchance, ere long had fallen upon Cullen. But now was it believed all the King's Camp over, (yea and feared by the King himself too) That the Count of Tilly had utterly defeated Gustavus Horn, and beaten him all to pieces. The story of which business, we will here afford you, from the hands and relations of the Generals on both sides; Horn, and Tilly.  
Most gracious King:  
I shall here rightly inform your Majesty, 
Gustavus Horn letter to the King, concerning the action betwixt him 〈◊〉 Tilly at Bamber  of all the proceed at Bamberg. This City, though spacious, yet so open on all sides it lies; hath such slight walls about it, and so to be commanded from diverse hills thereby; that myself and others made it a great question, whether the place were to be held or no: or whether it were possible to be so fortified, as to be fit for us to enquarter in. But the reasons for the keeping of it prevailing, (especially after we made ourselves sure of the 
* He means Duke William o● Saxon-Weymar  Duke of Weymars' succours) we thereupon gave order for the making of retrenchments; casting out to every Regiment, how much they were to make up. Herein the Colonels and Companies of the old Regiments, did their parts: and much better would the work have gone on, had the Count of Solms his Regiment been used unto labour, 
Tilly's vant curriers appear.  and not have loitered it so much. The enemy having first dressed an ambush, presented some certain horsemen very near unto the City, Febr. 28. betwixt 12 and one a clock at noon: of which I being advised, gave present order for every man to be in readiness; instantly dispatching away the Count of Solms unto our Horse-guards without the Town, that they should by no means engage themselves in fight with the enemy. Myself in the mean time, hastened to go the Round about the Trenches; commanding such places to be enclosed, as were yet open: and sending the Lord Kochtitzky withal, unto Colonel Bauditzens Regiment, to put themselves into readiness; which Regiment was in their quarters at that time within the City. 
●orne prepares ●r resistance.  But Kochtitzky not meeting with any of the Officers, sent the word unto Lieftenant-Colonell Bilaw by a horseman of the Regiment: whose message Bilaw misunderstanding, marched presently into the field, even very near unto the Ambush. When I coming to the Horse-guards saw the Regiment so fare advanced, I imagined them to be in very great danger, and that they would put us all into confusion, should they be once forced to the retreat: whereupon I gave present order for them to retire again into the Suburbs. In the mean time, (seeing none of the enemies to appear, but a few lose horse only, which had at first shown themselves before the little wood near the town side) myself and the Count of Solms, went to give order to every horse-Regiment for their place of Alarm: at which instant, those horse-troopes which I had before sent over the water for discovery; came back with news of the enemies being at hand with his whole Army, 
●illy comes ●ith his whole arm,  even very close unto the City. Upon this news, I sent present order unto Lieftenant-Colonell Bilaw by the Quartermaster of his Regiment, that he should retire himself behind the Work, which Count Solms his Regiment were now labouring upon; and there to stay for the safeguard of the pioneers. This my Order was executed indeed; but so late ere they went about it; that in their turning faces about to go thither, two Regiments of the enemy charged them upon their croopes, 
●●d takes part 〈◊〉 Horns works.  and disordered them. At which sight, the Regiment of Solms, (who were to have made good their own trenches) being much affrighted and confounded; presently quit their station thereupon. And notwithstanding that myself, (so soon as I was informed of the matter) made haste with the Count of Solms unto the very place where the enemy was already fallen in; and with some few men (whom we made to turn faces about) drove the enemy quite out again; 
Horn beats them off again  recovered our ground, and round beset it again with some of the Count of Solms and Colonel Mufflers Regiment: for we could not possibly so soon bring on any of the old Regiments, out of their Quarters within the City, and the other Suburbs. Yet was all this to no purpose, seeing that no sooner was my back turned to give order for other places; but they presently left their ground again, running at last quite over the bridge into the City: yea do what I and their own Colonel the Count of Solms could, 
Henry William Count of Sol● wounded. Which wound putting him into a fever, died in Marc● following of at Swinford.  (who was now shot in the thigh) yet were we not able to make them to stand their ground a little, nor give on again upon the enemy. Hereupon, one Foote-Regiment of the enemies, (which we judged to be Farenbaches) pressed over the bridge into the Town; whom I, with a few musketeers of the Count of Thurns Regiment, (which were quickly seconded by the Swedish musketeers) once again drove off; and that with remarkable loss on their party. Thus recovered I the bridge again, which presently causing to be broken down; I there disputed the point so long with the enemy, 
They get ov●● the bridge; a● Horn drives them over against  until I could sand away the dross and baggage keepers of the Army, and had taken all our Ordnance of the Carriages, and gotten them a shipboard.  
This done, I in good order marched off with the Infantry, the horsemen of Bauditzens Regiment, and the Dragooners: which last, missing their way in the dark, got into Kitzing afterwards. All our Company, safely recovered into Eltman: at which town passing over the bridge, 
Horn retires out of Bambet over the May●  I kept me on this side of the Main. The enemy's Dragooners and Crabats, followed us a fare off; not much desiring to engage themselves with us. As for the other Regiments of our horse, who were enquartered part on this side of the Main, and part at Halstat and Kemeren, (who likewise marched away on the North side of the Main) they having according to my direction, broken and burnt down the bridge of Halstat, retired into Hasfurt. For this reason, myself having first broken down the bridge at Eltman, 
●eaking the ●ridge behind ●m.  drew also to that place with those troops I then had with me; where I recollected our Army together again; those only excepted, which out of fear were quite run away. But the enemy being readily furnished by the country people with timber and other necessaries, he presently caused the bridge of Halstat to be repaired again: 
●illy repaireth ●●e bridge, and ●●llowes Horn.  beyond which having lodged himself, with diverse Regiments of horse, he the second of March again showed himself unto us at Tzeill, a mile from Hasfurt. Upon sight whereof, I immediately sent forth a troop of horse to discover the place, where it was possible for the enemy so suddenly to have passed the river, now that the bridge was broken down. This troop brought back 3 prisoners with them; of whom I learned, how that the enemy had come over at Halstat with 4 Regiments, and the manner how they were lodged. Of them I also further enquired, which way I might come to surprise them at unawares; so that I sifted out thus much from them; That it was not very difficult for me to march thorough the woods, and by ways, and so to come upon them. Having gotten this Intelligence, I set forwards with the Cavalry; and some 2 hours before day, gave a Camisado upon one of their Quarters, which was lodged by Oberheyd within a mile of Bamberg. It was the Quarter of Planckharts' Regiment, and young Merodi, all which, (excepting 4 troops which some half hour before were gone out upon a Convoy) I utterly ruinated with fire and sword, 
Horn surprises and cuts in pieces 2 Regiments of Tilly's horse.  obtaining 2 Cornets; the rest, together with the baggage, being all burned. The Crabats which lay in the head of the Quarter, so soon as ever they perceived the business, betook them to their heels; some venturing thorough the Main, where a many of them were drowned: others betaking themselves into the mountains; of whom diverse were afterwards slain, I getting one of their Cornets: the rest gate up to the Dragooners Quarters, in the village of Staffelbach; where they recovered a Churchyard environed with a very high wall. These thought I to have destroyed by fire, for that I had no musketeers with me: but perceiving myself unlikely that way to prevail, and that they might easily have been relieved from other the enemies garrisons, (which were hard at hand) I was enforced to give them over, and return again unto our Quarters at Hasfurt.  
The fourth of the same month did the enemy again show himself, near unto Tzeill, 
Tilly intends be revenged  about one a clock in the afternoon; marching presently with his whole army towards Hasfurt: with an intent (no doubt) to revenge himself of the late slaughter we made of his two Regiments. Whilst therefore I sent the Scullery and Drabblers of the army away before, with the baggage & heavier luggage towards Schweinfurt; myself retired after in good order: without the loss of any one man, recovering into Schweinfurt also. Here having given order for all necessary provisions, and left there in garrisons the Regiments of Carl Hord, of Colonel Truchses and the Count of Solms: and lodged the Horse conveniently in the villages about Schweinfurt; (some, half a mile off; some, a mile; and some, a mile and a half from the Town, and behind it) myself with the rest of the Infantry, took up our Quarter at Geltersheim; attending there the enemies further purposes.  
Geltersheim, March. 7. 1631.  
Having thus by Gustavus Horns relation, learned what was done on his side; we will also afford you the other part of the action, and what was done on Tillyes side. And that out of his own Relation too, printed afterwards at Auspurg: leaving nothing out that may make for the Relaters glory.  
General Tilly report of the same action.  
After the Swedish had taken Bamberg, February 11. 1631. the Lord Martial Gustavus Horn, together with George Bernard Duke of Saxon-Weymar, settled their Quarter in the same City. But long they here stayed not: for his Excellency the Count of Tilly marching with 12000 men out of Forcheim, 
Observe that Horn's letter ●eares the old ●tile; and Tills the new. ●illy (again) ●as deceived: it ●as not Duke bernard of Wey●ar, (he was ●ow with the ●ing:) but his ●rother Ernestus  March 8. towards Bamberg; the same night about 4 a clock he shown himself before the same City; as likewise the Swedish Cavalry did unto him, near unto the gallows. The Tillyish Horsemen stood not long considering upon the matter, but the Crabats, the Dragooners, and the Regiment of Cronenberg, fell with such fury upon the Swedish, that they utterly dispersed them; forced five Regiments to run away; took five hundred prisoners (amongst which were some chief Officers) killing a great many. The Swedish retired themselves into the Suburbs, but they were so followed with our Ordnance, that they were glad to leave both City and Suburbs: Gustavus Horn with a few horsemen, betaking himself into Schweinfurt. Here was the noble Count of Sultz slain on our side, besides another Lieftenant-Colonell of great note. The next day being the ninth of March, the General Tilly entered into the City with his Ordnance.  
By comparing these two relations together, you may observe, that Gustavus Horn omits his loss of 500 prisoners; and General Tilly is content to pass over his loss of the two Regiments, which was 4 times so much. One thing is defective in Tilly's relation: that he says Horn immediately retired into Schweinfurt: which was not till 3 or 4 days after. Tilly had the better of it, in that he put Horn unto the retreat, and continued after it, Master of the field.  
And yet was all this but a mere Cacade, a Squirt; as the King called it: which was, for all that, the first action of any considerable honour or comfort, which those of that party could cheer up their drooping hopes withal, since the going down of their side at the great Battle of Leipsich. Much noise, was there made of this little. They that make much of little, 'tis a sign they have not much. By Gustavus Horns letter may the Reader found, where the fault on the Swedish side was: in the Count of Solms his Regiment, namely; who had not been long enough under the Swedish Discipline, to learn either to 
* You may perceive by the 45 Article in our Book of the Swedish Discipline, that every Band and Regiment wer● to be their ow● Pioneers, to make up their own Trenches and to fortify their own Quarters: which Solms his men were not yet used unto.  labour, or to fight. Horn (me thinks) was to blame too, to be so careless, as to have no scouts abroad. The King having heard of Horns forsaking of Bamberg, some 4 or 5 days before the receipt of his letter; resolves to secure his Felt-Marshall, and to be revenged of that Veillard (that old man) as he called the Count of Tilly. Whilst therefore his Majesty is employed in drawing his old soldiers out of their garrisons near unto him; in putting of new levied men into their places; and in dispatching away Messengers unto Duke William of Saxon-Weymar, and the General Banier, to come and meet him with their forces upon the way: it shall not be amiss to go back again, to fetch up Gustavus Horns Story; even from the time of the King's former leaving of him in Franconia, until this last business of Bamberg, betwixt him and the Count of Tilly. For this hath been our Method in the First part of our Intelligencer.   

Gustavus Horns Story.  
THERE is (at lest) a show of force, as well as a reality of wise carriage & gentle usage; required to the settling of a Country, as there hath been to the conquering. Whereas, therefore, the King of Sweden in his late Declaration or Manifesto at Wurtsburg, had endeavoured to reduce the Dukedom and Bishopric of Franconia into the form of a Province; by introducing (as the Romans used) a new order of Government among the subjects of his new Duchy: to see these Orders there well observed, was one of the reasons why Gustavus Horn, the Field-marshal, or second person unto the King himself; was at his Majesty's coming away left with an army of 6000 or 7000 men about Wurtsburg. And this, I collect, by the stillness of actions in those parts; to have been the first of his business. I found no mention of any motions of his, all that month of October; in the beginning whereof the King parted from him. Another reason for which quietness of his, may likewise be; that he was not to stir from those parts, till the General Tilly were gone out of them; and that for fear of his attempts, or the people's desire of alterations.  
But the Count of Tilly being now in the end of November passed beyond Norimberg; his divided army gone towards Bavaria and the upper Palatinate; and the Subjects of Franconia withal, in an indifferent posture of quietness: then gins the Swedish Marshal to look about him. Tilly in his late march from the King towards Norimberg, had with small labour recovered the towns of Mergentheim, Winsh●im and Rotenburg from the Swedish: these Towns therefore, so soon as Tillyes back was turned, are in the first place set upon. The City of Kitzing (a good Town, some twelve English miles to the East of Wurtsburg) is by the beginning of December brought to composition: 
Kitzing takes the oath of fidelity. This Town, anciently belonging unto the Marquess of Onspach, wa● Anno 1629. taken from them by the Emperor, and given to the Bishop of Wurtsburg.  upon the fourth of which month, it takes the Oath of Fidelity, unto the King and Crown of Sweden. This (that I may tell you once for all) is the form of Oath generally tendered by the King, unto the Germans: and this is the clause that sticks in their stomaches most, and makes a many of them to boggle at it; in that (namely) they swear not unto the Roman Empire, but to the Crown of Sweden; as if hereafter they were to be mere Provincials of that Kingdom. Whether this were solely the impulsive, or but the assisting cause only, I cannot tell: but this is sure, that the King's broad Seal and Commission for the said Oath, was the same night privately torn down from the door of the Guildhall or Statehouse, where it had been affixed. This Act discovering, that there were some Imperially affected in the Town, and casting a jealousy upon all; the Citizens are therefore generally disarmed.  
Winshaim, in the next place, 
Winshaim take in a garrison.  a free City upon the small River of Aisch (some ten English miles to the Southeast of Kitzing) accepts of a garrison of 400 Swedish. Moore Westerly also, and towards the head of the said River, and near unto Rotenburg, is Gebsattle (as I found it written) presently upon that, likewise taken. The Town of Mergentheim, seated more Westerly upon the River Tauber; is now about the middle of December, again set upon. Here did the Tillian garrison make some resistance at the first: but the Marshal Horn fetching more men and Cannon out of Wurtsburg; first of all defeats 800 new-come Imperialists, who had thought to have forced a Quarter, and to have thrust themselves into the Town. 
Mergentheim recovered.  The garrison after this being more roundly besieged, and for two or three days battered; perceiving by the defeat of the former, no more succours likely to relieve them: they on Friday, December 16. come to a composition. The next day, having obtained Soldiers conditions, of Arms, Bag and baggage, etc. they march out towards Nordlingen: whereabout their General Tilly then was.  
The Imperill City of Rotenburg upon the Tauber, in which Count Tilly had also left a very good garrison of Altringers people; is daily now infested by the neighbour Swedish, out of Winshaim and Gebsattle. Those of Winshaim, keep their gates open both day and night, to be the readier to go out upon parties against the Rotenburgers: 
●●●enburg bloc● up  and the Tillians of the Town wanting Horsemen (as it appeareth) were cut short by that means of those excursions and Cavalcadoes, which they were formerly wont to make out upon the Country. The Town being thus (in a manner) blocked up by the Swedish; general Altringer (then with Tilly at Nordlingen) prepares to relieve his soldiers within it, or else to get them out of it. For this purpose, had he already drawn some of his men together in the upper Palatinate; with whom, and with eight Pieces of Ordnance, he put himself upon his march: threatening, that when he had done with that Town, to go further and fall into the Duchy of Wirtenberg also.  

●d yielded.  But his men had yielded before he could come; and Gustavus Horn, to be beforehand with him, was gone to besiege Hailbrun; the first good Town that wayward, of all the land of Wirtenberg. Upon this news, Altringer in the end of the month retired back again over the Danuby towards Ausburg: where I found him the seventeenth of january following. He gone, the Swedes left by Horn in Franconia, fly out as fare as Guntzenhausen; a good town at the end of the forest, a little South of Onspach; in the way towards Norimberg and the upper Palatinate.  
This City of Hailbrun is an Imperial Town, but of the Protestant Conversion: and is the place, where the Princes of that Union used heretofore to keep their Diets. 
Guntzenhausen ●aken.  It stands in the Duchy of Wirtenberg upon the River Neckar; within eighteen or twenty English miles of Heidelberg. Into this Town, had the Imperial Commissary Ossa about the end of November before, thrust some ten Ensigns of Lorrayners: which were the Duke of Pfalzburgs own Regiment. 
Hailbrun besieged.  For the maintenance of whom, was there a Contribution of 4000 Gilders a month, laid upon the Gentlemen of the Country: and the Townsmen charged to found them Bread, Wine, Salt, Firing, Candles and Houseroom. Towards freeing of this Town, Gustavus Horn now converts his forces. Upon Tuesday night, Decemb. 20. he all on the sudden and in the dark, encompasses the City: to which he the next morning gives summons by a Trumpet. The Lorrayners answer was louder than the Trumpets demand; for they set their Cannoneers to make it. Horn falling to work with the spade, and to bring forward his Approaches, he a little after dinner, dispatches two Trumpets more with letters unto the Burgomaster and the Townsmen. The Contents were, to persuade them to get the Lorrayners out of their Town; and to do their best to dispatch them quickly too: for long he would not tarry upon it, and loath he was to use extremities to a Town of his own Religion; which they should do well not to put him to. The Lorrayn Governor labours, on the other side, to hold the Citizens in their obedience to the Emperor; and encourages then to resist the Swedish. But they being careful to save their houses from spoiling by the Cannon and Granades, and from being plundered by the Swedish, if they should be taken by Scaladoe; refuse to man their walls, or to join with the Lorrayners. Horn by the next morning, had brought his Lines as fare as the water-mill, a little without the Walls, wherein some sixty or seventy Lorrayners were lodged. The mill being blown open with a Petard, is entered by the Swedish: and the execution begun among the Lorrayners: but by the mediation of a French Captain of Dragooners, then serving among the Swedish, was the slaughter stayed. Before this mill the Swedish casting up a Brest-worke and a Battery: sorely beaten upon the Fort or Citadel of the Town, lying right over against it. Perceiving after a few hours, that his Cannon would make a breach fit to be stormed, he once again demands up the place by a Trumpet. The garrison by this time, jealous both of the Townsmens' fidelity, and of the weakness of the place (which indeed is no strong piece) begin to show a willingness to capitulate: 
taken.  and their conditions being accepted, half of them march out, and the other half take oath for the King of Sweden. Horn enters to keep his Christmas in the Town: and the first Holidays being over, and in the nearness of the King's army, no more need of him in those parts; leaving five hundred musketeers in the City, and Colonel Schmidberger for their Governor: he with the rest of the Army, returns back again into Franconia.  
His first work there, was a preparation to fall into the Bishop of Bambergs country: 
●rn prepares go into ●nberg.  who had by this time more apparently broken his former faith unto the King, and received of Tilly's garrisons into his strongest Towns of Bamberg, Forcheim, and Cronach. Moore of the Tillians and others, began now to assemble about Hasfurt upon the Main; there to be mustered and entertained into the Bishop's service. Gustavus Horn, after his coming back from Hailbrun, goes first unto Winshaim; to which place he gathers all his forces together, that had been engarrisond, between that and Rotenburg. Thence goes he to Iphoven, a small town but one Dutch mile to the East of Kitzing; where he holds a general muster: and to which place he had brought his Cannon along with him. Here I found him, january 14: which was in the time of the 14 days Truce aforesaid. And hereabouts (as I collect) might the King's letters for a Cessation of Arms (dated at Hoest 4 days afore) come first unto his hands. And from these parts, (having little else to do) went he unto Norimberg, to give order there for the Fortifications of the City. Here was it agreed, 
●es to see ●imberg.  that Henry William Count of Solms should bring his Regiment out of Norimberg, to join with him against Bamberg. This is the Count, that had so resolutely defended Norimberg against Tilly, in recompense of which service, the King had honoured him with the Earldom of Swartzenberg in the Forest of Duringen.  
Horn made no long stay in Norimberg; seeing that some few days before the end of the Truce, I found him at Schweinfurt upon the Main, full six leagues back again beyond Iphoven, and upon the edge of the Bishopric of Bamberg. Hither now called he all his Army; and hither did Ernestus Duke of Saxon-Weymar, whom the King had left Governor of Konigshoven (six leagues to the North of Schweinfurt) come to join with him Duke. William of Saxon-Weymar should likewise have come to him. That some of this Duke's forces that had been left about Erfurt, were already sent unto his brother Ernestus, I believe: but that himself was in the end of December passed by the Duringerwaldt, as fare as Mainigen towards Horn; and that he had 4000 horse and 8000 foot with him, (as the short and false 
* I found the Continuation of th● Arma Suecica to be little el● than an abbreviation of the Corantoes hu●dled together, without much judgement. Like as in this plac● where for a second error he puts Memmingen for Mainig Horn falls into Bamberg.  Arma Suecica says) I believe not: seeing he had but 1500 horse to bring unto the King afterwards at Donawert. But whether it were, that Duke William were at this instant diverted upon the taking of Passages in Voitland, to keep the Tillians from coming out of the Upper Palatinate into Misnia, (his cousin the Elector of Saxonies' country) as I hear it by some excused; or that he was still about Gottingen in Westphalia, which I judge rather: or  else were in it: Horn, certainly, complains to the King of it, That those Saxon forces which he so much relied upon; were not time enough sent unto him, before that Tilly beaten him out of Bamberg.  
Gustavus Horn being gone by, there was a conspiracy detected in Wurtsburg for the bringing in of Tilly again. The intercepted letters desire Tilly to come with all speed, for that now was his time to take both Town and Castle again very easily; the most of the garrison being now drawn out towards Bamberg. This caused some of the Citizens to be laid hold of, and the place to be better guarded afterwards.  
Not sooner were the 14 days of Truce expired, but Gustavus Horn falls into the Bishopric of Bamberg: which he might have sooner done, for that the King had refused to grant any Neutrality at all unto that Bishop. The country was much affrighted at his coming; and the Bishop sends for aids unto the Count of Tilly: making means unto Colonel Slammersdorff of Norimberg, to take off Horn, if it were possible. Horns first design was upon Hochstat; a pretty Town upon the river Aisch, betwixt Kitzing and Forcheim. Towards this, he upon Saturday, january 28. sending a small Partee or forlorn Hope before; they were set upon and beaten back by 50 Imperial Horse: who being come out of Bamberg to seek their adventure, had disposed themselves in close ambush in a small Dorp upon the way. Moore of the Swedish now coming in to the rescue, the Imperialists are forced to flee the next way into Forcheim. Horn bringing his men before the Town, beating it a little with nine Pieces of Cannon, and by a casual shot wounding the Mayor; 
●ochstat taken.  the garrison (who were three hundred men) the next day give up the place: the most of them also becoming soldiers unto the Swedish. But before the yielding up, out of Forcheim comes the Imperial Colonel D' Espagni, with some five hundred Horse and as many Foot, hoping to relieve it. Three Cornets of the Count of Solms his Horse, being on the other side of the river on which the Town standeth; were now resolutely charged by D'Espagni. Solms his men sending to call in the Bohemian Baron Kochtitzki, the Imperialists retire upon it; not making head at all, till they came within a mile of Forcheim. Hereabouts the five hundred Imperial Foot finding an advantage; dispose themselves into an Ambush: part thereof being in a Dorp, and part in a Churchyard; where they waited for the Swedish. Hard it went with the Swedish, at the first Encounter; diverse common soldiers, two Lieutenants, three Cornets, two Rit-masters, and forty or fifty Horsemen were either slain or spoilt. The Lord Kochtitzki (their Colonel) being after a while shot in one of his arms, and in some danger; was bravely rescued by his Lieftenant-Colonell: and his men, now all enraged, charging more fiercely upon the Imperialists, beat them after a while out of the village; kill diverse both of Horse and Foot; and keep a great many prisoners. 
The Imperialists forsake Bamberg.  This defeat of D'Espagni being known to the garrison of Bamberg, they immediately fall to pillage the City and to forsake it: retiring themselves into Forcheim, as into a place much stronger.  
Upon Wednesday, February 1. Gustavus Horn sends five Cornets of Horse, and two Ensigns of Foot, to demand up the City of Bamberg, the chief Town of the Bishopric, though not the strongest. 'tis seated upon the North-easterly bank of the Main, over which it hath a bridge. The Citizens being guilty of the weakness of the place, and the day before forsaken by their garrison; begin to enter into capitulation with the Swedish, absolutely agreeing to yield up their Town unto them. Just whilst this was a doing, five hundred Boors of the Traine-bands of Cronach and thereabouts, thrusting themselves on the contrary side into the Town, fall presently aboard with the Swedish, laying lustily at them to beat them out again. The Townsmen perceiving this, they strike in with their Boors likewise: and whereas there were some more of the Swedish, by this time come before the walls; they shut to their gates against them, with Cannon and Musket shot letting fly amain amongst them. This continued until midnight; by which time the Swedish Horse within, beginning to prove too hard for the Boors; and those without, now also breaking in, terribly affrighted the perfidious Townsmen with a fear of having their throats cut, every Mother's son of them. But they now throwing down their Arms in the Marketplace, and running to hide themselves where they could: 
Bamberg wo●● by the Swedis●  the Swedish being indifferently appeased by the pillage of their houses, scorn in cold blood to meddle with a Citizen. Thus fatal hath it been, to those of this City and Bishopric; to break their faiths unto the King of Sweden. News of all this is sent immediately unto Gustavus Horn at Hochstat; who coming into the City, takes up his lodging in the Geierswer, and leaves the Bishop's Palace for Duke Ernestus. The Country hereupon to avoid plundering, sand to Bamberg to make their agreement; out of whom, one or other, Gustavus Horn drew a present ransom of 400000 Rix dollars.  
February-fill-dike (as if he feared to loose his good name) began now so naturally to play his part; and the season hereupon proved so rainy; 
●orn hindered ●y the rain.  that Horn was not able, (especially with his Cannon and Carriages) to stir any where abroad into the Country. The chief service he could do, was this, that his Horse upon a fair day now and then, fell out against those of Forcheim. This one accident, hindered the King of Sweden, of finishing the conquest of the Bishopric of Bamberg.  
The Bishop hearing of the taking of this Town; flees with all speed towards the upper Palatinate. February 3. he went to Vilseck; the next day to Amberg: and in the end of the month, unto Ratisbone, and so into Bavaria. It was his chance upon the way, to meet with Lieftenant-Generall Cratz and the Count of Sultz; who with 3000 men, and some pieces of Ordnance, were come from Amberg and Weiden, to relieve Forcheim: which they had heard (but falsely) to be besieged. They were already advanced as fare as Averbach and beyond it; within some thirty English miles, 
●atz coming ●gainst Horn, ●●turned back again by the ●●ing Bishop 〈◊〉 Bamberg.  or less, of Forcheim. Here understanding by the Bishop, that Gustavus Horn was too strong for so small a number; they retire their forces back again unto Averbach. This was upon the third of February: which very day the Bishop went forward unto Vilsech, six English miles beyond Averbach.  
Gustavus Horn was fain to contain himself within Bamberg all the rainy season: able to do no other service, but to fortify the Town a little; which was not indeed to be made sensible. No injury at all did he unto the Clergy of Bamberg: except this might be mistaken for an offence; To have endeavoured the saving of their souls, by causing the Protestant Religion to be publicly preached in their Cathedral. Towards the end of the month, it began to frieze; so that no sooner were the earth and ice become hard enough to bear his Ordnance, but he prepares for the siege of Forcheim. 
While Horn provides to go against Forcheim, Tilly comes against him.  From which design how he was taken off by the Count of Tilly, we have before told you.  
Since, now, that we have twice before made mention of the General Tilly; it shall not be amiss, in this very place, to bring up his Story from the Battle of Leipsich, unto this meeting of his with Horn: and then leave him a while again, till he be ready for his second and final overthrow. The first part of his Story, might ('tis true) have been brought in before the first mention of him, when in October he drew near unto the King: but for that it would have too much broken off the King's Story, I thought better to put it here all together.   

General Tillyes Proceed.  
NOT one Act of this brave Chieftains hath made him so much spoken of, (and with respect too) as that misfortune of his at the Battle of Leipsich. Vulgar people die, and are forgotten: but this shows how great a part of the world, and how principal a personage this man was, who still gave occasion to the first question of News, Is Tilly yet alive? To satisfy the Readers that he was not dead, (no nor never lay by it) we will here present you with the Diary or journal of his first shift up and down. And these be the Gifts of his Progress.  
He was defeated at Leipsich, September 7. 1631. From whence turning himself to the Westward (like the declining Sun) and keeping along by the River Sala; he flees first unto Hall: 
The way of his flight.  where he got his wounds dressed; and whence together with the Counts of Furstenberg and Pappenheim, away the next day he hasted. Bending then a little to the North-West-ward; to Ascherleben he hies: where upon Friday, September ninth, he arryved. Hence wrote he unto General Altringer: and this was the Copy of his Letter.  

His Letter unto Altringer.  My Lord, I am now arryved at Ascherleben: where I have a purpose and resolution to r'allee as many of our scattered and dispersed troops, as we can possibly get together again in this Dukedom 
* Of Brunswick. . I now writ this my fourth letter unto you, to acquaint you with my desires: and earnestly withal to require you, that you keep yourself in a continual readiness, and stand upon your guard with your whole army, in the best manner that you can. We cannot yet learn, which way the enemy is likely to turn his Arms; he may perhaps make towards you: for which reason I could advice you, that for your better safety and security, you would hasten to join yourself unto those troops of ours which are already in Hessen; and altogether to assault the Landtgraves' forces, as lively as possibly you can. I desire you, that as time will give you leave; you acquaint me with the news of your parts, and the order of your proceed. Your letters may be conveyed to me by the way of Halberstat: whereabouts I am as yet, and am likely for a while to continued.  
Ascherleben, September 9/19. 1631. Your very well affectioned, john, Count of Tilly.  
Hence goes he onwards into the Dukedom of Brunswick, unto Halberstat: which is full fourscore English miles from the place of the late battle. Here finds he 18 troops of his own horse, which had been gotten thither before him. Now (in Brunswick-land) was Tilly at home, (as it were:) for hereabouts had the Emperor bestowed diverse lands and Lordships upon him, which had belonged unto Christian late Duke of Brunswick and Bishop of Halberstat, whom Tilly had overthrown. Upon the Church doors all hereabouts, sets he up his Si quisses and his Patents: 
Tilly gather his army a●  to give notice unto such of his Colonels and Captains, as were yet fleeing they knew not whither: where they might found him, and such fragments of their own troops, as were already heard of. Perceiving himself not yet safe enough hereabouts, for that some of the Swedish Horse were even now scouring the coast up and down, even upon the frontiers of this Brunswick-land and Magdenburg; so nettled he was at the news of it; that even old and wounded though he were, yet upon Tuesday, Septemb. 13. (the sixth day after the battle) away from Halberstat he speeds for life. The (new) Administrator of Halberstat, john Reinhard Metternich, he takes away with him; and all the Soldiers of the neighbour garrisons.  
Thence escapes he to Osterwick, four leagues further: and so along in the Bishopric of Hildesheim. Bending here a little more southerly; unto Alfeldt (ten or eleven leagues further) he comes, 
●e continueth ●s flight.  upon Saturday Septemb. 17, just ten days after the battle. In which time, (allowing him the nearest way, and by a line too) he had gone full seven score English miles of ground. The relics of his army had run as fast as he too; so that well might it be called a flying march. But to make it more possible to believe; namely, that his Foot should have gotten thus fare in this short time; you are to take notice, that they had been well lightened of their Arms and Luggage: so that hither they recovered, all light and unarmed.  
Being here out of Gun-shot, he now makes his second stay, for the gathering up of more remains of his army. Hence after a while sloping a little to the South-West, to Huxter he goes in the Bishopric of Corbey in Westphalia: whither he recovered, Septemb. 25: having first laid a bridge over the fair River of Weser, for the passage of his people. Here gins he to form an Army again; to augment which, he hath a re-enforcement of 3000 Foot, and 2000 Horse (as some writ) out of the diocese of Cullen: which might indeed easily enough come up to him thorough the County of Waldeck. Here also he recruits his old shattered Regiments with some few levyes; 
●ly forms a 〈◊〉 Army.  and hither from Hamelen (a Town some six leagues to the Northward of Huxter; and on the same side of the Weser) came there twelve pieces of Cannon, and such other necessaries of war, as that Magazine afforded. All these he had before sent for, to meet him there. It is a very good place for an army to be form in; for hereabouts are abundance of pretty fine Towns, a rich Country, and which had not of late been rifled. By this time, was he said to have an Army of 10000 men together: which supposing to be true; than it plainly appears, that he never, hitherto, had reassembled full 5000 of his old army. This observation is to be made good by this argument: that the 5000 which were sent him from Cullen, and these other new levied men too; are all to be discounted out of those ten thousand.  
Perceiving a likelihood of some stirs hereabout (which did indeed break out 
* By the risi●● of the Duke Lunenburg an● the Bishop o● Bremen, and the Landgrave of Hessen.  a little after that) he leaves the Count of Gronsfelt in that new made leaguer with part of the forces, to be his Lieutenant in the parts upon the Weser. Within two or three days after, himself with the greatest part of the Army, marches unto Warburg in the Bishopric of Paderborn; which standeth upon the river Dimel, that parteth this Bishopric from the land of Hessen. The reason of his drawing towards these quarters was, to meet with Altringer, Fugger and Mansvelt, whom he had written unto: as also to be nearer to the Count of Sultz; who was on the other side of Hessen, betwixt Fulda and the Main. And these were the forces which Tilly mentioned in his Letters to Altringer, to be in the land of Hessen. The Duke of Lorrayn also with his Army, was now upon the march thitherward; and unto all these, had Tilly written to come and meet him. Having perfecter notice at this place of the Kings being gone beyond Erfurt towards Franconia; and that he had left pursuing of him: he turns more Southerly upon it. Keeping himself therefore upon the very edges of Waldeck, and Hessen (a small River being his guide) he comes first unto Gudersberg, two mile's West of the River of Fulda: which his men plunder and burn. Thence more Southerly still, 
Tilly falls into Hessen.  unto Fritzlar in Hessen, twenty English miles from Warburg: which the Landgrave had newly taken from the Elector of Mentz. 
Takes Fritzlar  This was the last day of September. October the second, forward he moves again: spoiling Bercken the same day, a Dutch league from Fritzlar. This he did, to flesh his soldiers upon an enemy's country. That night, was there a Partee sent to Bischehausen; a small open village, a league beyond that. Hither had the country Boors driven their cattles; for that the village is on three sides fenced by two small rivers, which meet at it. A troop of the Landgraves' Horse, had the poor people also for their protection. The Tillians fly upon this booty, beat the Boors and their guards; and begin to drive away their cattles.  
The garrison of Zigenhaim (a good strong town of the Landgraves, some five English miles to the South of that) coming time enough in to the rescue, beaten off the Tillians again. Both parties being reinforced by their own; some 300 are slain on one side or other; and Tilly being onward on his march, those of his were fain to leave the skirmish, and follow after the army. Thus the fray parted, the Tillians marching off, with the Hessens cattles. The next day, Tuesday, October 4, going on still Southerly; he effects what he so much desired, 
●e joins with Altringer, etc.  the uniting of his army with Altringer and Fugger: with whom the Count of Mansvelts forces were now also conjoined. To fetch up whose Story, let us now go back again, and so go with them along altogether.  
This Henry Otho Lord Fugger, is one of the Fuggers of Auspurg, who are the greatest Family of Merchants and Bankers of all Europe. As for Altringer, his good parts merely had preferred him: a thing rare in the Empire, where Gentry is so much stood upon. 
The Story of Altringer and Fugger.  The son he was of a Town-clerk, or such like Pen and inckhorne-man, which kind of vocation is too much disrespected in Germany. His education was first in the Universities: and after that, in the Chancery at Prague; where he was first a Clerk, and then an Advocate. His rare learning, (for he hath one of the best penns of Germany) and his sharp wit, preferred him quickly from that place.  
Applying himself unto the wars; he was (to omit the rest) with Command employed into Italy, in the late wars of Mantua: which being ended, he returned with his army into Germany. How he pieced in with Fugger, and how upon the hearing of Tilly's defeat at Leipsich, they both retired thorough the Duringer Forrest; I leave to be read in my First Part. Some 6000 men, they were both together said to have at that time: with whom they first of all retired unto Isenach. About Fulda lay one of the Counts of Mansfelt (of which there be 5 Families) with whom they now conjoined. Their army they more increased, with some new levies of such poor and young people, as they could in that haste and fear, ramble up together. Altringer, upon the receipt of Tilly's letters, begins to turn that way towards him. Keeping the river of Werra close upon their right hand, they upon Tuesday, September 27. arrive at Munden, 
They march join with T●  in the Northern edge of Hessen-land; where the river Fulda falleth into the Werra. Thorough this Town, they were marching from 8 to 4 the next day, and were reported to be 54 Cornets of Horse, and 82 Companies of Foot; some 10000 or 11000 men in all perchance: of which, a many were observed to be boys and raw soldiers.  
About half a league without Munden, they the same day pitched their Camp: expecting that Tilly should thither have comen unto them. Tilly, to the same end, was some 2 days since, comen as near to them as Warburg; some 18 or 20 English miles to the North-East of Munden. The armies now hearing one of another, and that the Landgrave of Hessen was with his forces, at that time, near unto his own Town of Cassel upon the river of Fulda; they determine both together to fall into his Country; Tilly on the West side of the river Fulda, and Altringer upon the East; to spoil that first, and then to conjoin their forces. This last, they the 4 of October thoroughly performed.  
Being united, they might altogether make up some 18000 men, Horse and Foot; but ill clothed and armed, God knows. Their first march was to Grebenaw; a walled Town some 4 English miles from the river Fulda, which runneth thorough the midst of Hessen. Here they pitch, and rest some night or two, to consult and order their business. Thence go they to Schlicz: a good town, so named of the river it stands upon. Hence, October 6 to Fulda, a great Abbey where they again stay and muster. I take no notice of Gallobelgicus his numbers; who as he allows 18000 men to Altringer alone, so he affords 182 troops of Horse unto both together, beside a very great number of Foot also. Gallobelgicus (I perceive) goes by Geometrical proportion, makes London measure now and then, and tells sixescorce to the hundred: he gives too much credit (I mean) to great reports every where. 
●●at forces ●●●ly now had.  A hundred eighty two troops of good Horse, (Tilly's were very good) and a full hundred to each troop, will come to 18200 men: which (had Tilly had the leading) would have gone near at that time, to have overrun all Germany. The King of Sweden was but very weak in Horse at the Battle of Leipsich; nor had he as yet very much increased them: and had Tilly now had but half so many Horse as 182 troops; he would never have turned his head from the King of Sweden. A hundred eighty two Cornets and Ensigns of Horse and Foot together, might be the list of all their Armies: and might make up 18000 men; which Gallobelgicus allows Altringer alone. And these two numbers might confounded him. But this by way of discourse.  
Here having news of the King of sweden beleagring of Wurtsburg, the Imperial Generals consult how to levy the siege; but hearing again of his taking the Castle, and of the other Towns he had gotten upon the banks of the Main: 
●●lly goes towards the Main  they make the more haste to conjoin themselves with the Lorrayn army. Marching with good speed, thereupon, unto Aschaffenburg upon the Main, some three days march from Fulda; hither October 10 came the Duke of Lorrayn to see the General Tilly. The next day, is Altringer sent over the Main towards these Lorrayners: so that upon Monday, 
●ynes with ●c Lorrayners.  October 17, was that conjunction made also. Moore of this, we have before told you, in the Story of these Lorrayners.  
Whilst here (about Aschaffenburg) he lies: he October 16. sends 3000 towards Werthaim, which were defeated: and so are three Regiments more of his about Rotenburg, October 21. as we have before told you. In this Interim too, he solicits Hanaw: and being denied, he passes the Main, 
Takes Babenhausen.  and takes in Babenhausen Town and Castle, belonging unto the Count of Hanaw Buxviller: but empawned unto the Elder Count of Hanaw. The Lorrayners being comen within three leagues of him (which is near enough for uniting) part of his forces about that very day, roave up and down as fare as Frankford on the Main: many of them went into the very Town, more being without the Ports; a great part of them very poor, and as yet unarmed. They came now as friends or Neuters, or Passengers to the Town: for Tilly had not yet solicited Frankford to take in a garrison: 
Solicits Frankford.  nor till five or six days after. At which time he requesting, and the Town denying; he goes by Selingstat towards the Bergstraes': which is that part of the Palatinate on the same side of the Rhine with him. All along hereabouts (namely in the land of Darmstat and the Bergstraes') for certain days he lay: and verily believed it was, that he would have gone along the Bergstraes' to Manheim and Heidelberg, and there have stayed for the defence of the Palatinate. 
Goes into the Bergstraes'.  Some of his men (if not himself) were advanced that way as fare as right against Oppenheim, in the beginning of November: whenas judging by the taking of Hanaw, that the King would also come down towards Frankford, and so hazard to coop him up into the Palatinate; he all on the sudden, about the forth or fifth of November, turns back again towards the Lorrayn army at Miltenburg. And here, 
Turns back into Franconia.  the Main crooking away many leagues to the Northward; he leaving it upon the left hand, goes directly unto Oxenfurt: where the Main comes about as low again, as at Miltenburg. What he did in the way; and what passed at Oxenfurt, we have before told you in the King's Story.  
Here the King and the Count of Tilly part again: and Ossa, who had been Commissary to the Lorrayn Army before, goes now along with Tilly towards Norimberg: a little before the end of November, coming back again from thence, 
Ossa goes a●ong with Til●y.  unto his charge, the Lorrayners. Ossa by virtue partly of his Commission (which was Imperial) and partly by virtue of some of Tillyes forces; takes in the Imperial City of Rotenburg upon the Tauber, 
●nd takes Ro●enburg.  which the King's men had before taken. Twelve thousand Dollars he drew from the Magistrates; nor could he hinder his soldiers afterwards from plundering of the City: which I impute not unto the Injustice of the Generals, but unto the hunger and unrulynesse of the Soldiers; who having had no pay in a long time, could not here be so well governed. With the same sauce, they served all the Dorps and smaller villages, thereabouts.  
And now, it seems, was the Army divided; not marching all together in one gross: for part of it at the same time took in Winshaim, 
●nd Winshaim.  an Imperial City towards the North: and another Division, went to Guntzenhausen: almost forty Euglish miles from that, towards the South: both Armies meeting again about Norimberg. Those that took Guntzenhausen, went thence unto the Imperial City of Weissenburg, about four or five English miles more to the Southeast, where Tilly left a small garrison. About an English mile from which, and upon an hill on the North side; 
Tilly takes Weissenburg.  stands the strong castle of Wilsburg, belonging unto the young marquis of Onspach, Pupil unto his Cousin the Elector of Brandenburg. This being the strongest Pass of all those parts, the marchioness Dowager (Mother unto the Young Lord) is mainly laid at by Tilly, to 'cause her brother the Count of Solms (Governor of the Castle) to deliver it up into his hands, with all the Ordnance and Ammunition in it. And this, though not presently; yet he after a while wrung from her: into which he put the young Count of Pappenheim (Cousin to General Pappenheim) whose Castle is a neighbour unto it. Nor yet did the Lady found any whit the more favour for it: seeing Her Sons own Town of Onspach, 
and rifles the Marquisate of Onspach.  with the Villages of the Marquisate, were by the Tillians taken and plundered, and above 5000 head of great Cattles gotten away from her Country Subjects. Some villages, both here, and in the County of Hohenlo, were fired also. Yet was all this, but some of the civilest: most Soldiers (if enemies) would have done as much. The next is barbarous: for coming to the Cloister of Haibron, (twelve English miles from Norimberg) where some of the Marquesses of Onspach (who are of the Electoral house of Brandenburg) lie entombed: the sacrilegious soldiers break open the vault, and rob the dead corpses of the Marquesses, George Fredrick, and joachim Ernest, of the jewels, Rings, and other rich ornaments, with which they were entombed.  
Hence went the General Tilly unto Swabach; within seven or eight English miles of Norimberg. This goodly City of Norimberg, was the Pass that Tilly all this while aimed at; and which he hoped to enforce to a composition with him. Making his head-quarter therefore at this Swabach, which is on the South of Norimberg; he sends out other of his forces to take in Altorff, Lauff, and Hersbruck, all on the North and East of it. 
Tilly sets do before Norimberg.  Having thus surrounded the Country about it, he gins, November 18. to bring his army nearer to the walls, as if to besiege it. Having thus showed them his power, he sends withal his Messengers into the City, first to have such a proportion of bread etc. given him, and then, to have some Councillors and Doctors sent out to treat with him. The Doctors went to Swabach and there dined with him: unto whom were these demands in the Emperor's name propounded.  
1. 
His deman●  That the Magistrates should deliver the Count of Solms into his hands; as an officer belonging unto the Emperor's enemy, the King of Sweden.  
2. That they should licence all their forces, and suffer their soldiers to serve under his Colours.  
3. That they should stand to their promise lately made, and renounce the Conclusions of Leipsich.  
This if they yielded to him in, he promised to pay them honestly, for all such provisions, as he should demand of them: and if not, then would he force them to it. The Doctors receiving these demands, promise' an answer unto his Excellency the day following. And indeed he had it; for the Count of Solms, (whose body he so much desired) made a personal tender of himself before Tillyes trenches, by a resolute sally the next day: where, with his Regiment of Swedish horse, he defeated that of the young Prince of Anhalt, and took himself, with some thirty of his officers, prisoners. This john George Count of Solms, with his brother William Henry, had each of them a Regiment in the City; the first of Horse, and the second of Foot; both newly levied for the King's service. Here were also two Counts of Hohenlo: and another Regiment of Colonel 
* Five Regiments says ●e short and ●●lse Arma ●ecica.  Slammersdorffs: so that they had a garrison of some 3000 Horse and Foot: which the Burghers with their sons and servants in the town, could well make up 10000 able fight men. Some Engineers had the King of Sweden newly sent unto them; who with such haste and skill perfected up the Works they had begun before Tillyes coming, that they now much cared not for all his threatenings. Tillyes approaches went on but slowly; as if he had intended to scare the City, rather than besiege it. And indeed it was too big and strong; every way too well supplied, for Tillyes raw and ill provided army to meddle withal. He wanted both victuals and ammunition for such a siege; besides which, winter was too nearly a coming on, to sit down to it. Tilly surely was too wise to make a Work of it. Yet some bravadoes, for his honour sake, did his men make against it: which were with loss daily repulsed by the sallies of the Counts of Solms and others. He lost Slabata a Colonel of the Crabats, before the town; with many Officers and Gentlemen of worth more. Perceiving now his men to begin to run away into the town (which they daily did, by ten and twenties in a company:) and that there was no other contribution to be expected but powder and shot (if he liked it: 
〈◊〉 raises his 〈◊〉 from No●●erg. ) he sends to Altringer (who then commanded before the town, to draw off the troops, and to be rising. Leaving therefore some 2000 dead, and wounded, and sick, and half starved men behind him, either in the trenches or neighbour villages; he upon the 22 and 23 of November, dislodges with his Army. That which made this sudden rising of his seem the stranger, was, That it was done in the night: and in such haste too, that his men left some of their baggage-wagons behind them. And if this may be excused, as being done for want rather, then for haste or fear; for that namely they wanted wagon-horses: yet surely his men wanted not stomaches for the sheep and other victuals left behind them ready dressed, (as I found from 2 several hands written) & upon the tables too: which verily argued some needless fear or haste in them.  
At Rot, a Town some seven English miles to the South of his Head-quarter of Swabach, lay part of his store of Gunpowder: which being charged upon the wagons, and ready now to march after the army, was by negligence set on fire, and 12500 weight of powder blown up; some pieces of Ordnance spoilt, with other mischief done to the ammunition. The Count of Tilly hearing of this mischance, Now says he (with a deep sigh) do I evidently perceive all my good fortunes to begin to fail me, 
Tillyes heart gins to misgive him.  and every thing (me thinks) goes awkwardly with me. The man perchance thought of Magdenburg (or might have done) at the same time. This was reported in Norimberg by one of the officers of Tillyes Ordnance; who had very good means to know it.  
Count Tilly now perceiving his Army (this dear and dead time) too great to be kept together; 
He divides his Army, and puts them into garrison.  which would be needless too, no enemy being near; divides his forces thereupon: part whereof he kept with himself; and part he sent another way, with Cratz and Altringer. The Division reserved to himself, marched from Swabach first of all to Rot; where the powder miscarried: and where he lodged 2 nights to get all things fit again. Thence went he in the end of the month to Donawert upon the Danow; where the Duke of Bavaria met him: and so to Nordlingen in Schwabland, where he stayed. The other half that went with Altringer and Cratz, were put into garrison nearer hand: as in the towns of Lauff, Hersbruck and Altorff, hard by Norimberg; and some in Sultzbach, Amberg, and Newmarckt; all Towns of the Upper Palatinate. Colonel Cratz (who having been General of the Ordnance, 
Cratz made Field-marshal unto Tilly.  was now made Felt-Marshall) took up his garrison at Amberg, the chief City of the Upper Palatinate; whither all the Officers were to resort for order unto him; that they need not journey to the Duke of Bavaria or the General Tilly. The Count of Sultz, lay with his men about Weyden upon the river Nab, to the North of Amberg. Merodi and Breda, with their Regiments; were put into Averbach, Grafenwerd, and into the Towns and Dorps between them. All these towns are on the Northside of the Upper Palatinate, and towards the Bishopric of Bamberg. The General Tilly engarrisond his men in the Territory called Ries next unto Donawert: and about Giengen in the Diocese of Elwang, and in the jurisdiction of Haidenhaim in Schwabland, upon the frontiers of Wirtenberg, the next Western neighbours unto Nordlingen; where himself lay.  
In this deviding and lodging of his army, the provident Tilly had two respects especially. The King of Sweden had 2 Armies then on foot; of which, 2 of the Catholic Leaguers were in danger: the Bishop of Bamberg namely; who stood in doubt to be every day invaded by Horn: 
The reason why Tilly thus divides his army.  and the Duke of Bavaria, in fear of the King himself. To guard the Countries of these 2 Princes, had Tilly to the most advantage thus disposed of his armies. Those forces that he kept with himself, were for the safeguard of Bavaria; and the Frontiers of Schwabland and Franconia: against whom, if the King should come the nearest way, thorough the Dukedom of Wirtemberg (in which Country he had already some towns and friends; and there at this present, some forces a levying for him) then lay Tilly at Nordlingen right in the King's way to oppose him. The other troops were laid in the Upper Palatinate, so near unto Bamberg; that if Horn should fall in there, they might strike in, time enough to the rescue. And these were the 12000 men, with whom Tilly put Gustavus Horn out of Bamberg afterwards. Along with Tilly, 
Saxon-Lawenburg made General of the Ordnance.  went Rodolph Maximilian Duke of Saxon-Lawenburg; now upon Cratz his preferment, made in his place General of the Ordnance. The Duke conveying his Guns into Donawert, stayed himself there as Governor of the Town, until the King beaten him out. A thousand of his Horse and 500 Foot, he would fain have thrust upon the Imperial free City of Ausburg near to Donawert, to be billeted among them for the 3 winter months. This the City put off, by sending some victuals to the soldiers.  
This goodly Protestant City of Ausburg, 
Popish practices upon Ausburg.  was much practised upon, to be wholly gained to the Catholic party. The better to bring about which plot, had the chief Officers and Magistracies of the City, been by the Emperor's authority and private working, remooved from the Protestants, and conferred upon the Papists. The Duke of Bavaria (their next neighbour) likewise, pretending I know not what dangers, had by the Papists means skrued in some of his new levied Boores. Thither, thereupon, comes Altringer; to take order for the Militia in that City, and Bishopric, and in the Lordships of the Fuggers. Hitherwards in the beginning of january following, he remooves all his own Regiment out of the Upper Palatinate, which he enquarters about Auspurg. Altringer presently upon this, hearing that his men which he had left in Rotenburg in Franconia, were now endangered by Gustavus Horns people; prepares to relieve them. Much feared he was likewise in the Duchy of Wirtemberg, which began to arm against him. But Rotenburg was taken, and his expedition stayed.  
About this time of the year, the Count of Furstenberg, 
The Count of Furstenberg resigns his charge.  who had not been with Tilly since the battle of Leipsich, gives over following of the wars. Pappenheim had been taken off by the Leaguers, and employed into the Lower Saxony. Tillyes self was resident for the most part in Nordlingen: whither Altringer went now and then also. In the beginning of this january, Tilly goes to Donawert, there to meet his old Master the Duke of Bavaria. And there being a likelihood of some motions upon the frontiers of Bohemia and the Upper Palatinate: Tilly makes a journey from Donawert unto Amberg. Two thousand horse he was to take along with him, and his Foot and Ordnance he sent to Weiden, upon the very Western frontiers of Bohemia, whence they were to march onwards unto Egra: towards which town, the Saxon forces began now to turn them very strongly. The Imperial Colonel 
* This is he ●at destroyed aswalk: as you ●ay see in our first Part.  Gotze, Don Balthasar, and the Felt-Marshall Diepenbach had requested Tilly to this: hoping to drive the Saxons into the midst of them. But this plot, Arnheim prevented. Tilly about january 10, returns to Nordlingen again. january 18, he takes 13 Pieces of Ordnance out of Wilsburg Castle, which (as we told you) he had wrung from the marchioness of Onspach: and these he sends unto Ossa, for the furnishing of Constance and Lindaw.  
Neither Tilly, nor his armies, stirred much abroad after this, till the Frost began about February 20: about which time he goes to that part of his Army in the Upper Palatinate. February 22. He is at Newmarckt, one of the fairest towns of all this Palatinate; and thither all his Horse out of their several Quarters assembled. Thence goes he to Altorff: where he lodges, Febr. 24. himself, Altringer, the Baron of Cronenburg and other chief Colonels, quartering themselves in the Castle. Here is an University: the Students whereof were courteously enough used by the Soldiers. Hence marches he away not fare off from Norimberg: whither he again sends in the Emperor's name and his own, to be of courtesy furnished by them with some provisions. Now was his march directly intended against Gustavus Horn; towards whom he led 12000 men, and 22 Pieces of Ordnance: besides some of the Bavarian Boors, which the Duke their master had put into the Army to learn something. February 27. Tilly enters into Forcheim, the strongest town of the Bishopric of Bamberg: whence the next day he went against Gustavus Horn. The story whereof having before told you; we shall leave him about Hasfurt in the said Bishopric, till he voids it of himself, upon the Kings coming against him. So that the other part of Tilly's Proceed, you are to look for in Our relation of the Kings march into Bavaria. Whereas, therefore, we have heretofore mentioned the Duke of Bavariaes' meeting to confer with Tilly; his joining of some of his men with the Tillians: and for that both the Armies were shortly after this put into one body; it shall not be amiss, here to bring in the preparations made by this Duke also; who hath been so great an Actor and Sufferer in this German tragedy, especially seeing that the Scene is next to be laid in his own Bavaria.  
This Prince hath by many been taxed, 
The Duke of Bavariaes' sto●  (and by some of his own subjects too) how justly I dispute not: to have been, if not the plotter and Incendiary; yet the promoter and Boutefeu of a great part of these present troubles. A crafty wise man he is; witness those subtle conveyances of his own ends, for 12 years together: whereby he hath made himself both rich and potent. The skill he is said to have, of imposing a Reservedness upon his own expressions; and the same art of palliating his pretences, which Statists call Policy; though in Morality it be, but a Magnificent dissimulation. These, with some other Cabinet Doctrines, hath he learned at the jesuites Lectures: whose Disciple he is, and in the highest form too.  
When after the defeat of the Catholic Army at Leipsich, and the coming down of the Conqueror among the lands of the Leaguers; the Princes of that Confederation were put to the end of their Counsels: the Duke of Bavaria is the man, upon whose greatness and credit in the Empire, the hopes of that side were pitched, for the setting of all right again. He, 
He summons his people to defence.  to give good example to the rest, summons all his subjects generally, all that were able to bear arms (tagg and rag) to be ready to stand upon the defensive. Some of his Boors he arms too; who for that, when they were Day-laborers, they had been used to stopping of gaps; now when they are become soldiers, he employs them (most naturally) to the stopping of passages. These he lays upon his Frontiers. By the end of October, had he gotten some 10, or 12000 of them armed and trained: and was resolved (as 'twas given out) to have sent them to the Emperor's Army in Bohemia, against the Saxons. This expedition was arrested by the news of the Saxons taking of prague; and He put unto new Counsels. The danger growing nearer upon his country, by the King of sweden taking of the Bishoprics of Wurtsburg & Bamberg; the Duke procures a Diet of the Catholike-Leaguers: which for the more honour unto him whom they so much relied upon, was held at Landshut in Bavaria, and in November. Here do the Princes resolve, upon the levying of a new Army at their common Charges: whereof his Highness the Duke of Bavaria, was to be Generalissimo; 
●s appointed Generalissimo of the Leaguish forces.  and his Creature the Count of Tilly, General, as before. To this Army of the Leaguers, was his Imperial Majesty pleased likewise, that some of his Forces should be conjoined: so that both Imperial and Leaguish forces, went henceforth to the making of one Army.  
The Duke hereupon reenforces his own levyes, for which Donawert is the Rendezvous. By this time (as it appears) had His Highness been solicited by some of the contrary party, to come over to their side: the greatness of the King of Sweden, able to do him wrong; the oppression of the Princes of Germany, whom that King sought but to deliver; the ambitious rising of the Emperor and House of Austria, now aiming more at Monarchy, then at the propagation of the Catholic Religion; and the Dukes own disliking of diverse of the Emperor's actions in that kind; were urged for some of the arguments to draw him on, and to break off both with the League and Emperor. I suppose that the French Ambassador then resident with him, was one of the Orators to persuade with him. It seems likewise, that some hopes of prevailing were conceived; yea and some speeches too, given out to that purpose. But the Duke now taking regrett at the hearing of it, and sorry that his honour should be traduced, by the mistaking of his constant purposes to the other side and cause: he immediately thereupon sets out a public Manifesto or Declaration of his resolution; which, 
Set out his .  (to show the earnestness of his intention) was penned in a high and sharp strain: and by the furious undiscreet zeal shown in it to the Saints and Romish religion; the spiteful pen-and-inck-horne terms against the Protestants: the quotations of Scriptures, and some such other Characters: the Readers will collect that the Duke's Confessor had a hand in it, as well as his Secretary. 'tis well worth the reading: but being something long, I have referred it till the end of the King's Story; that we might not here make too long an interruption.  
To go on. About mid-December the Duke procures another Diet at Ingolstat: 
A Diet at Ingolstat.  where himself was present about the twelfth of that month. The Diet continued until after Christmas: and in it was the Proposition made among the Leaguers, 
He sends one Ambassador unto the King and another t● the Emperor at the same time.  upon what Terms (by means of the French King,) they should desire, and accept of the neutrality. Now are their Ambassadors dispatched unto the King of Sweden, then at Mentz. They treated, as a distinct party from the Emperor: and for that the Duke of Bavaria was the chief person; the negotiation was in his name, or he (at lest) was the first man named in it.  
The crafty Duke (that he might have two strings to his bow) privately sends another Ambassador (his Chancellor Donnersberg namely) unto his Imperial Majesty at the same time: of whose negotiation, these were the Requests or Propositions made unto the Emperor.  
1. That Caesar would be pleased not to take it ill, that the Duke his Master had no more potently hitherto assisted his Majesty in these Wars; seeing it lay not in his power, 
His propositions to the Emperor.  to repress the King of Sweden. Yea, and that by the Archduchesse he had been advised not to meddle with that King, without sufficient preparations: but so long to spin out the time, until the Army of the Roman Catholiks could be ready to assist him. Furthermore, his Duchy of Bavaria was so weakly by nature situated; as it was no ways sufficient to hold out against such a Power, as that King had at present.  
2. He very well hoped, that 
He means Vallenstein. ●ou see what ●ood blood ●ere yet was, betwixt these ●o.  That man, whom at the instant request of the Electoral College in the Diet of Ratisbone 1630, Caesar had cashiered from his Generalship; he would not now call to the place again, without the knowledge of the same College. And notwithstanding that the Duke his Master for his part had been constrained to wink at some things, by reason of the present danger; yet he humbly entreated in the mean time, that if a General must of necessity be sent into the Empire, the Imperial Army might neither pass thorough, nor be sent into his Duchy of Bavaria.  
3. And because things in the Palatinate seemed to foreshow an alteration, (the King being already Master of so many places there) he humbly requested of his Imperial Majesty, that that part of the Archduchy of Austria called 
●upra Anisum. For the ●●kes charges 〈◊〉 the late ●arres of Bo●mia: which ●e Emperor ●ting again, ●d in Lieu of ●m granted 〈◊〉 Duke those aces in the ●latinate.  Ober-Ens, which had before been * empawned to him; His Majesty would now please to return again unto him.  
4 Hereupon he promised to assist his Imperial Majesty to the uttermost of his power; and to keep off all molestations from the Archduchy of Austria. For which purpose, he had already blocked up the passages upon the Danuby with his Boors, and made all provisions for the defence of Ober-Ens.  
The Duke being gladly entertained by the Emperor hereupon, and having made his advantages of the Treaty of Neutrality with the King, (of which we before told you) still continues his warlike preparations. About the end of january, and beginning of February; he sends some forces towards Amberg in the Upper Palatinate: 
〈◊〉 sends men ●o the Upper ●latinate.  intending to keep some 5 or 6000 men thereabouts. When Tilly was afterwards driven that way, he than mixes his new-levyed Boors, among Tillyes old Legions: of whom, when any numbers marched in a body by themselves; Tilly was fain to sand some of his old soldiers along to be their Keepers, 
●ynes with ●●lly.  and to stave them off from ravaging of the Country. When (after this) the King was gotten into Bavaria, fain then would he have treated to compound the matter: but neither would the King loose more time, nor trust him that was too much governed by the jesuites. The first overture to the Treaty, 
Would treat with the King.  was made by the French Ambassador: and the second, by the Duke of Newburgs: both times as by mediators or third parties, to save the Duke's honour. But most eagerly was the King pressed to it, by the French Ambassador, then resident with the Duke: who angered his Majesty now and then, with his importunity.  
After his army was beaten at the Lech, his chief rendezvous and retreat, was Ingolstat: where when the King was on one side of the Danuby, the Duke and his army were upon the t'other. There, 
Retires to Jngolstat and R●genspurg.  had he gotten some 14000 men together again: with whom, when the King rose from Ingolstat, than went he to Ratisbone, in Dutch called Regenspurg. Thereabouts he keeps for a while: and invites Wallenstein to join with him. Those of Regenspurg complain, of the ill disciplining of his army; whom His own presence and justice, in executing diverse plunderers, could not yet reduce into good order. To draw the King the sooner out of his Country; he sends his Lieutenant General Cratz, to take in Weissenburg: himself in the mean time continuing about Ingolstat and Regenspurg. Hither when Cratz was come again, Bavaria marches with his whole Army into the Upper Palatinate; where, upon confidence of Wallenstein's being at his back; he about Schwandorff, thrusts himself before the King's face, just betwixt him and Bohemia. In which posture, we for this time leave him to expect Walenstein, and turn again unto the King of Sweden.   

The Kings March up into Bavaria.  
WE left his Majesty of Sweden lately providing for his going against the General Tilly: drawing his old Regiments out of their garrisons, and putting new levied men into their places. Of the old troops, 
●hat forces ●ere left in the ●●latinate.  were the Rhinegraves' Horse, Colonel Hogendorffs Brigade of Foot, and Colonel Vitzthimb with his 600 men at Frankford; only left for the guard of the Dukedom of Mentz (for so in the Army it began now to be called) and the Palatinate: over all which parts and forces, that wise Statesman the Swedish Chancellor Oxenstiern was to command in chief: whose charge moreover was, well to wait upon and guard the Queen of sweden person, then left in the City of Mentz.  
From which Town the King sending the Army before, March the fourth, himself set forward the next day, together with the King of Bohemia, Prince Augustus of Sultzbach, etc. March 6. the Army encamps a mile beyond Frankford. Thence by Steinheim, to Aschaffenburg, where they pass the Main: and whence March 7. in the morning they parted. 
●●e way that ●e King took.  That day went his Majesty before the Army thorough the Speshart's forest, unto Lohr, thirty English miles from Aschaffenburg. Here he stayed all the next day too; going the next (Thursday) morning back again up the Speshart's Hill, to meet his Army: who that night marched up to Lohr also.  
Friday, March 9, the Army before day broke up, and marched to Werenfelt on the Main; a league to the North of Carlstat. This day came in thirty six troops of horse of the Duke of Saxon Weymars. Within a day or two, comes the General Banier also; whose way out of Magdenburg, was through Mansfelt, Iseleben, and Sangerhausen: and so by Erfurt through the Duringerwaldt, into Franconia. Next day, March 10, their Majesties of Sweden and Bohemia, going ten miles further to the North-East; come to Arnstein to meet with Gustavus Horn: who next day comes from about Schweinfurt and Geltersheim, unto them at Tettelbach, ten miles further. Thence went the King onwards with three Brigades of the Army, unto Kitzing; and Colonel Hepburn with other two, unto Oxenfurt; four English miles from Kitzing. This was upon Monday, Ma●ch. 12th.  
March 15. Gustavus Horn went before with the Vanguard to Winshaim, twelve or thirteen English miles further: whom the King and General Banier, the next day followed. Here at Winshaim, all the three armies of the King, Gustavus Horn, and Sir john Banier; together with the new levied Regiments drawn out of Franconia, were put together and mustered: which all together made not above 14000 Foot. The Horse were thought to be some 120 Cornets: but they being advanced towards Norimberg before, and in several places now dispersed (because of the enemy) were not at this time drawn together. These might perchance be some 10000 or 11000 men beside, so that all together, 
How strong King march up.  might make up an army of twentyfoure or 25000 strong, and no more: which is fare short of 45000, as was given out every where. From Winshaim the King went directly Southward to Dunkelspiel, about thirty English miles further: his intent being to follow Tilly into Bavaria; whither at first it was believed he would have gone. This was, March 19 But finding now that Tilly retreated from him towards the Upper Palatinate; the King turns faces about to the right, and marches directly towards Norimberg.  
For the General Tilly, having hitherto stayed himself about Hasfurt in the Bishopric of Bamberg; (all the time namely that Gustavus Horn was about Schweinfurt and Geltershaim) now understanding the King of Sweden to be coming against him; and finding himself too weak to abide the encounter with him that had before beaten him; 
●●lly retires ●m the King,  he presently thereupon remooves himself towards the other part of his army in the Upper Palatinate. Upon Monday, March 12, he calls a Council of war at Hasfurt: the same day removing with his army unto Bamberg. His quarter-master-general being dispatched with directions unto Cratz, in the Upper Palatinate: was slain by some Swedish Horsemen betwixt Norimberg and Lauff; and his letters sent unto the King. Tuesday, March 13. Tilly goes forward as fare as Forcheim, (16 English miles from Bamberg) where all his forces in those quarters met with him. Drawing out all the soldiers, and leaving the Bishopric to shifted for itself; he upon Thursday, March 15 goes to Erlang, midway betwixt Forcheim and Norimberg: where he that night makes show of his army in full Battaglia. Thence marches he to Norimberg, where in the Emperor's name and his own, he desires of courtesy to be furnished with some provisions. Colonel Gallas, Colonel Holck; and some Horse of Don Balthasars', had he before sent for out of the hither parts of Bohemia; where they as then waited upon the Saxons. These came to Cratz first, 
●●ching into Upper Pa●●ate.  by the way of Amberg; whence they all together went by Weydhausen and Averbach to meet with Tilly, at his entrance into the Upper Palatinate: into which Tilly pierced farther still and farther, after that Norimberg had this second time denied him. Those forces of his, that had hitherto lain about Nordlingen and Donawert; came now also towards him as fare as Hochstat: he likewise drawing towards them, by Lauff, Altorff, and Newmarckt: whereabouts he stayed and fortified, expecting there the King's motions. This was about March 18, or 19 And this middle part of the Palatinate, was the best guard that Tilly could lie at: for should the King have desired to have marched into Bohemia, then was he right in his way to stop him: and if into Bavaria, then could he be there before, to keep him out.  
The King being at Dunkelspiel (or Dinkelspuhel) was then within 30 English miles of Donawert; and might without opposition have marched thither, whither he made so much haste within a few days after. It may seem something strange, 
Why Tilly wen into the Palatinate.  that Tilly marched not thither before him. But this was Bavariaes' policy; who had newly sent a command unto him, that he should by no means retire into Bavaria, for fear of drawing the King of Sweden in thither after him: and of laying the field of war in his country, which he had rather should be in the Prince Palatines Dominions. By this device, thought Bavaria both to save his own country, and to force the King of Sweden to spoil the Palatinate; which he would be glad enough to see ruinated. Therefore did Tilly play thus like the Lapwing, to draw the King from his own nest.  
His Majesty now perceiving, which way Tilly retired from him; altars his march (as hath been said) and faces about directly towards Norimberg. 
The King encampes by Norimberg  From Dunkelspiel therefore marches he unto Furt; a pretty town some 3 English miles to the West of Norimberg, where, upon Tuesday, March 20 he arrived, and encamped. That night was his Majesty expected to have comen into Norimberg: out of which City when multitudes of people came flocking to his Leaguer, Than says the King (laughing) I perceive I must needs see Norimberg. This City is one of the greatest and richest of Germany; and the chiefest Pass of all those countries. It had condescended unto the King, when he most stood in need of it; twice opposed and denied Tilly, since that: and therefore they might well expect, the King should honour them with his presence. He made his entrance into it, about 10 in the forenoon, March 21. The morning was observed to be rainy and lowering; but no sooner were the 2 Kings feet set upon the bridge, but the Sun began to make a fair day of it: which diverse took notice of, as a cheerful presage of more halcyon days a coming. I need not tell, how welcome his Majesty of Sweden was; how solemnly received, or how nobly he behaved himself again. The King of Bohemiaes' person likewise, was as much desired to be seen, by his own Subjects of the Upper Palatinate, next neighbours unto Norimberg: whose gracious deportment unto them again, I must here also pass over. 
His entertainment in Norim●erg.  The King of sweden first compliment to the Magistrates was, to acknowledge their good will towards his service; and to thank them for their bountiful entertainment of his Field-marshal Horn. At table, his Majesty fed, (like a soldier) upon the substantiallest and plainest meats only; scarce touching a bit of any of the rarities, or forced dishes. After dinner, gave he audience unto some Protestant Lords of Ausburg, comen thither to him from those of the Religion of that City: who presented him with 2 fair horses. After that, followed the Norimbergers presents: which were, four very great Pieces of brass Ordnance, with their furniture. Two Globes of the world of a reasonable bigness, all of silver; and filled, one with new Ducats; and the other with new Gold-Gilders: together with six wagons of Oats, Fish, and Wine: which (in lesser quantities) is the ordinary and general present of Germany unto Princes and Ambassadors. With these Presents, there is (of course) an Oration ever presented: unto which of the Towns, the King (who is an excellent Speaker) presently returned this following answer.  

The King's Oration at Norimberg.  I do graciously accept of, and thank you for this Present, but withal I do assure you, That the most acceptable gift you can bestow upon me, is your constancy for the evangelical and common cause. From which I here pray you, that you never suffer yourselves to be withdrawn; and that you neither yield unto fear or hope, neither to fair promises, nor fierce threatenings; neither to pleasure, nor to vanities; nor yet to any other particular passion or affection, which men are usually subject unto: or by which they are wrought upon, and persuaded: and in these dangerous times especially, where Mammon the Prince of this World so much domineereth. Withstand you therefore, all avarice, and love of riches: wherein the enemy, I know, will not be wanting, but will every way attempt you: they will promise', they will threaten, they will do their very uttermost, to entangle you in their springs. But for this, yourselves and all the world well know, what subtle and powerful enemies we have against us; and how strictly they be leagued and banded together, for the rooting out of all the evangelical States and Princes. That way are all their devices, actions, and endeavours driven: to that Butt, aim all their attempts and their designs: and to that purpose, is all their mightiness and great power employed: and in a word; All they commit, and all they omit; all their thoughts, and all their wishes, tend wholly to our destruction. True it is, that outwardly they make show of suing for peace: but it should be such a peace, as that you, your State, and all other Protestants whatsoever, would be utterly and assuredly ruined and undone by it.  
God hath preferred you to be Governors, hath put into your trust, many thousands of souls; and it is so populous a City which you rule, that I have scarcely seen the like of it: all which depend wholly upon you, and wholly doth obey you: and I do not doubt but you will so rule them all, as you hope to give an account of it before God's great Tribunal, and before all Christendom. You are of noble Families, your Ancestors have, time out of mind, been of honourable reputation in the world: walk you therefore in their worthy steps, and follow you the goodness of their examples. As good Patriots, do you your duties at this time; and consider withal what God might suffer to come to pass, if you neglecting his help, should now give over yourselves into the hands of your enemies. How, think you, would they use you and yours? God hath already suffered you to see many things; hath already laid some troubles upon you; so that you have had your share in these miseries, by which God hath showed us our sins and our deservings: but yet withal hath God still saved, defended, and most powerfully preserved you. So that I cannot enough wonder, and must acknowledge it to be a visible assistance and work of God; that the enemies hitherto have been so blinded, and so kept back; that they have not all this while gotten this and such other Cities, which (as the world truly thought) they have had these 2 or 3 years day, fully in their own powers. Truly God hath marveilously preserved you; as he hath also been pleased to call me to this work: for sooner should I have thought the last judgement would have comen, then that I should come into Norimberg; and (as you yourselves said) leave so fare behind me mine own Dominions, good subjects, and whatsoever else is loving and dear unto me; and to bring along with me so many brave Worthies to expose their lives, as I do mine, for the restitution, safety, and preservation of the common evangelical cause, and the liberttie of Germany. With this purpose I do intent (God willing) to go on, and to do whatsoever shall lie in my power, and as God by his special grace shall conduct and enable me, both for you and all the rest of our friends: and I will, I'll assure you, both keep and perform whatsoever I have heretofore promised, either by my Ambassadors, my Deputies, or my Letters.  
Consider you therefore, I desire you, the consequence of this business, and for the mercy of God's sake, remain you constant; be not moved at any thing whatsoever: but rather encourage you your neighbours, and such Towns especially as depend upon you.  
I have not said thus much all this while, by reason of any doubt I have of your faithfulness and honesty, but rather to make you, who are already quick and willing, more willing and quick yet, by this spur as it were of my words. God will not every day sand you such a Preacher as I am, who am now here, with a desire to help and comfort you: to do you all good, and to further your cause, so fare forth as God shall strengthen and enable me. Have patience a while therefore, and suffer a little more yet, remain constant, perform your duties at this time, and God Almighty; who hath hitherto been with you, and so marvelously shown His help unto you, will assuredly give you his Grace also: that your City shall further flourish and increase, your renown shall be spread all the World over: and we all together shall honour, laud, praise, and bless our Lord God, both here and for ever.  
His Majesty getting intelligence the same afternoon, of Tillyes sinking deeper still and deeper into the Palatinate; 
The King a●ters his purp● for following of Tilly.  with a purpose ever as the King came nearer unto him, to hitch further still and further towards Wallenstein (who was then heard of upon the Frontiers of Bohemia and the said Palatinate) the King upon these and such other reasons following, quite again altars his former resolution for the further pursuing of him.  
1. The first reason was this. 
His Reason  That seeing Tilly would not be fought withal single; he thought it no policy to drive him up to Wallenstein: which two if they should have joined with Bavaria, and then all three have turned again upon him; they might possibly have been too hard for him: especially in that place, which they knew and not he.  
2. By this means, he should for the time, have laid the seat of the war in his friends the Prince Palatines dominions: which would utterly have ruined them.  
3. Bavaria being still entire and untouched, supplied his enemies both with men and money: whereas were but the field of war removed thither; himself should get his share of that, and cut so much of it off from the enemy: yea and the enemy's part of it too must of necessity be destroyed, by calling in Tilly to defend it.  
4. This would utterly defeat the Duke of Bavariaes' project, (which the King by intercepted letters came to understand) that he would not have Tilly for this reason come into Bavaria; and that he had desired of the Emperor, that no army might be sent into, or thorough his Country.  
5. It would kill the very hearts of the Bavarians, to see an enemy in their own Country. For 'tis commonly seen, that people who are valorous enough abroad, and to keep out the war; are daunted and amazed to see it brought home unto them. The firing of the beacons (where any are) or the ringing of the Bells awck, (where that is used) will hardly draw them together to make head: and their hearts are quite done, notwithstanding all encouragements of fight pro Aris et focis: for the people will give one half, to save the t'other; the Cities will yield; and the enemy in a short time, will be as strong as the Prince himself, in his own Country.  
6. Should he not now hasten into Bavaria; he could not have gotten in thither at all; or at leastwise neither so soon, nor so near a way. There was a Fort now a building at Donawert; which should he stay till it were finished, he must then go by Vlm many a league about, to get over the Danuby.  
Upon these reasons (among the rest) His Majesty now turns directly (almost) back again; and that with expedition too: going the same night out of Norimberg unto Swabach; eight English miles to the South of it. Tillyes Forces were at the same time about Newmarckt and beyond it; between twenty and thirty English miles to the East of Swabach. For the discovering of whose strength and lodging, the King immediately sends out some strong Horse-Partees: who upon Friday, March 23, defeating some of those Tillians: return presently again unto the King's Army. Upon our Lady Eve, the King's forces come to Pleinfelt, Weissenburg, and Oetingen; three pretty towns betwixt Norimberg and Donawert: upon the top of an hill, some English mile to the North of this Weissenburg, 
See for these towns, either in the South earn edge of the Map of Franconia; o● better in the Western edge of the Map, of the Upper Palatinate.  stands the fair and strong Castle of Wiltsburg, the chief Pass and Command of all that Country: into which the Count of Tilly had put the young Count of Pappenheim (Cousin to the General Pappenheim) for Governor. To him the King sending first of all, requires to have it peaceably restored again unto the marchioness of Onspach and her children; if so be he expected to have his Father's Lands and Castle of Pappenheim, (the very next neighbours to that place) to be well used. The message being answered by the Cannon, up goes the King the same day towards the Castle, which with eight troops of Horse, and some six hundred Musketeers, he presently surrounded. Some of these Musketeers are brought within Musket shot of the very walls; who with their continued volleys were to amuse the enemy, until the King had round about taken his full view, of the Fortifications of the Castle. Finding the place to be strong, 
The King leaves Wiltzburg Castle.  and Tilly to be near, He concludes with himself, That it more concerned him to leave the design, and to march with expedition unto Donawert; then to loose his time about the strength of that Castle; whilst Tilly might in the mean time have finished his Fort, already begun upon the hill before Donawert. Leaving therefore three hundred men under Colonel Sperreuter in the town; he marches with the Army directly the same day unto Donawert: where, according to his intelligence, he finds the already begun Sconce but half perfected.  
This continued expedition of his in the march, was of such consequence; that had he but stayed three days longer, whilst that Fort had been made defensible; he might have been enforced to have marched about as fare as ulm for his passage: where he had all this ●ime imagined that he must indeed have passed over the Danuby. And thus if any Army were ever said to have run post, this of the Kings now did: even all the way from Mentz unto Donawert.  
March 26 in the morning, His Majesty takes in the town and cloister of Kaishaim, 
Kaishaim take  four English miles short of Donawert: unto which City he the same night marched. This Donawert hath sometimes been an Imperial town, though now at the Kings coming, in possession of the Duke of Bavaria; to whom it came by the occasion of its having been proscribed of late years, by the Emperor Rodolphus. It is seated in the Circle of Schwaben, upon the Northern bank of the famous River of the Danuby or the Danow: which gives the name to it. This town, and the bridge it hath over the Danuby, are the Key and Pass into that part of Schwabland beyond the River, first; and thorough that into Bavaria, by the river Lech. There were some 1200 Foot, 500 Horse, and 500 of the Bavarian trained Bands, at this time within the City: 
and ●onawert begged.  the valiant Rodulph Maximilian Duke of Saxon-Lawenburg, (who had rescued Tilly at the Battle of Leipsich) being their Governor.  
The before-spoken of, now a building Fort; was upon the top of a little hill, on the Northwest side of the town. The hill reached from the very walls of the Town, unto the Danuby: the Fort itself being betwixt the town and river; and within Musket shot of either. It was not as yet able to do the King's folk any annoyance; it had no batteries finished: by it therefore did the King think fittest to approach. On the bottom of the hill, close to the rivers side, was there a handsome Suburb, and thorough it, a Port into the Town. In this Suburb, the King about nine a clock in the morning, March 26, first of all causes 500 good Musketeers to be lodged. His next work was, on the same side of the hill, to raise up a Battery, and to mount twenty Pieces of Ordnance upon it: from whence he so flanckered the bridge, both with his Cannon and 500 Musketeers; that the same men were able both to annoyed the Town, and to disturb all passage over the said bridge, inward and outward. The King's small and great shot, continued playing all this whole day after, upon the Port, the bridge, and a great Storehouse likewise on the side towards Bavaria; in which there were two troops of horse, and some Foot of the Tillians lodged. About nine at night the King beginning to perceive, that could he but flancker the bridge on the other side of the Town also, he might utterly cut off by that means, both their relief and retreat; he instantly, to this purpose, sends Colonel Hebron with his Brigade, round about the Town over Harburg bridge, (five English miles from Donawert towards the North) which standeth upon a little River that runneth thorough Donawert into the Danuby. 
Hebron sent to besiege the town on th● other side.  Sir john Hebron having passed this bridge, marches down to the West side of the Town; where having a little after midnight, silently disposed his men in covert along in the gardens and most advantageous places under the Wall: he so order the matter thereupon, that no man could pass either over the Danow bridge, or out at the Western Port, but he must of necessity fall under his advantages. Those within the Town, now perceiving (to their terror) that they were neither able to resist the King, nor to stay the expectation of relief; thought a little before break of day, to have under favour of the darkness marched out of the Town over the bridge, into that part of Schwabenland towards Bavaria. This design of theirs, was hindered by Colonel Hebron; who now flanckering the bridge much nearer than the King on his side did, gave them such uneasy passage: that though Saxon-Lawenburg and some few with him got safely over, yet the rest that would have followed, were by those volleys so cut down; that their dead bodies even covered the most part of the bridge; and foully encumbered the whole passage of it. The rest yet within, seeing their retreat that way to be cut off; made a sally out at the West Port, upon Hebron: and were to their loss repulsed.  
The King thundered all this while upon the other Port with his Cannon; and they within, still fearing his entrance that way; were resolved once again to venture the forcing of their passage thorough Hebron; who they knew to be the weaker. Boldly sallying thereupon, they were by Hebron's Brigade so courageously the second time entertained: that betwixt three and 400 of them being cut down, and 400 taken prisoners: 
Hebron enters the town.  Hebron in the height of this heat, at the same time enters that Western Port also. There were of English Volunteers that waited upon Colonel Hepburn in this action (and with the formest) my Lord Craven, Master Nicholas Slanning, and Master Robert Marsham.  
Sir john Hepburn being thus gotten in, and having first cut in pieces all resistance; his soldiers fall immediately to plundering: where many a gold chain, with much other plate and treasure of the enemies, were made prize of: they having wanted leisure before, for the conveying away of their riches.  
By this time, was the King likewise entered at his Port; who immediately gives command, 
The King also enters the ●owne.  that none of the Burgher's houses should any more be plundered, (which some of the Soldiers had already begun to do) only what they could found of the Bavarian Soldiers, should be lawful booty. All things after a while being quieted, the King sendeth for Sir john Hepburn; unto whom, before the King of Bohemia, the Palatine August, and diverse other great personages, he ascribes the honour of this action: as being the man who had first counselled him, that he might be sent about by Harburg bridge; and for having had so good success, with so little losses. The Count of Solms his Foot Regiment, was put into the Town for garrison; and Colonel Schneidewin left Governor. Order was also taken for the free exercise of the Protestant Religion, to be restored in the Town the Easter following.  
Donawert being thus taken upon the 27 of March; (which for all the days in the year was the Duke of Bavariaes' Birthday) about ten a clock, the same morning, are there 500 Dragooners first, and twelve Cornets of Horse after them, sent out with all speed to pursue those of the enemy's troops, that between five and six in the morning had escaped over the Bridge, with the Duke of Saxon-Lawenburg. These Horse and 500 Dragooners being dispatched away, Colonel Hebron with his Brigade marches over next of all; with order to lodge himself by the aforesaid Storehouse, at the South end of the bridge. Here he immediately raises up a very large Halfmoon, for the guard both of his men and the bridge, should the enemy now fall upon him.  
The Dragooners and Horse aforesaid, advance all along a goodly champion country, towards a Castle of the Fuggers; which was some 3 English miles from Donawert, and another from the Town of Rain. Within it, were 400 soldiers and 12 Pieces of Ordnance; and about it, was a very deep Graff or moat. 
A Castle of the Fuggers taken.  The defendants now perceiving the Swedish-troopes thus to approach them; and finding by the example of Donawert, no expectation of relief: they had thought at first to have quit the Castle, and to have made their retreat over the bridge at Rain. These the Dragooners now intercepting, kill 200 of them upon the place; the Horsemen making prisoners of the residue. The Swedish Horse-Partee, was commanded by the Grave von Hochtuitschy (as I hear his name pronounced) which I suppose should be the Bohemian Baron Cochtitscky, who had been at the Battle of Leipsich, and with Gustavus Horn since that, at Bamberg.  
Upon the Danuby, (some 15 or 16 miles to the East of Donawert) stands the town of Newburg: from whence Wolfgang William, (one of the Princes Palatines and cousin to the Elector,) hath his title of Duke of Newburg. He had heretofore been a Protestant: but since he was turned Papist, and becomne one of the Catholike-Leaguers; he had much hindered his Mother and 2 brethren, in the exercise of their religion: which see complained of, in the Diet of 
* See pag. 24 of our First Part.  Leipsich. The elder of these 2 Brethrens, Prince or Palatine Augustus of Sultzbach, (often heretofore mentioned) now desires the King to sand him out with 1800 horse, and 2000 Foot, to the town of Hochstat and other places, in the Duchy of Newburg: which had been preserved from Popery, 
Hochstat taken.  by the courage and authority of their Mother, the old Duchess of Newburg. This town of Hochstat, does Prince August now seize upon: and full of joy were the people, to be thus freed from their fear of the threatened Popish persecution. From this town, ulm, and Lawingen, was the King's camp so long supplied with Provisions, until their entrance into Bavaria. A little after this time, 
and Lawingen.  was the said Lawingen taken by the Swedish forces, that lay about ulm. It is seated in a most fruitful plain, having the Danuby on the South, with a bridge over that: and belonged unto the said Wolfgang William, the eldest Duke of Newburg. And thus was he begun withal for having showed himself an enemy, by relieving of the Imperialists, after he had treated a Neutrality.  
March 30 hath the General Banier, a great mind to take in Newburg also: for which purpose is there a strong Partee of Commanded men drawn out of the whole army: 
An Aenslaught upon Newburg miscarried.  one Rot being taken out of every Company. They might make about 3000 Foot, and 1000 Horse; and were divided into eight troops. All these marching away upon the North-side of the river, (the town standing on the South,) found the place too strong to be in so short a time surprised. General Banier, upon hope of prevailing by the terror of the King of sweden name, directs his letters into the Town: which not taking, he was fain to turn back again into his Quarter. The King was something pleasant with his General, for having lost his pains: and asked him, if he thought to take in the town by a scurvy letter? The town was voluntarily afterwards forsaken by the Tillians, after the King's victory at the Lech. Had Banier at this time taken in the town: the King by that bridge had gotten into Bavaria.  
The General Tilly, (whom about the 18 or 19 of March we left about Newmarckt in the Upper Palatinate) having notice of the Kings making towards Bavaria; was by this time come by the way of Ingolstat bridge, into the said Duchy of Bavaria. 
Tilly comes into Bavaria.  By the beginning of April, hath the King drawn all his army also an English mile out of Donawert, unto Northeim, namely, some 2 miles more from the river of Lech: which divideth the Circle of Schwaben from Bavaria. Tilly now perceiving the King to have the mystery of getting of bridges; breaks down that, in his power, over the Danuby betwixt Newburg and Rain; and that other over the Lech at Rain also, which is more than Musket shot beyond the town. This Rain he fortifies; and the better to keep the King from passing any where over the Lech, he lays his army all along upon the Bavarian shore of it, betwixt Rain & Ausburg. The length it reached, was near upon, if not altogether, sixteen English miles. Not that his Army was then so big, as in one continued body to reach out sixteen miles together; but that several Companies and Regiments, were laid here and there scatteringly at a distance; with some Guards and Sentinels now and then between, all the way from Rain unto Ausburg.  
The King perceiving, how Tillyes main intention was to keep him out of Bavaria; sees no better means how to get into it, then by forcing a bridge over the Lech aforesaid. To found out the most advantageous place for that purpose, and in the providing of necessaries for the bridge, are the first four days of April employed. In the mean time, comes Duke William of Saxon-Weymar from about Erfurt in Duringen, with those 10000 Foot, and 1500 Horse, which he should before have joined with Gustavus Horn in Bamberg.  
The Duke, April second, marching thorough Donawert; conjoins them the same day unto the King's army: then encamped about Northeim.  
The next day, April third in the afternoon; was there a Trumpet brought blindfolded into the King's presence: his message (as I found it written) was to require Letters of safe-conduct for the French Ambassador, then resident with the Duke of Bavaria. The Duke, perchance, would fain have treated: but I do not found that the King was very forward to suffer himself to be the second time abused with that stolen trick of entertaining such a Treaty, as he might suspect to be intended, merely to delude action.  
Whilst some are employed about finding out this best place of advantage for the bridge; the King gives order unto the Swedes 
* The Swedes ●nerally one ●h another, 〈◊〉 all Carpen●●●: and the 〈◊〉, being a ●ne, simple 〈◊〉 droyling ●e of peo●●● are more for the ●●e, then for Sword: notwithstanding have here ●●d so much, ●e great coits of 〈◊〉 Finlan● The ●●●les and ●●nders, ●ly, are not ●est soldier of the Ar● 'tis the 〈◊〉 and Ger● that have ●t: and ●e both ●ner, done ●arts also.  his Carpenters, and unto the Fins, his pioneers; to break down the houses of the neighbour villages; and to bring such timber, planks, and boards, as might be fit for a bridge-worke. The place appointed for the working of the bridge, was at Oberendorff; a small Dorp some half an English mile from the very point, where the King intended to lay it over. The place resolved upon, was betwixt Rain and Thierhanbten; just upon a point of land: made so, by the crooking or bending of the River. The ground on the King's side, was a pikes length higher banckt, and plainer withal, then that on Tillyes: which was both lower, and woody. There was a trial made first of all, to lay a floatebridge; but the River would not endure that: for notwithstanding it be not above thirty or forty paces over at the most, yet by reason of the strait course of it, the stream sets very swift and violent.  
All the materials being now prepared; the King about nine at night, upon the fourth of April, advances some 1000 Commanded men, unto the place aforesaid. Two hours after, they begin to work a running Trench round about the crooked bank of the River, that the Musketeers out of that, might with more security give fire into the Wood on the other side of the River. This Line or Trench, had a great Battery at each end of it, for half and quarter Cannon: together with many lesser Batteries between, all along about the Point, for the smaller field pieces to play upon: which were  intermingled with Musketeers also. Whilst the pioneers are thus a working, the King in diverse other places (both above it and below) gives false fires and Alarms, both with Muskets and smaller fielding pieces, for to amuse the enemy; that till the morning they could not imagine where to found him.  

●ost fa● Story, of ●ings pas●●he river  By six on the Thursday morning, April 5. was this work finished, the Cannon mounted, the Arches or Trestles for the bridge, with the planks and other materials, all brought; and ready to be laid into the River. These Trestles, were to have great stones or weights tied unto their legs, to sink them withal; and were to be no longer, then to reach just unto the bottom of the River, so that the planks were to lie even almost with the very Water. The longest Trestles were about four yards long: which were for the channel of the River. By that time it was daylight, General Tilly gins to perceive the King's design, 
Tilly opposes the King.  and falls to work against him in the Wood: whose pioneers when the King heard chopping down the trees, he gave order immediately unto his men, to give them a Salvee or a Good morrow (as he called it) both with their Cannon and their Muskets. About 8 a clock the same morning, the King in two small Boats that he had, sends over the Swedes and Fins his pioneers and Carpenters, unto the other side of the River. The design was, to have them make up a small Halfmoon, with a Stocket or Palisado unto it: which should both answer that small work that Tilly had made for his Musketeers to lodge in, almost right before the said point of the River: and to cover the Bridge withal, from the greater shot; which this Halfmoon still latched. The Fins and Swedes laboured upon the work, and made good the place; till that about 4 a clock in the afternoon, both it was finished, and they relieved.  
The King all this while, is diligent in laying over his bridge, and Tilly as busy to raise up Batteries to beat it down again. The King himself stirred not all that night, nor the next day, from the very end of the bridge: nor the King of Bohemia from him, for the most part. Tilly upon the edge of the thicket, close unto the River, raises up a Trench first, to lodge his Musketeers in, as we told you: and about Musket shot further within the wood, giveth order for the making of a very great Work: that if the King should put over his bridge, he might by power of that Work, and by cutting down of the trees about it; have been able (at lest) to have hindered his further passage. The small and great shot, go off incessantly on both sides all this while; and they continued thus with extreme hot execution upon one another, till about eleven a clock at noon the same day. About which time, the General Altringer with the shot of a Fieldpeece (which graed upon his temples) was spoilt and carried off in the Duke of Bavariaes' own Coach. Whether he died of the blow, shortly after, was not a great while known in these parts: though now it be sure he is indifferently well recovered, 
●●ltringer ●unded,  and with Walenstein. Some say, that he became crazed in the brain upon it: for mine own part, I would be loath it should be so: for than hath that shot, spoiled one of the best Head-pieces of Germany, one of the neatest Scholars of the Empire.  

and Tilly mortally.  The Bavarian Captains found this so hot a service; that Tilly himself was enforced to come up to the point, and into the very face of the danger, to give directions: where within half an hour after Altringers mischance; he also received a Musket shot in the thigh a little above the knee, which proved a mortal wound unto him. This fatal accident of this brave old General, did so amaze, not the Common soldiers alone, but the Duke of Bavaria himself also; (who now stayed behind in the groave with the Infantry:) that so soon as ever the sad news was brought unto him, notwithstanding he were Generalissimo over the whole Forces; yet he instantly took horse upon it, 
〈◊〉 Duke of ●●●●ia flees,  posted with all speed into Ingolstat; not staying so much as to give order, either for the continuing of the begun design, or for the marching away of the army.  
Tilly being carried off, and the Duke gone: the afternoon is spent on the King's side, as the forenoon had been; which was with uncessant thunders and volleys of small and great shot. Among the Bavarians, those that understood of the spoiling of their two Generals, and the flight of the Duke, 
and ●●●men by 〈◊〉 after 〈◊〉.  by degrees and disorder, they one after another retreated from their Charge: whilst others that knew not of it, stoutly maintained the encounter. Little dreamt the King of it all this while: whose men still continued their working. By four in the afternoon, is the bridge finished: 
The King finishes his Bridge.  as 2. hours after, the little Halfmoon and Palisado also are, on the other side of the water before the end of the bridge. This done, the Kings own Company of his Life-guards is sent over the bridge, for the manning of the Halfmoon; for fear the enemy should have fallen upon it. In the beginning of the night, other of the Bavarians begin to retire, and to draw off their Ordnance; and that in such haste, that they forgot to command off their Outguards, which lay all along upon the side of the River.  
The next morning, the King sends over a Partee of some thirty Scottish Musketeers commanded by Captain Forbes, to see what the Bavarians were doing in the Wood; for that he had lately heard no more of them. Here could Forbes found but two Horse-Sentryes upon the edge of the Wood; whom he took prisoners: who when they were brought unto the King, protested that they were ignorant of the retreat of the rest of their fellows.  
But to return a little back. The King not knowing of Tillyes wounding, or the Duke's fleeing; durst not adventure that evening to put his forces over the bridge: but spends the rest of the night in drawing up his army before it. This being done, order is given unto the Infantry or foot, to march over in the first place: and of all them Sir john Hepburn with his Brigade was to have the honour of the Vanguard; The King understanding by Forbes of this great and unhoped for news; he altars thereupon all his former intended resolution: commanding the next morning, April sixth, 500 Horse first, and 300 more after them, to pass over into the Bavarian forsaken Quarters. 
The King, sends after Tillyes  The first 500 being advanced thorough the Wood, and into the plain beyond it; there cut down a many of the Bavarian stragglers, that had been too slow in following of their fellows. Some other Swedish troops are instantly also commanded towards Rain; which though Tilly had left reasonably well fortified, yet this former fear amongst his party, made it nothing so resistable to the Swedish. They presently entering the Town, found some wagons, and many horses, ready laden with the enemy's goods; which are made good booty: but the Town paying 30000 dollars to the King, 
〈◊〉 taken.  are freed from pillaging. This was the first Town, that the King took in Bavaria. There was it understood, that both the Duke of Bavaria, and the two wounded Generals, parted the night before towards Newburg; whither they first retired: and from thence with as many of their Army as were then comen to them, unto Ingolstat.  
To return to the King and his Leaguer. The rest of that Friday, april sixth, is spent in the marching over of more Horse, and of three Brigades of Infantry: together with most of the Artillery. The Infantry already marched over, encamped that night upon the edge of the plain, a little without the Wood: the rest that were left behind, sitting down just before the bridge.  
And now for that such as are skilled in the Arts of war, will desire to be satisfied with the reason, as well as to hear the success of the Action (in which oftentimes Chance may have as great a share, as Wisdom:) we will therefore afford them a brief discourse upon the King's great judgement, as well as we have done the relation of his fortune.  
The reason of the Kings putting over his bridge at this place was, that he might have the better conveniency, both by flanckering it on either side to defend it from the annoyance of the enemy; 
●●e Kings rea●●s for the ●oyce of the ●●ce of his ●●dge.  and that being as it was, just upon the Point: it could not be touched by Tillyes batteries, which were on each hand of the bridge, though he very often removed his Cannon to that purpose. For notwithstanding Tilly had (with as much judgement and advantage as possibly might be) raised his Batteries, not close unto the River's side, but at a distance from the bank: yet were all his shot so kept off by the round and sudden shouldering away of the bank of the River at either end, that his Ordnance could not possibly come to bear upon the bridge; but that either the bullets fell short and were latcht by the little Half-moone, or hill upon the high bank above the bridge; or else flew quite over the whole leaguer. As for the raising of a Battery right before the face of the point; that could not Tilly on the sudden come to do: for besides that he was hindered by the wood; the fury of the Kings both small and great shot, would at so near a distance have spoilt him as many men, as had adventured upon the service: and the King's Batteries being first up, would not suffer Tilly to mount any of his Cannon right before him.  
And yet for all this, there appears to be more than a humane direction in it: seeing the King was made constant against all the minds and judgements of his greatest Commanders. For when the day before, he asked the advice of his ablest Generals; and they, notwithstanding they saw him so fare already engaged in the action, as he could not come off with his honour; had freely (all of them) professed their utter dislike of the design: yet did the King plainly tell them, that he continued against all their reasons, constant unto his own purpose. Yea, there appears not only a more than humane direction, but a benediction also, in the easiness of the attaining of the passage: which very much exceeded all the Kings own hopes of it. For when the day before he perceived Tilly to begin to work against him; he apprehended so much danger in his own design, that should he lose but 2000 men in winning of his passage, he should think (as he confessed) that he had made a thrifty purchase of his entrance into Bavaria. When the next day (in like manner) that himself being marched over with the Horse, 
The King's judgement of the difficulty and consequence of the action.  had with his own eyes perceived how sufficiently Tilly was providing to entertain him; he blessed himself for his good success in it: saying to the King of Bohemia, and diverse of his Commanders then about him; That this day's action was near of as great a consequence, as that of Leipsich.  
And so indeed it is worthy to be esteemed by all soldiers. When Cardinal Pasman (the Emperor's Ambassador with the Pope) had the first news brought him of this victory, and of the manner of it: he to his friends pronounced Actum est, There is an end of all: which some interpreted to be meant of the Empire, and of the Romish religion. Caiaphas (you know) did once prophecy. All this, as it gives us cause to admire Gods great providence, in creating such a place as this crooking of the Lech, (and God surely had a purpose in it:) so it wonderfully likewise commends the King's judgement, for so suddenly and so solidely apprehending the advantage of it. And yet, for all this, had not the King escaped so cheap, as with the lives of two thousand brave men; had not He that directed David's sling-stone into Goliahs' forehead; guided one bullet unto Altringers forehead, and another into Tillyes thighbone: had not this brave old Count been thus spoilt, the King had found but an unfriendly welcome into Bavaria, from that second and greater Work, which Tilly had laboured upon, from six in the morning to eleven, but not yet finished. That work I mean, which is before mentioned in the wood. And yet would there have fall'n out another difficulty, which the King could never till then come to know of. Thus. Suppose he had peaceably passed the bridge; & Tilly had let him do it without disturbance: yet would not the place, (he being over) have suffered him to have charged the Bavarians, with above two Brigades in front; and that, by reason of advancing thorough the Woods, necessarily in disorder too; neither of which two could possibly have been avoided: As for the Bavarians, they could have answered him from the Plain, with six Brigades in front; and by advantage of the plain ground, all in order too. They might also have had the advantage of their already planted Batteries; especially if that great one had been perfected: when as the Kings on the other side of the River, must necessarily all this while have been silent, or have shot into the enemy, thorough his own people.  
And this is the Story of the King's bridge over the Lech: the description whereof we have thought worthy to be here in Figure imparted unto you. A Piece it is, though not of so curious an Architecture as that of ten days work over the Rhine, wherein Caesar 
* Lib 4. de Bell Gallico: circa medium.  so much pleases himself in the large and accurate description of it: though, doubtless, it will prove as famous. We by this also see, what the loss of a brave General is. Constantinople held out manfully against the Turks, so long as justinian the General was unwounded: but he fainting at the loss of his own blood, and going from the walls; and the Emperor after him, (as the Duke of Bavaria now did after Tilly) that famous City was at that assault conquered, and the Eastern Empire too, presently after it. And this is the Action of Thursday the fifth of April, a day almost as famous as Wednesday, the former seventh of September.  

The Explanation of the Letters in the former Figure of the Bridge.  
A The King of Sweden: and the King of Bohemia by him.  
B The Bridge.  
C A Trench or Brestworke; in which the King's Musketeers were lodged: betwixt the several Batteries of the great Ordnance. Which Musketeers, are represented by the small strokes, made right forwards.  
D Divers little Field-pieces.  
E Platforms or Batteries for the King's greater Cannon.  
F The Halfmoon with its Palisado or Stocket, beyond the Bridge; and for the guard of it. It was scarcely big enough to lodge a hundred men in.  
G A little Underwood, or low Bushy place.  
H A place void of Wood: which was a Bache, sometimes overflown.  
I A Brestworke, for Tillyes Musketeers.  
KK Tilly and Altringer: or the place where they were shot.  
L The high Wood, where the Duke of Bavaria stood.  
M Tillyes great Batteries to shoot down the Bridge.  
N A small riveret running thorough the Wood  
O Tillyes great Brestworke; not yet finished. Begun at six in the morning; and left off when he was shot.  
P Some Horse-guards of Tillyes: laid scatteringly here and there all along the river, from Rain to Ausburg.  
Q The King's Horse-guards, and Horse-Sentryes.  
R A hole in the earth, or casual advantageable place; wherein some of the King's Foot were lodged.  
S The Hill behind Tillyes great Worke.  
T. The fashion of the Trestles, or Arches for the King's Bridge.   
Upon Saturday, April 7, that part of the Cavalry which had marched over the day before, advanct further into the country, under the command of Gustavus Horn; 
Horn sent abroad.  and the Infantry yet on the further side, marched over to the other troops already in Bavaria: with whom, in the plain before the wood, they were all drawn up into Battaglia. This done, 
The King goes towards Ausburg.  and the King with his whole Army now come over into Bavaria, and a small garrison left hehind him in the town of Rain; he marches forward towards Ausburg. Order is likewise given to the Cavalry yet left behind, to advance onwards upon the Schwabland side of the Lech (where they yet were;) and to bring the greater Cannon along with them; which the King as yet durst not adventure over his new made bridge. That same Saturday night, 
Takes Thierhaubten,  the King takes and lodges in, the Town and Cloister of Thierhaubten, a pretty Town on the East side of the small riveret Aicha: which is the same that runs along by the Leches side, thorough the Wood where Tillyes late Quarter was. The next day the Vanguard of his Majesty's Horse, 
and Friedberg.  took in the Town of Friedberg: the Magistrates bringing out the keys to them.  
Whilst the King was upon his march towards Ausburg, there came an Ambassador to present himself unto him. His message was, to excuse the Duke of Newburg, concerning his admitting of Tilly into his Town and Country; and to justify it to be no breach of the Neutrality. 
An Ambassador from the Duke of Newburg.  The King gave him a round answer. That they had deceived him, promising much both by letters and Ambassages, and keeping no promise: but giving leave rather and aid unto the enemies, to pass and repass; sending him Ordnance and Ammunition: receiving his garrisons; advancing forward, helping and favouring him in all things: nothing respecting my letters, (saith he) but threatening my Trumpet and shooting at him. The Ambassador being much perplexed at this answer, with a trembling voice, and more humbled posture, replies; That he had letters from his Highness his Master: whereunto his Majesty very suddenly returned, Your Master is like you, and you are like your Master; you do nothing but device together, how to deceive us Protestants: but I hope to pay you for it. The King went onwards again; and the Ambassador having letters also unto Prince August, desires his mediation unto the King, 
Bavaria offers to treat.  for the admittance of a Bavarian Ambassador one Spierinck: but no answer would the King vouchsafe unto it. At length the King sent him word back, that he should 'cause 200000 pound of bread, and 300 tons of beer, to be forthwith delivered unto his army: and if for the time to come they would show themselves true friends, they should then expect his Majesty's further pleasure and declaration towards them. Soon after this, the King receives tidings of the enemies final quitting of Newburg Town; and that they had broken down one of the Arches of the bridge, for fear of being pursued: and carried away 6 Field-pieces, and some powder and shot along with them. Hereupon is Colonel Landsberger with five hundred Horse, 
Newburg taken.  dispatched away to take possession of that City: to repair the bridge; and to suffer no body, (especially of the Council or chief Magistrates) to go out of the gates of it.  
Sunday, April 8 about 5 at night, the King arrived at Lech-hausen, 
The King besieges Ausburg.  a small Dorp within less than 2 English miles of Ausburg.  
This famous City, 10 English miles distant from Donawert, is seated in Schwabland upon the river Lech, over which it hath 2 bridges into Bavaria. 'tis one of the greatest and richest of Germany: and hath this honour above all the rest, that it gives title of distinction to the Protestant Religion: which, ever since it had by learned men been agreed upon at this town, hath been called the Augustane Confession. The hindrance of the exercise of which Religion in it, had been complained of by the 
* See the Diet of Leipsich, pag. 24.  Leaguers of Leipsich. Since which time, the privileges had likewise been infringed; Popish Magistrates and garrisons put upon them; and the Protestants disarmed. Thus then, the King, who professes himself most principally, to be the friend and Patron of all the wronged Imperial Cities in general; had more especial reasons to deliver this above all the rest: for if judea of old, were accounted an holy Land; and the wars for the recovery of it, Holy wars: and that principally for reverence unto the Law, which first went out of Zion: 
Esay 2.3.  then was there a good degree of piety also in this endeavour of the Kings, for the deliverance of this City.  
The King at his coming before the town, found 4500 soldiers in it: which by these degrees came up to this number. Unto their former garrison, are 1500 Bavarians thrust in, March 15. The Lord Otho Henry Fugger being Governor, brings 4 Companies more of the Fuggers soldiers, into the Suburbs of St. james. March 25 are 2 other Bavarian Companies put in. April 3 both Tilly and Altringer come into the town, to take order for the souldiory: and Colonel Breda, then preferred to be General, hath order to strengthen his garrison with 600 Foot, and 400 Horse more. In the end of March, were the Protestant Citizens disarmed: their Arms being fetched from house to house by 40 musketeers. And this was the present state of the City.  
The King being encamped at Lechausen, first of all beats in their Outguards, which those of Ausburg had laid thereabouts. They thereupon burn down their bridge before Lechausen; raise up a work to keep the King from coming over there, and shoot incessantly at his people. He sending out some Dragooners to answer, and beat them off; pitches his camp immediately in the plain Campagnia, at such a distance from the walls of the City of Ausburg, as a Cannon might even almost range her bullet at random to it. The rest of the day, and the Monday following; the King labours about the laying of 2 bridges over the Lech: one above the Town, and another below it. This same Monday, he likewise causes some intercepted packets of letters to be opened; by which he understood the present constitution of the City: the double fear that the garrison had; that is to say, of the Protestants within, (should they recover their Arms) as well as of the enemy without the City. Some prisoners affirmed also, the hopes they had of Tillyes or Cratzes coming to relieve them. The King exceeding loath to deface this fair Town, which his care of it had rather receive upon fair delivery, writes his Letters the same day unto them. The Contents were, 
The King's Letters to the Town.  An admiration of His Majesty at the Townes-mens' behaviours in these Wars; that whereas they needed not to have meddled, yet had they sundry times received in his enemies. For which, although he had just cause to requited them, by destroying them and their City; yet giving way unto his natural clemency, (which tended always to preserve all he could from their own destruction) He therefore did now make proffer unto them of his Grace, if so be they did presently discharge their garrison, and declare themselves for his Majesty.  

The City's Answer.  The Citizen's answer was, They were extremely perplexed that His Majesty had conceived any offence, at their receiving a garrison into their City: which they protest to have been done, not to oppose him, but that they had been enforced to it by their obedience unto the Emperor. And had His Majesty prevented that Imperial command, and offered them a Swedish garrison first, they would never have refused it. And whereas the licensing of their garrison, was a thing above their power: they humbly besought His Majesty to make them some gracious offer, and advice them to departed quietly. A fair Answer.  
Together with the King's Letter, did Gustavus Horn (now come back unto the King's army) sand this word unto the Governor of the Town, 
Horns Letter to them.  that he supposed him to be a Gentleman, who desired to show himself no less prudent and profitable, then resolute and courageous for his Master's service. And therefore he thought him fare enough from so dangerous an ambition, as might induce him to hazard so renown a City of the Empire: whereby instead of preserving it with reason, he should loose it rather and overthrew it, by a too late repentance, and a course unevitable. And if he trusted upon the numbers of the people, yet he could not be confident upon the strength of his Fortifications: and as the valour of his men had as yet gained no renown, so could he no ways expect any succours from the Duke of Bavaria; who upon the last defeat received near Rain (where he lost both his highlyest esteemed Generals Tilly and Altringer) had no greater care at that present, then to save his own head. Therefore do I (saith he) offer myself to intercede for you with the King my Master, to make a fair and a reasonable accord with you: wherein, (were I but once assured, that the Town would be forthwith freed of her garrison) I doubt not to prevail with him.  
To the Townes-mens' answer, the King thus replied. 
The King's reply to their Letter.  That he was glad to hear they were not willing to hazard their flourishing estate; nor to make conjunction with his enemies, or opposition against him: but yet did he once more advice them to discharge their garrison, which he knew well enough were no way able to withstand so numerous a people as the Burghers were; much less to fight against such an Army, as himself now had. Yet nevertheless in favour of the City, would he not refuse them some equitable agreement, but was willing to condescend unto some reasonable conditions with the said garrison.  
This gracious answer received, the Popish magistracy now calling in the Protestants; 
The Citizens second Answer.  'cause them (which they knew would have more Credit with the King) to witness with them unto his Majesty, that the garrison had been forced upon them, by the earnest commandment of the Emperor; and that by threatenings mixed with promises, had the absolute command both over the soldiers and the Citizens, been put into the hands of that present Governor. Wherhfore, seeing the discharging of the garrison was not in their power, and that they feared, the Governor would not out but upon fair terms; unless which were granted, the business might run to such extremities, as might tend to the destruction of so noble and flourishing a State. Therefore did they most humbly beseech his Majesty to consider, that all the Protestants being now disarmed, and disabled thereby to assist the well inclined Catholics, in any forcible attempt against the garrison: he would let this be an argument unto him, to grant so gracious conditions unto the said Governor, as might induce him to departed presently. And so by the bounty and Clemency of his Majesty, should their City be preserved from the threatened ruin and desolation.  
All this moved not the Governor nor his garrison; therefore had the King other arguments to persuade them. All this time went his two bridges on, which were no sooner finished, and the King ready to march over, and to bring his men to approach the walls; but they who had thundered all this time with their Ordnance, as if they intended to work wonders; sand out to the King to desire a calm parley, ere ever they came to shot of Musket. 
The garrison parleys, and yields.  'tis best treating (you may perceive) with a man's sword in his hand: and to join an armed Orator in Commission with a Gowned.  
The next day, april tenth, the Bavarian garrison of 4500 Horse and Foot, march forth of the City; being all for the most part, new levied people. The King himself now ask them whether they would forsake the Emperor, and serve him; 500 of the old soldiers presently came over and took pay of him. The rest marched away with complete arms, and were convoyed unto Landsberg. Into their rooms, did the King put 24 Companies of Foot, and four Cornets of Horse which were enquartered round about within the City, next unto the walls of it. The Count of Hohenlo or Hollock was appointed Governor, and young Oxenstiern had the Command over the Militia.  
Wednesday, April eleventh, the King being yet in his Quarter at Lech-hausen, commands the Catholic Council, the Protestant Deputies, and the Guards of the City (which last were all Papists) to appear before him. The Roman Catholics he displaced, restoring the Protestants to their former offices. The privileges were still continued unto the Town, without any diminution of their Charter.  
Whilst the King was at this siege, 
Some Boors appear, and are dispersed.  some 2000 Boors (or thereabouts) having gotten together in the Woods and Mountains, were now coming down towards Ausburg. The King hearing of their approach, does them the honour to go out in person against them with a Partee of 500 Horse; before whose coming the Boors were already fled, and dispersed: Captain Hobb had taken fright at the sight of certain small troops of Horse, ere ever the King could come near him. These Country people being displeased with the new contributions; r'allee more of their fellows together upon the same quarrel. All assembling towards the end of the month about Schrobenhausen, (midway betwixt Ausburg and Ingolstat) overly and kill some fiftty Swedish Soldiers; and not kill them only, but like Boors indeed, mangle and misuse them, savagely cutting off their noses, etc. In revenge of which and other the like pranks; the Swedish burn 200 of the Boor's Dorps and houses. The Boors having now no houses to go to (such is the misery of the wars) run with open mouth and stir up their Cousins and neighbours of Schwaben and Tirole: the event whereof we shall anon tell you.  
Upon the fourth of April, betwixt eleven or twelve at noon, his Majesty made his Royal entrance into Ausburg: where the first thing he did, was to go into Saint Anne's Church, which had formerly been taken from the Protestants. Being here accompanied by his Majesty of Bohemia, 
The King enters the City.  and waited upon by Palatine August, Duke William of Saxon-Weymar, john Duke of Holstein, Christopher marquis of Baden, with many Princes, Lords, etc. He was entertained into the Church with the Organs and Choir singing. After which was sung the 103 Psalm: and then followed the Sermon, preached by Doctor Fabritius the Kings own Chaplain, upon Psalm 12. verse 5. The words were fitted to the occasion. For the oppression of the poor, for the sighing of the needy: now will I arise (saith the Lord) I will set him in safety from him that puffeth at him. After the Sermon, followed a most solemn Thanksgiving for the victory. 
Makes his Thanksgiving.  Many tears were shed, and many a heart leapt for joy, at this Exercise. After the Sermon and Thanksgiving, was Te Deum, or We Praise thee O God, sung in High Dutch; the Organs playing as before: the like being done throughout all the Churches of the City.  
From thence, both their Majesties, etc. went to the great market place, called The Wine market: where there was a guard made of some soldiers, whilst the Citizens took their Oath unto the King. It was read by Philip Sadler, Councillor of State and Secretary.  
The Contents were. 1. To remain faithful and loyal to his Majesty, and the Crown of Sweden.  
2. To further the good and welfare of the same; and to hinder and prevent all prejudices and damages of it.  
3. To do all those things, and perform all those Duties to his Majesty: which Subjects own unto their natural Prince, and lawful Magistrate. So help them God, both in souls and bodies.  
Hereupon, the new Council of the City being sent for, and the King consulting awhile with them apart: went to his lodging at the Lord Marquard Fuggers house, where dinner was provided for him. After dinner, followed the Presents; which received, his Majesty went to the Statehouse and the Storehouse; wherein besides plenty enough of all military provisions, he found a magazine of Arms (all modern fashioned & good) sufficient for 30000 men, as they of the Town have written it. The King gives order to have the Town new fortified; to have fourteen Sconces and Bastiles built about it: and the City to be restored to the exercise of their own Augustane Confession.  

The King goes ●owards Jngol ●at.  Ausburg being taken order for; the King April 15. leaves the City, and marches by Friedberg unto Waho: which (as I take it) the Maps writ Aicha, as one Relation also doth. This Aicha is a walled Town, and 10 English miles onward of his way to Ingolstat, whither he was now marching. Hereabouts was the King met by an Ambassador from Duke Albertus of Bavaria, second brother unto the ruling Duke Maximilian. The Ambassador humbly presents unto his Majesty, that his said Master Duke Albertus, had always hitherto behaved himself as a quiet Prince, having never been a partaker in all these differences. For which reason his hope now was, (which favour he also craved) that his Majesty would spare his poor Children, Subjects and Country; and not trouble them with any military charges or molestations. To all which the King replied, That the King of Bohemiaes' Mother and Brother had not been spared, by the other party; notwithstanding they had no ways engaged themselves in these wars: but on the contrary, all their estates had without all justice and reason been taken from them. The Gentleman perceiving the King's resolution by his answer, returns with it to his Master: who presently packs up, and retires with his Lady and Children into the neighbour Bishopric of Saltzburg: whither the Duchess of Bavaria, wife to the Duke now in action, was with-drawn beforehand. Duke Albertus is glad after this, to sand another messenger unto the King, to compound for the rating of the contributions of his Country.  
The next day, April 16. the King continues his march towards Ingolstat: with his whole Army both Horse and Foot, now put into Battaglia; the Cannon marching upon their right hand. In this order he still advances, till he comes within sight of Ingolstat: where by reason of a certain Morasse, he is enforced to quit that form of marching. Leading them therefore forward still, (according as the place would suffer him) he comes within 2 English miles of the town: where for that night in plain Campagnia he encamped. The next day he advanced further; passing in the way by 3 or 4 bridges, over some little brooks that run that way into the Danuby. Passing on therefore beyond Stinne, till the Vanguard were comen within musket-shot almost of the very walls of Ingolstat: 
The King lies down before Ingolstat.  he close by the gallows bridge began to cast up a Redoubt and a Halfmoon, upon that side of the bridge, namely, which is nearest unto the Town. The reason of the Kings approaching so near the walls, was; because of a hope he had upon some Correspondents in the town, by whose means he trusted to have it rendered. This day and the next, were spent in working: not at the Gallows bridge only, but in casting up a regular Trench for the safeguard of the whole Army, which was now brought within Cannon shot of the Town.  
This Town of Ingolstat (which hath an University of jesuites in it) is one of the very strongest pieces of all Germany. It belongs unto the Duke of Bavaria; notwithstanding the Danuby be betwixt it and his Country. The Approaches towards the town, be troublesome; and the Fortifications about it, very good. Two bridges it now had over the Danuby; one within the town, and another without it; which last is the same we called the Gallows bridge, right before which, the King was encamped. This was guarded with 2 great Works, on the same side the King lay on.  
The Duke of Bavaria, was by this time marched quite thorough Ingolstat: 
The Duke of Bavaria lies encamped beyond the river.  and lay now encamped with his whole Army on the other side of the Danuby: hard by the bank of it, and so onwards towards Ratisbone. So near the King, that he might well discern them out of his Leaguer: though he could not come at him.  
They of the town, shot very fiercely all this while with their great Ordnance, into the King's Trenches: with which first and last, they killed him some three hundred soldiers. The first night after, (which was Thursday, April 19) some of the Town issuing out, 
A sally  made a show of themselves by one of the Forts near the Gallows bridge. The King upon sight of them giving out a wish, that he had some brave fellows which would undertake them: diverse troops both of Horse and Foot presently making out, 
beaten in.  beaten them back into the said Halfmoon, and enter it pell mel together with them. But the piece being open behind, no sooner were the salliers received that way into the town; but that the Ordnance from the walls beaten the Swedish out again: it being not to be holden, 
and the Swedish beaten off.  by reason of that lying open behind unto the Town Ordnance.  
On Friday morning, April 20, the King going out to give some directions to his Horse-guards, that lay before one of the enemy's bridges a little without the town; 
The King's horse shot under him.  had his Horse shot under him with a Cannon bullet of 14 pound weight. The shot took him about the hinder skirt of the saddle; with the force of it turning both Horse and King over and over. The King with this tumbling up and down, having only hurt his leg a little; was quickly gotten upon his feet again. The first word he spoke after it to the Squire of his body that then waited upon him, was, How could they possibly come to hit me? I thought I had been in covert. Mounting forthwith upon his Squire's horse, he comes riding off unto his Quarter. The same day the young marquis Christofer of Baden (otherwise called Durlach) had half his head shot off, as he was commanding his troops close by the same place, 
The marquis of Baden slain.  where the King's horse was shot. Just the same hour of the Marquis' death, died the General Tilly within the town: 
Tilly dies.  and that of the wound received at the Lech, after the taking of 4 Splinters out of his thigh. There was a mortal enmity of old, betwixt Tilly and this marquis: which caused the King to make observation, How fatal one place and hour, proved to 2 such enemies. The Marquis' death, made the King more apprehensive of his own danger and delivery: the meditation whereof, form itself into this religious Oration, publicly uttered by his Majesty before diverse of his chief Commanders in the Camp before Ingolstat.  
The late and unfortunate death of the marquis of Baden (whose fall I am most hearty sorry for, 
The King's oration upon his escape.  because of those rare virtues that were eminent in him, not unfit to be published to the world) and that thundering Cannon shot withal, do put me in mind that I am but mortal, and subject to the same mischances, which the meanest of my subjects are liable unto. It is an universal decree, which neither my Crown, my Birth, nor my Victories, are any ways able to rescue or exempt me from. What therefore now remaineth, but that I wholly resign up myself unto the providence of the Almighty? who though he may please to call me out of this world, yet will he not for all that, abandon this so just a cause, as I have now undertaken for the re-establishment of the German liberties. He, doubtless, will raise up some other more wise, more courageous and valiant than myself; who shall put a period unto this war. I know that the good success which it hath pleased God to afford me in my enterprises, hath made some to envy me: who also labour to persuade the simple, that I endeavour nothing more than mine own profit; by the robbing and spoiling of others. But I in this case call all those Princes to witness, whom I have again reestablished into their own rights and inheritances: and those Creditors also, of whom I have borrowed such hugy sums of money, as at Frankford and elsewhere: yea and the dangers too, which I daily expose my Person unto; whether or no I have left mine own kingdom, and those that are Dearest to me in this world, for any other end, or with any other intention, but only to pull down the tyranny of the House of Austria, and to obtain a solid and a settled peace unto all men.  
This Oration of the Kings was here interrupted, by the joyful acclamations of the Auditory, and the cheerful promises of their best assistances: all of them with tears beseeching his Majesty, to be more careful in time to come of adventuring his Royal Person; and to continued his first resolutions: as they for their parts there vowed, to persist in their fidelities.  
Upon Sunday, April 22. had the Danish Ambassador his Audience of the King. The French Ambassador Monsieur de St. Estienne, resident with the Duke of Bavaria, was come from Munchen to the King's Leaguer, to mediate the conditions of a peace. That night went the King of Sweden unto Newburg; 
The King goes to Newburg.  whither he was accompanied by the King of Bohemia, Prince Palatine August, john Duke of Holstein, etc. They took a particular view of the Fortifications of the Town; of the Church, College, and Magazine. There they lodged that night; and returned very early next morning unto their Leaguer.  
The King having been 4 or 5 days already before Ingolstat, and perceiving now his correspondency to fail him within the town: he having at all no purpose of making a long siege of it, resolves to rise and go towards Munchen. Upon Monday therefore April 23 first sending abroad Gustavus Horn with six thousnad men, 
Horn sent to spoil the Country.  to make some spoil upon the Duke's Country; he gives order to his army to be ready for their departure. The next day, Tuesday 24. 
The King rises from Ingolstat.  The whole Army rises: of which, this was the order. First, are some Horse sent away before; and after them the Baggage; and then the Cannon and Infantry. The rest of the Horse, together with 600 Swedish Musketeers, were left behind with the General Banier, to make good the Retreat.  
The last men still left behind upon the Point (that is, in the Halfmoon and Redout by the Gallows Port) were no sooner drawn off; but the Town garrison, (even before the Swedish were gone full musket shot from the place) by degrees possess themselves of the King's Works: for now one comes stealing and peeping in, to see if all the enemies were gone; and then comes another or 2; and so more, one after another. With this, do the Town Horse sally likewise, 
A sally repulsed by Banier.  (about some 12 troops of them) and upon an advantageable place, which was just upon the passage of the second bridge, and when the Forlorn Hope of the King's Horse (who still maned the Rear) were to pass the said bridge, do they fiercely charge the Forlorn Hope aforesaid. They giving the Alarm thereupon to the next Body of the Rear; General Banier instantly faces about towards the Sallyers, with his Cavalry: bringing forward some of his Musketeers withal, to m●●e the enemy give something back from the Pass. Banier being thus returned back again over the Pass towards the enemy, they retire skirmishing: till they had led the Swedish on to a second place of advantage, at the Morasse afore mentioned. Here making Halt or a stand; Banier so presses upon them, that he beats them from this advantage also. Banier having passed over beyond this place, and with three troops of Horse only; the Ingolstadians retreat with their whole Body to a third advantage, more than Musket shot from the Morasse: where they on both sides continued skirmishing betwixt the two Bodies, for the space almost of a whole hour together.  
Banier perceiving they would no more come on, retires back again in order; without any more difficulty, marching after the King to Geisenfelt: a walled Town some two Dutch miles from Ingolstat, onwards of the way to Mosburg. 
The King ●odges at Gei●nfelt.  Here the King for that night encamps with his whole Army; having spent the afternoon, in doing the Funeral Rites unto the marquis of Baden.  
The King thus retired from Ingolstat; those of the Town make diligent search for the carcase of his horse, which they had shot under him, and He had caused to be buried. The Horse being found, 
Those of Jn●olstat dig up ●he Kings dead horse.  and digged up (which no doubt was a sweet finding) his hide was very curiously taken off, stuffed with straw, and hanged up in Ingolstat for a Trophy, they triumphing over it very gloriously, and insulting upon the Kings Rising. The horse was a white ambler, which the King very much delighted in: it was his Ronsarte, his Bucephalus, on which he used to ride about his Army: and yet did he never think, his horse should have been so much made on. Now much good do it my politic Masters, the Fathers of the jesuites College of Ingolstat: for their deep device no doubt it was; our Parliament House knows them for old diggers. Yet they wrought but for a dead horse,) as the proverb is. And this is all, which they had for their brave, and worthily renowned General, john Tserclaes' Count of Tilly: who died the same day in Ingolstat, 
Tilly dies.  that the King's Horse was shot under him. The King can allow them a Horse for a General, at any time. 'twas a brave Palfrey indeed; but (me thinks) they might have had a better project with his hyde, then stuffed it: had they but made a Drum of it, the sound of that, would (no doubt) have driven away all the horses of their enemies. But now they have stuffed the skin, what will they do with the bones? They should do well to use them as the Turks did Scanderbegs bones at Lyssa: which they digged up, and set in Rings and jewels. Certainly there was virtue in that Horse, virtualis contactus (they knew) had coveighed it into him. But their spite chose rather to use this horse, as those of Breda did the Boat, by which their Town had been taken: they whipped the boat up and down the streets, and then hanged it up for a Trophy. But we have enough (too much will some say) made ourselves merry with the jesuites; who before the King of sweden coming into Germany, laughed in their sleeves at all the world beside.  
The next day (which was Wednesday, April 25) the King marches from Geisenfelt to Mosburg upon the River Iser; 
The King comes to Mosburg.  which is some 20 English miles to the Southeast of Ingolstat. Hither did Gustavus Horn come again unto the King: who in his passage back from burning part of the Country villages, that would not readily give him money; had easily brought the two walled Towns of Hohnwart and Pfaffenhoven, to a composition. By this time had the Abbot of Saint George's (in the way towards Munchen) sent in his excuse; 
Protestant Churches and Schools restored.  that he was not able to build up again the new Church of the Protestants, which had been lately taken from them and broken down: but he was willing and ready to deliver them up his own Church, so that he might keep but one Chapel for his own use. The Abbot of Saint Maurice, he also sent word, that he was willing to build up the Protestants Church again, which they lately had in his jurisdiction. Thus both Churches and Schools were again restored unto the Protestants in those parts of Bavaria: yea and their Arms, (though much impaired) which had before been taken from them.  
About April 27, are Gustave Horn and Sir john Hepburn, sent with 3000 Horse and 5000 Foot; to take in Landshut: 
Horn and Hebron take in Landshut.  a very dainty little Town upon the River Iser (though the glory of it be chiefly in two Streets) some eight English miles to the North-East of Mosburg. At the first coming of the Swedish forces before the walls, one of their Lieutenants of a troop of Horse, with some few others of his Cornet, were shot from an Ambush in the gardens. That morning, had some 1300 Bavarian Horse (after a very hard march of nine Dutch miles together) put themselves into the Town: so that they seemed yet to be resolute upon the resistance. But so soon as ever they perceived the gross of the 5000 Foot, to be come up, they retreated out of the Town unto the further side of the River Iser; breaking the bridges down behind them. The Town paid 100000 Dollars to the King for its ransom; and gave Gustavus Horn 20000 besides, for a gratuity. Landshut being thus taken, and Sir john Hepburn (for the time) left Governor, Gustavus Horn went back again to the King; who two days after the taking, 
Land sperg taken.  comes and lodges in it. The day before this, was the handsome Town of Landsperg upon the River Lech, taken by Colonel Slammersdorff with 300 Dragooners: sent (as I collect) from the Governor of Ausburg. After Landsperg, were the two good Towns of Fuessen and Schonga; both more Southerly and higher up the Lech taken also. In Landshut, the King stayed some five or six days. Some of the reason for which (besides the refreshing of the Army) may be a thought the King had towards Ratisbone or Regenspurg: whence (as 'tis written) diverse had sent to solicit him to come thither. And indeed the whole Country betwixt Landshut and Regenspurg, for four Bavarian Leagues together, was all the way open. Some parties are about this time sent that way ward, who had diverse skirmishes with the Bavarians, that had comen out of Ratisbone. For the Duke of Bavaria and Cratz (now General in Tillyes place) were gone by this time from Ingolstat into Ratisbone: which Town, now surprised by the Duke, was also foully plundered by his soldiers; whose reason for it was, As good they do it, as the Swedish. But the King now understanding Wallenstein to be about Passaw, upon the frontiers towards Bohemia, and that though upon a military emulation, he had never hearty affected Tilly; not nor the Duke of Bavaria neither, since he had at the Diet of Ratisbone wrought the Emperor to cashier him: yet now for the common causes sake, and upon Cratz his entreaty, (who had been one of his Colonels last year in Pomerania) he might (as the King judged) be drawn to do something for Bavaria. His Majesty thus misdoubting the worst; esteems it not fit for his design, to adventure one against two; and resolves withal to pass no further to the North or North-East at this time. Purposing now to tickle Bavariaes' Minniken string; so soon as ever he had received his money from Landshut, He, May 4th, turns back again towards Mosburg, and thorough that unto Freising: a City and Bishops See upon the same River, two Bavarian Leagues onwards of the way towards Munchen. Here lay he all night, May fifth: 
The King goes to Freising,  the Town paying 50000 Dollars for its ransom; and the whole Bishopric quietly yielding to a Contribution.  
May sixth, the Army removes again towards Munchen; 18 miles South of Freising, and upon the West of the Iser. This Munchen (pronounced Minniken) is one of the neatest of all Germany: and the Duke's curious Palace, 
and so to Munchen.  with the jesuits sumptuous Church: a second Escurial, as some term it. It had been the Nest and Office of Receipt for the richest and beatest pillages, that the Duke himself, or his General Tilly, have for many years wars together, gotten from the Protestant Princes. The Duke of Bavaria was still about Ratisbone: and there much troubled with sore eyes, caused by the smoke of his own Country. And yet out of a hope to see himself once again Master of this Palace, had he been so careful to preserve it, that he had sent a command unto his Chancellor to deliver it over,  the King should make towards it. The Deputies of the Town likewise, had been at Freifing with the King, May 5th, and had made tender of 200000 Dollars for their ransom: which would not be accepted. Upon Monday in the forenoon, May 7th, the King shown himself in fair Battaglia before it: although by that time he were come within a Dutch mile: the Deputies had again met him, and there presented the town keys unto him, with a promise of 300000 Dollars. The chief condition which they requested was, that their garrison might march out without disturbance: which was indeed in the King's power to have hindered, his Horse lying every where up and down in the Country. The King enters the town the same day; accompanied by the King of Bohemia, Palatine August, and 3 of his Regiments, taking up his lodging in that sumptuous Palace: the rest of his Army being enquartered in and about the City.  
The next day, the King went to see the Magazine and Armouries; where great store of arms and ammunition were found, but no Ordnance: at which the King not a little wondering; espied by and by diverse of the carriages; by which he guessed, as the truth was, that the pieces were buried underground. These dead ones (as he called them) he caused the Boors with ropes and levers, to raise up without a miracle. There were 140 fair Pieces of brass Ordnance; and in one, 30000 pieces of gold, said to be found. Among the rest, were 12 eminent ones; by the Duke called the 12 Apostles: though surely the Apostles were never such sons of Thunder. Some pieces had the Palsgraves' Arms upon them; which caused the King of Bohemia both to sigh and smile, at the sight of them. But the Kunst-Cammer, or Chamber of Rarities, was the thing that afforded most entertainment: where the beholders admired rather, then looked upon, the incomparable varieties and curiosities, both of Art and Nature. The jesuites Church, was a piece of admiration also: and the Images among the rest, made by Brouse that famous Artist; together with the manufactures, and silver works of diverse kinds. The King went into this Church, just when the jesuites were at their Mass: and the Father Rector coming towards the King, his Majesty entertained a discourse in Latin with him, about the Lords Supper. The King after this, calling the Citizens together; asks them whether they would hereafter fight against him, or pay the Contribution from time to time, that should be imposed upon them? They much complaining of their Duke's avarice and former hardness towards them, and especially for his now forsaking of them; faintly promise', what they durst not deny: wholly to submit themselves to his Majesty's good pleasure, and to take oath unto him.  
On Wednesday, May 9th. the King held a general Muster before the City: himself (to show some content to the Bavarians) drilling and exercising his soldiers: teaching them especially how to give a Charge or Salvee; some upon their knees, others behind them stooping forward; and the hindmost rank standing upright, and all to give fire at once, the hinder man over his foreman's shoulder. The next day, May 10th, was Ascension day: on which the King caused the first Protestant Sermon to be preached, in the Castle: the King himself (as 'tis written) giving order for this Psalm of Doctor Luther's.  
Rejoice ye now O Christians true,  
Your hearts now leap for joy:  
Now sing without annoy,  
What wonders God hath done for you, etc.  
After dinner; the King went to Saint mary's Church to see the Popish ceremonies, in celebrating the Feast of the Ascension. That evening whilst the King was at supper, were some twenty Bavarian horsemen brought in prisoners to him. These, with a thousand, others, had been sent out of Ratisbone to fall on the sudden upon the Swedish garrison of Freising. Here having timely been discovered, they were provided for; and had such welcome and Entertainment as usually the Wars afford, which is, to beat their Visitants out a doors again. They could tell no certainty as yet, of any likelihood of their Duke's joining with Wallenstein. And herein they said truth: for Wallenstein (it seems) purposing to play● his own game, was now going towards prague; which he took shortly after. The King pleasantly said to these Horsemen. You now suffer what you would have made others to suffer: thus you see, none is forbidden to strike again, that is first strucken.  
By this time hath the King word brought unto him, of Commissary Ossa (lately made one of the Emperor's Generals) his coming out of Alsatia, with 7000 men after him. Part of these, were some of Ossaes' and the Archduke Leopolds (the Emperor's brothers) old Army; part were brought by Harincourt from the Duke of Lorrayn; 
The King ●oes to deliver ●brach from ●ssa.  and part were come out of Italy by the Val-Teline passage. The Boors of Bavaria, Schwaben, & Tirole, were also up in Commotion, and Ossa was now become Head unto them. Ossaes' chief charge, was, the defence of Leopolds' Country of Alsatia; of the Austrian Lands in Tirole (of all which Archduke Leopold is Administrator) and of the Circle of Schwaben. This Ossa about this time, marches up to Bibrach; a weak Imperial City in Schwabland towards Donawert, about five English miles South of the Danuby, and eight from Memmingen. Hither had he secretly been invited by the Burgomaster and the Popish Clergy; and upon this Town, two assaults he made: but so well did the Citizens put him off, that he both times lost his labour, and 400 men into the Bargain. That which added shame unto his loss, was; that no small part of the slaughter was made by women: these Viragoes with scalding water, stones and such feminine weapons, beating his men from the walls of their City, and encouraging their husbands. The King having notice of these proceed of Ossaes'; gives order with all speed for the marching away of 5000 Horse, and about 4000 Foot: himself likewise immediately following to go along with them. Leaving Munchen therefore, and Colonel Hebron Governor in it: he taking his way by Ausburg (where he was about May 20) marches directly towards Memmingen. Here he first of all lays a bridge over the River Iler: which running from hence towards ulm, falls thereabouts into the Danuby. Ossa hearing of the finishing of this bridge, retires with so much speed to the Quarters he came last from, (which were towards Lindaw and the Bodensee near the Mountains) that he left his Ordnance behind him. Ossaes' Correspondents were carried prisoners into ulm.  
The King having thus delivered Bibrach; leaves the Army thereabouts, under the command of Duke Bernard of Saxon-Weymar, himself with some few guards returning towards Ausburg; where he was about May 27. Here receiving the news, that Wallenstein had advanced towards prague and taken it, and forced the Saxons out of Bohemia: and that Cratz withal, was gone from about Ratisbone and Ingolstat, and fall'n with his forces into Bavaria first, and into the frontiers of Franconia and Schwaben after: and had there taken Weissenburg: (which is the Pass betwixt Ausburg and Norimberg:) He out of his care to this last named City, which so much concerned both his honour and his designs; resolves to leave Bavaria, and to go with his Army into those quarters. Speeding back therefore again unto Munchen; 
The King draws his forces out of Bavaria.  he gives order to those troops which had till now been left thereabouts; to march with all speed towards Donawert: where the rest from about Memmingen, should meet and join with them.  
Cratz, indeed, with 2000 Foot, and the valiant Baron of Cronenberg with his Regiment of Horse (which was the flower of the Army:) upon the hearing of the Kings going towards Bibrach, were fall'n again into Bavaria. Their design, was to recover Munchen; and from Ratisbone, they were already advanced as fare as Pfaffenhoven: where getting advice of some Swedish troops that were coming to encounter them, they fair and timely retired into Ingolstat. The Kings hearing of their making towards Munchen; was the cause that he made thither, so soon as Ossa was skared from Bibrach: 
●●atz takes ●issenburg,  when Cratz and Cronenberg hearing of the Kings coming towards that way, they go the clean contrary, unto Weissenburg. This Imperial City we have before described, in the Kings march up to Donawert: but in what Province or Circle of the Empire it is placed, the Geographers and Mapp-makers themselves doubt of. Some 24 English miles it is to the North-West of Ingolstat; and in it, had the King left some forces: and by it, was the strong Castle of Wilsburg, with a Tillian garrison. Cratz now lays siege to Weissenburg; and the Swedes stand upon the resistance: but more Guns being brought out of Wilsburg Castle, and bend against them; they parley and yield. What quarrel was picked, I know not: but sure it is, that the Swedes refusing to turn to the Bavarian party, had all their throats cut. The Town is also plundered, the chief Citizens and Preachers carried away prisoners, two Gates of the City burned down to the ground: and then news being brought of the Kings coming; 
●d forsakes it.  the Bavarians forsake all again, and hie them back into Ingolstat.  
In this Interim, had Duke Bernard of Saxon-Weymar so well behaved himself; that in the pursuit of Ossa, he had light upon one of his bravest Regiments, (which he had put into a fortified place) consisting of 2000 men, and conducted by Hannibal Count of Hohen-Ems: all which he had utterly routed and defeated; taken the Count, with 400 prisoners, and 8 Ensigns. 
bernard Wey●ars good service.  The Count was sent prisoner to Isne first, and to ulm afterwards. This feat had Duke Bernard done, time enough to meet the King at Donawert.  
His Majesty now about to leave Bavaria; takes the best order that he might, for the quiet of the Country behind him. Garrisons he left none (except in Rain only,) because there is never a town defensible in all the whole Duchy. To supply which defect, was the General Banier left with some 8 Regiments about Ausburg: and diverse Waine-loades of Priests, jesuites and other chief persons brought into safe custody within Ausburg, to be pledges and hostages for the fidelity of the Bavarians. Against the Boors, the Leopoldish and Ossaes' forces in Schwabland, Tirole, etc. was Duke William of Saxon-Weymar left with 12000 men, about Memmingen. 
What forces the King left behind him.  At ulm, was Sir Patrick Ruthven Governor; who had a small Army also. And Duke julius, Administrator of the Duchy of Wirtemberg, having about the 20th of this month been at Ausburg with the King; had promised him to levy 8000 men to second his forces, and to observe the motions of Archduke Leopold and the General Ossa. To prevent (last of all) the coming of more forces out of Italy to the aid of Ossa; the King, much about this time, writes his letters unto the Swissers: who upon the receipt of them, going from their Diet of Lucerne, unto another at Baden; resolve there to give no more passage to the Spanish thorough their country into Germany. This was the King's letter.  
S rs:  
Being informed how that the King of Spain doth labour by all possible means, 
The King's letter to the Swissers.  to persuade you to grant him a free passage out of Italy, into these parts of Germany against Us; for the advancement of his pernicious and unjust designs, and for the favour and furtherance of our enemies and their proceed: I have thought good to exhort and admonish you most lovingly by these presents, to remember with yourselves, That your Commonwealth hath ever hitherto most gloriously flourished, and renownedly maintained its liberty, against all opposers whatsoever; and especially against those of the Houses of Burgundy and of Austria: which 2 Houses, have striven oftentimes to deprive and bar you of your liberties. Yea of that liberty, namely, which is the best of all the rest, the freedom of your Consciences: this would they have taken away from some of you, and the liberty of Government from you all. I would desire you likewise to be mindful of that good Correspondency, which I have always hitherto maintained with your State: for which reason I cannot but forewarn you, that you become careful henceforward, to remain firm and constant within the terms and bounds of Neutrality, and of that good agreement and correspondency, which yet is betwixt us; no ways yielding or affording, either passage, favour or assistance, unto the enemy. Otherwise if you do, I shall then be constrained to begin before them, and to commence war against you, which should it so fall out: 'tis yourselves then, that by your own faults have drawn it upon your own heads; together with such ruins consequently, desolations and calamities, as usually do accompany it. But I have conceived much better hopes of you: as for mine own part, I do hereby assure you all in general, and each one in particular, of my best love and affection towards you.  
Signed, Gustavus Adolphus.  
This letter became a bush against the Spanish, which helped the Swissers to stop the gap against them, thorough the Alpss out of Italy. A Secretary is also about this time sent from the King, 
Strasburg accords with the King.  unto the fair and Imperial City of Strasburg upon the Rhine in Alsatia: near the walls, and thorough the jurisdiction whereof, Colonel Harincourt had lately brought his Lorrayners unto Ossa. And this City now, after some deliberation, is drawn also to the King's party: and that much upon the same terms, which the great Cities of ulm and Norimberg, had heretofore accorded with him. This was something towards the security of the lower Palatinate also; on the hithermost side whereof, this Strasburg lieth.  
And thus hath this victorious King of Sweden, either conquered or drawn to his party, all the middle part of Germany: himself in Person having run thorough it, from the Northern or Baltic Sea, even to the very Alps almost and mountains on the South, next unto Italy: a Course of full 500 English miles together. And now turns he back again. 
The largeness of the King's Conquests.  The breadth he bears in these last mentioned parts, is half the Circles of Bavaria and Schwabland; even from the river Iser in Bavaria Eastward, all overthwart to the Danuby and beyond it, towards the West. In Bavaria, could he march 50 or 60 miles square every way. Along the Lech from Donawert to Fuessen, North and South; full 80: and along the Danuby from the gates of Ingolstat (to accounted no further) on the North-East, unto ulm and beyond it, on the South-West; as much more. In Bavaria all was his own: not all that is in the Map of Bavaria (for that contains a tenth part of the Empire) but all the lands of the Dukes of Bavaria, were either conquered, or under Contribution: no power or place being left, (except Ratisbone, where the Duke with his Army now was) being able to resist any 2 Brigades of the Kings, should he but have sent them thither. Nor was there here any considerable appearance of resistance, at the Kings coming out of the Country.  
As for that portion of the Circle of Schwaben betwixt the Lech, the Danuby, and the line or Degree of 48 in the Map, (which 3 make a complete Triangle) it is wholly the Kings; and quietly now too: especially since Ossaes' late repulse from Bibrach: which touches upon the outside of the Degree 48 aforesaid. How now all this part came to be the Kings, and in what estate he left it now behind him; we shall briefly tell you. A Conqueror must keep, as well as win: and either leave no enemy at his back, or a force sufficient to oppose him, that he may not be able to disturb the Master of the Field, in his future proceed. And then may a Country be indeed said to be conquered.  
This Portion of the Circle of Schwaben came thus to be the Kings. Divers of the Imperial Towns in it being Protestant, (as ulm, Memmingen, Kempten, etc.) having once assented unto the Conclusions of Leipsich; 
The Story of the Actions about ulm and Schwabland.  notwithstanding they had been enforced in part to renounce them, by Eggon Count of Furstenberg, General for his Imperial Majesty for this Circle: yet after the King of sweden prevailing about these parts, they eftsoons recovered their former resolutions. Of all these Cities, ulm upon the Danuby being the principal, the Admiral Galley as it were; she carried the Lantern unto all the rest; which way she led, they followed. About the end of October 1631. 12 Imperial troops coming that way out of Italy, desired (imperiously enough) to have a relief from this City, of 10 Dollars for every Horseman, and 6 for a Footman: and when threatenings were added, the Vlmers beaten them out of their Territories into Leopolds' Country, and made the Archduke keep them. The King a little after this, solicits them unto his party: and Colonel Rhelenger is presently sent upon it, (as Commissary for the King,) to agreed with them. He in his journey thither, lighting upon a Wagon-full of Monks and Friars; made them pay a ransom of 40000 Dollars. In january after, the Commonwealth of ulm publicly declare, what they had privately before resolved, to stand to the Conclusions of Leipsich, and levy 450 new men upon it. The same does Memmingen also. Now do the Protestants every where about this time, begin to resume more courage: and for the defence of their liberties and Religion, diverse of their Cities (as Norimberg, Strasburg, with some of Wirtenberg) assemble in a Diet at Hailbrun, which Gustavus Horn had lately taken. 
Vlm accordeth with the King.  In February after, ulm accepts of a Swedish garrison; and begins to fortify; towards the river's side especially. About the beginning of March, that Gallant old Cavalier Sir Patrick Ruthven, a Scottish Gentleman, (lately made Sergeant-Major-Generall of the Army) is sent from Mentz to be their Governor. 
Sir Patrick Ruthven made Governor of Vlm.   
Sir Patrick Ruthven presently gins to make some new levies for an Army: by little and little, getting some 6 or 7000 men together. He first demands the resolutions of all the chief Cities and Towns about him: whether they would be Friends, Foes, or Neuters: stand either for the King, or against him. One of the first towns he began withal, was Kurchberg upon the river Iler; some 4 English miles to the South of Vlm. This town having the honour of an Earldom, the King (as I found writing for it) bestowed upon the Conqueror. But of this I can say no more. At what time the King lay betwixt Donawert and the Lech, (which is about 48 or 50 English miles from ulm: 
His action. ) Sir Patrick advances up the same river Iler beyond Memmingen, unto Kempten, (near the river Lech) where there is an Abbey: the first in order of all these of the Circle of Schwaben. Guntzperg, a fair town upon the River Guntz, betwixt ulm and Lawingen, is presently likewise taken. From this town, a little after this, are 8 troops of Dragooners sent from the King's army over the bridge at Lawingen; to rufflle the Cloisters in the neighbour Marquisate of Burgaw; to bring them under contribution; and to lie in wait for 500 Horse of Ossaes', that were to come from Lindaw. At this Guntzperg is there a fair Palace, of right belonging unto the Marquesses of Burgaw: though at this time the Archduke Leopold had invaded it. The lands of the Lords Fuggers, are now also brought under contribution. Erpach is likewise overrun, belonging unto the Chancellor Von Vlm. The 500 Tillians who had been left at Nordlingen, about 30 miles to the North-East of ulm, presently forsake the Town: upon the news, namely, of the Kings passing of the Lech. In the beginning of April, Sir Patrick Ruthven puts some of his soldiers into Memmingen: out of which, he a little after that expels the jesuites: whom he found complotting with the Imperialists. About Leutkirken, others of his defeat some of Ossaes' guards. Ravensperg and Bibrach, 2 other Imperial Cities, declare for the King: and diverse Lords and Gentlemen, daily sand their Deputies unto our Governor of ulm, to compound for their contributions. This if they did not, their lands were plundered. He a little after this, disarms the Citizens of Elching and Weissenhorn, (both near ulm:) and takes 14 pecces of Cannon and 2 Murderers, away from them. Presently after which, he sends, and defeats Schwendy (or Schweaden) and his Boors, (which, he being a Gentleman of the Country, had stirred up) and takes himself prisoner. Having thus advanced so fare to the Southward, the Bishop of Constance is glad to sand to him to make his agreement. And thus is all the Country, for the while, cleared; even to the gates of Lindaw and the Bodensee, under the very Alps: which so continues, until Ossa (now gone thence to the Swissers Diet of Lucerne, to procure passage for the Spanish out of Italy, over the Gotthart Alps) returns about the beginning of May with his 7000 men, and besieges Bibrach, as we before told you.  
Whether Colonel Sperreuter, who took Dunkelspach and Elwang, on the Northside of the Danuby, were sent by him, or immediately from the King; I know not. After Slammersdorff had taken Landsperg: the town of Mindelhaim, upon the river Mindel, betwixt the Lech and the Danuby, almost right against Landsperg, made also her composition. And thus (to be brief) did all those good Towns, which you shall found in the Map of Wirtemberg, in the Southeast corner: most of which Country is called Overland.  
Upon the last Monday in April, Sir Patrick Ruthven defeats some Imperial troops, and takes 4 Ensigns from them. The Boors also rising the second time, again incensed by the Bavarian Boors coming amongst them, Schwendies' second provocation, 
See the Maps of the Circle of Suevia, or of Wirtemberg, for these towns.  (let lose upon his ransom) and the heartening on of Ossa and Harincourt; are again defeated. A many of these Boors, first rise about Gensburg and the mountains: who sending word to the rest, appoint their meeting place about Weingarten, some 30 miles to the South of Vlm. These in the beginning of May, coming up; surprise Wangen an Imperial town, Ravensperg and others, betwixt ulm and Lindaw. Against them, Sir Patrick sends 3000 men, many of them Dragooners: who May 12 killing some of them near unto Kempten, (25 English miles East of Wangen) make the rest swear to go home and follow their clodding again, and pay their contributions quietly. Others of them being busy otherwhere, 400 more are slain about this Bishopric of Kempten: which their neighbours perceiving, go and deliver up their Arms at Kempten. At Zippersriden, are almost 800 more cut in pieces, and (which was the way to cool them) are diverse of their Dorps fired: which the poor wretches seeing, went and cut their Landlords throats, that had first stirred them up, and then forsaken them. Colonel Rhelinger (who had done many other good services in these parts) affrights and disarms 300 more of them, with a small Partee of Horsemen. Rhelinger proceeds so fare, that Ossa being afraid of his falling into Tirole, is fain to sand 2000 men thither, to ensure the passages. About the end of April, Sir Patrick Ruthven goes into the Duchy of Wirtemberg; where he receives an aid of 2000 new men, from Duke julius the Administrator. In his absence, the Lord Druches of Waldburg with other Gentlemen and some Abbots; began to stir again, in the further parts towards Weingarten: who did much trouble unto the Swedish soldiers in the towns next to them. To repress them, went the Swedish Dragooners that lay in and about Bibrach: who fell in among the lands of the said Lord Druches plundered the Towns of Wurtbach and Waldsee, near unto Weingarten, and dispersed the Commotion. The good Town of Ehingen also, on the contrary side of the Danuby, to ulm, and within 6 English miles of it, is brought likewise to a Composition: 
That part of Schwabland, brought by Sir Patrick Ruthven, etc. under Contribution.  as all this part of Schwabland by this time was. At this town of Ehingen, whilst Lodowick Eberhard Count of Hohenlo, with one of the King's Secretaries and some other Commissioners were, (having been thither employed about taking the Citizen's oath for the King of Sweden) they were all surprised and carried prisoners into Tirole, by a Partee sent out from Ossa, at the time of his being about Bibrach. To be a ransom for whose liberties, the King causes some great men of the Country to be laid hands of. The Imperialists that did this at Ehingen, and stayed there; fell out and troubled the Country now and then: and upon the first of june following, when the King was gone towards Norimberg; they drove away diverse head of  even from within 2 English miles of ulm: there being at that time no Horsemen in the town to make out after them. But these are since sent packing. Thus is all that country the Kings, by conquest: and for the keeping of it quiet, were the Armies of Duke William of Saxon-Weymar, and Sir Patrick Ruthven, left thereabouts: the Duke of Wirtembergs forces being at hand too; who is their very next neighbour upon the other side of the Danuby. And in this estate the King of Sweden left this Country, in the beginning of june; when he took his leave of it, and of Bavaria: whom when we have waited upon from Donawert to Norimberg; we will for this time conclude our Story of him.  
The occasion of his Majesties so sudden parting out of Bavaria, we told you, was to relieve Weissenburg. General Cratz had now taken it; 
The King in his march from Donawert,  upon a hope by that means to cut off the King's retreat to Norimberg. The King in his way thither, clears (as his manner is) the whole Country before him. For whereas (to begin withal) the town and Bishopric of Aichstat, 
●●takes the Bishoprics of Aichstat and Dillingen,  16 miles to the North of Donawert, had not all this while brought in their contribution, which Colonel Sperreuter had heretofore made them to submit unto; the King's soldiers now distrain upon whatsoever they can get for it. So is the Bishopric of Dillingen likewise served: both are plundered, and disarmed, & the best Ordnance sent to Auspurg. Pappenheim Castle likewise, 
and the Castle of Pappenheim,  2 leagues to the West of Aichstat, (which belongeth unto the old Count of Pappenheim, who by inheritance is Earl Martial or second Marshal of the Empire) was besieged, battered, and taken. This is hard by Weissenburg; to which the King so much hasted: and from which Cratz had as much sped, when he knew the King to be so near him.  
His Majesty having nothing more in his way to delay him, marches immediately towards Norimberg: near which, namely, in his old Quarter at Furt, about june 7 he arriveth. What his intention next was, appears by his answer unto the Norimbergers, now inviting him into their City: which was, That he had rather a great deal see Wallenstein, than Norimberg. Against whom he immediately advancing into the Upper Palatinate, was not able to go further, thorough a destroyed country: and hearing withal, both Wallenstein and Bavaria to be coming against him; he retires back again, 
finally encamping by Norimberg.  and entrenches himself by Norimberg. Since which time, though the Armies have laid long near one another; yet for that at the finishing hereof, there had nothing been done betwixt them; I must leave that to a Third Part: and if you please, to a better instructed Intelligencer.   

Hear followeth the Declaration or Manifesto of his Highness the Duke of Bavaria; which we before mentioned and promised you. Received from a good Friend: and already translated by an able Gentleman.  
FOR as much as among the multitude of false rumours, that are promiscuously divulged, aswell within, as without the bounds and territories of the Empire; concerning those affairs that are now presented upon the stage of action, in this scene of War: those that ring loudest, (though with lest semblance of truth or credibility) are such as deeply trench upon the candour and sincerity of my intention. The which seem not so much to have been first broached, by the inventors of feigned novelties; and such light spirits, as are enamoured with false curiosities: as to have been set on foot, by the capital enemies of my renown and reputation. Such as have fixed the eye of their intention, upon a higher (though more ignoble and malicious design) then to amuse the world, with the relation of unprofitable fables. In regard whereof I was forced to believe, That I could not neglect these injurious calumnies, without doing deep wrong unto mine honour: and that I stand obliged, to avow and give a manifest declaration to all the world, of the certitude and sincerity of my most private intentions. Which therefore I now resolve to do, by this public Act and open Protestation: even as from the beginning of this war I have endeavoured to have done, by the clear testimony of my public and undoubted actions; a great deal more effectually, than I possibly can do by weight of words, or by any tenor of verbal protestations.  
Now then, having first invoked and called down upon me, the direful wrath and just vengeance, both of God and man; if in this serious business, I either fain or dissemble: I do protest, that the most powerful and sovereign motives, that have been the chief conductors of all my actions (aswell in the times of peace, as in this of war) have been from their first origin and beginning, and at this present are, and by God's gracious assistance hereafter ever shallbe; no other, than the zeal and fidelity, which I own and have solemnly sworn to his sacred Imperial Majesty, and the reestablishing of the Catholic, Apostolic, Roman Faith in the territories of this Empire; from many fair parts whereof, it hath been treacherously exiled; with no less impious Sacrilege, then cruel tyranny. So that in this, my designs have not aimed at any other end, than the glory of God, and the discharge of my own conscience.  
I put on arms, at the first commotion of the treacherous revolt in Bohemia; and have not yet laid them down, in the preservation and defence of so noble and just a cause. And how I have comported myself in them, I need not remember: for all Christendom will bear record with me, that with just cause, this age hath given already, and all succeeding ages shall give hereafter; immortal thanks to the God of armies, for the glorious achievements with which he hath blessed us. A part of which memorable exploits, his divine goodness hath been pleased to execute by my weak hands; and his sacred Imperial Majesty hath received such satisfaction in my endeavours, that he hath been pleased to afford me a large occasion to receive much greater from him, in the heap of massy honours; wherewith he hath vouchsafed to recompense the weak services I have done to the state of this Empire, and that of God's Church; the advancement of both which, are linked and chained together, in the inviolable bond of one common interest.  
Wherhfore I verily believe, that no reasonable man (that doth not suffer himself to be wilfully cozened with malicious conjecture, and groundless divination) can frame his judgement to conceive, that I would now change my first resolutions, and altar my designs: at such a time especially, as when I have so important a Subject, and binding obligations, to renew and reinforce them more than I could foresee, or imagine at their first undertaking. For if that be true, which now passeth for currant in a great part of the World: that the prime and chiefest aim in this new combination and conspiracy, is to reinvest my Cousin Count Frederick in the dignity of his Electorship, and estate of his territories; from which he hath been most justly thrown and dejected, for having falsified his oath and loyalty to his Imperial Majesty, by the religious bond of a sacred oath not long before confirmed to him; and rebelliously sought to dispossess him of his Crown and dominion: I say, if this be the true cause of these bloody commotions (as they would make the world believe it is) than I am the man, against whom they should have discharged the gall of their intemperate fury. And therefore to imagine, that I would join in league and confederacy against them, that have no cause to take arms, but in defence of my right: is to presume against the nature of things, and to frame a dictamen, contrary to the principles even of common sense itself.  
And if there be nothing but this to rectify, what concerneth it my Lord the Emperor, and the whole noble family of Austria; that I should rather enjoy the dignity of an Elector, than my foresaid Cousin; or that I should possess a part of that estate, of which he hath been so justly deprived? Or to what end should they endeavour to prejudice the pretended restitution of them both, if I were pleased to yield my consent thereunto? Verily it would seem a pleasant and sportful war, that should be undertaken to force me to be more rich and powerful, than I myself desired.  
But men may say (peradventure) that the King of Spain also possesseth a good part of the Palatinate; which I grant he doth: but this is so fare from engaging me to relinquish any part of my just claim, that it is rather a powerful reason more firmly to oblige me, to uphold and maintain mine own claim and just title; seeing him borne down with the concurrence of so puissant 
* The French King.  a Monarch. Wherhfore, if we rest in the principles of reason and humane prudence, it can neither have likelihood, appearance, nor colour of truth; that I should now be changed and become another man, than heretofore I have been.  
And if any man have fancied so prodigious a change and alteration in me, for that they have known me less pleased with some designs & proceed of the Austrian Family, in some cases, wherein the cause of Religion was no way interessed; he might from thence have groundedly collected, that in case the Cause debated, were only concerning the raising of their particular greatness, and extent of their fortunes; there yet survived in my breast, sufficient sparks of freedom and generous worth, to have opposed their wills, and contradicted their intendments (I not judging them justifiable, rather than have made this strained and ridiculous inference upon it, that I framed a resolution to band it with the rout of their enemies: they especially, being such, as with all the stream of their strongest endeavours, make profession to pursue and persecute the faith I profess. I know very well, in what esteem and honour I am obliged to hold the race of that 
* The House of Austria.  renowned Family, and I think also, that the higher exaltation thereof, may in time become prejudicial to the repose 
* Well confessed.  and general freedom of the Empire. But that which toucheth my heart with highest strains of just fear, and that whereof great and good Princes (in my opinion) aught to be most sensible, and (if I might be believed) is, that that illustrious Family (as ancient and noble as it is) should by the world be conceived to have a straighter obligation, and greater interest in the defence of Religion, then concerneth other Princes that are truly Catholic. 
●ine.  Verily, this is all the jealousy I have of this glorious and Majestic Family. This is the only point of honour, which I could found in my heart to debate and maintain against it. And if this Family shall allege the plenteous showers of prosperity and temporal blessings; wherewith God hath heretofore, and doth yet most especially oblige them to the peculiar defence and patronage of his glorious cause: his Divine goodness forbidden, that I should oppose myself to the honour and happiness of so just and holy a fortune: 
●igh.  although there-hence should ensue the diminution, yea even the fatal ruin of me and all mine.  
A thought it is, unworthy to be lodged in the breast of a Christian Prince; to conceive, That the glory of God's Church (which is inviolably linked with that of his eternal Majesty) should not likewise by him be esteemed the vertical and highest point of his honour; and that if these two could possibly be separated (as by a long and approved experience I found they cannot) yet the case is such, that I hold it for a most uncontrolled Oracle of certain truth, yea and an approved Article of Faith, that all humane respects and considerations aught to be even sacrificed, and nothing regarded by every generous mind, when the Cause of Religion and piety to God shallbe esteemed to require it. For certainly, no subject is so straightly obliged, to set aside and forgo the peculiar affairs of his own private estate, for advancement of the public and common good of his King and Kingdom (when cause shall so require it) as all Sovereign Princes are tied in the supreme bonds of highest duty, 
Religiously said.  to renounce whatsoever may in this World be dear unto them; when the glory of Him, of whom they hold their Crowns and Soveraigntyes, shall come in competition, and be balanced with it.  
I say not this, to brand them with notes of impiety, that under pretence of humane policy and Principles of State, 
He handles th● French tender  have entered into a league and straight combination with heretics, against the sound and Orthodox party: Let this be accounted for an error in judgement, or some deep misfortune, rather than an heinous crime. I will frankly leave the whole world at liberty, to direct and accommodate itself, to such rules of Conscience, as themselves shall like of, and value to be upright and just. Nor will I pass any rash censure upon their proceed, but will force myself to believe, 
Neatly put of  that God hath revealed some secret principles to them, which have hitherto been unthought of in all ordinary Theology. For my own part, I will not hinder their being esteemed true Catholics; seeing they themselves desire to appear and be esteemed for such: only this I will allege, (that the whole world may bear witness, that my inclinations and motions do not run level in the same line with theirs) that in the light of my simple judgement, it is all one to become an Apostata from the Religion of our holy Ancestors, and to foment and nourish their rage, that endeavour to destroy it. I have had no ancient Alliance with any person: who under the fair pretence of well-wishing, might seem to have alured me to favour this combination: and if I had, I should esteem it no less lawful to break all bands of ancient amity with them in this case, than I do hold it most unlawful to contract any new ones.  
I am well acquainted with the form and tenor of ancient Oaths of Fidelity; which were customarily exhibited to Supreme and Sovereign Princes, upon the solemn days of Inauguration and Instalment: and I well remember that also, which I myself have taken upon like occasions. Nor do I know any one point, which would not be directly infringed and violated, by the contrary practice in this confederacy; whereunto some would seem to induce me, and impute unto me whether I will or no.  
To say that the war now waged, no way concerneth 
* Belike the Catholics  The cause of Religion, but is merely for the interest of temporal state and honour, 
themselves ●ave this opinion of the ●arre: and have ●●ught it the protestants.  were wilfully to hoodwincke ourselves, and to become voluntarily blind, in the affairs that concern the estate of this Empire, and the universal good of Christendom. For, to take no notice of the insolent rumours, with which the Protestant partisans have filled the world, since the Battle of Leipsich: to have no regard to the common Ballads and songs of joy, which triumphant Heresy hath precipiticiously caused to be chanted in each corner of their public streets and private families. To omit their glorious boasts and vain brags, That the Papists are reduced to such terms, as they are become just equal with Protestants, in their undutiful attempts and treacherous complots: who knoweth not, that the most fair and plausible pretences of the King of Sweden, the Duke of Saxony, the marquis of Brandenburg, the Landtgrave of Hessen, and other their confederates; have been to hinder the restitution of Ecclesiastical live, decreed in a solemn Diet to be restored to the Church? And if this be no point of Religion, I know not what is. If I believe (as indeed I do with all the powers of my whole heart) that the Catholic Church is the dear Spouse of Christ jesus; can I put any main obstacle, yea or so much as interpose the lest diversion, to the execution of so just a Decree, without incurring the note and censure of horrible prevarication, yea even of detestable Sacrilege: unjustly thereby ravishing from Her, the lawful endowments and revenues, of her ancient patrimony, and inheritance of her Children? Can I suffer, or rather can I have the heart to procure, (retaining still the name and quality of a Catholic) that the goods devoted and consecrated by our pious Ancestors, for the maintenance of God's Altar, & for the ornament and due reverence of his divine worship; should wickedly be distracted for the levying and payment of Lutheran forces: who wheresoever they prevail, demolish and ruin the Altars themselves, banish the holy Sacrifice, trample the blessed Sacrament under their profane feet, massacre their Priests, and insolently triumph in the shame and spoil of this most sacred and spotless Dove? What? can this in any Catholic Language be styled, the preservation of the liberties of the Empire, which is indeed the maintenance of that bloody tyranny, which frontless Heretics desire to execute against the Church of God? And what were this, but by Communication both of Arms and Counsels, to concur to the setting up of Heresy: even in those places, which the goodness of God, and the wakeful vigilance of their Princes, had to this hour preserved as pure and unpolluted? And to speak more calmly and gently of the violent cruelties, that in the times of these wars, have been daily practised, by the continual outrage of merciless Heretics; were but to mock God, and abuse the credulity and patience of men.  
The Landtgrave of Hessen, hath he not demolished the Scutcheons of Arms of the Catholic Bishops and Princes, 
He means t● Bishop of Cullens Arms, which the Landtgrave took down Nienbus, by Paderborn.  in all those places which he hath brought under his subjection, and planted his own in their rooms and places? practising that boldly, which the holy Prophet David so much reproved in the person of his barbarous forerunners. They have, I say, advanced their Arms by their Armies, in all those places they but seem to have subdued. Their Ministerial Preachers, with what loud voice have they made show to give thanks to God, for the happy success of their bloody victories? What furious Alarms, have not resounded in Wurtsburg, in diminution of the honour of God's Church? since with more than Turkish and barbarous cruelty, it hath been sacked and pillaged, contrary to the law of Nations and Articles of agreement. Have not their Pulpits at all hours proclaimed, That the King of Sweden was sent from Heaven, as a particular instrument: to advance their new pretended Religion; and for the final abolition and utter overthrow, of Idolatrous Papistry, as they impiously mistearme it? A thing, which such persons as would colourably excuse the intentions of great Princes; might perhaps attribute to the indiscreet and passionate zeal of the common people: unless the direful effects, (recorded and registered in lines of blood) did bear record, That all those disasters and public calamities, were derived from no other source and Fountain. Certainly, it is not the House of Austria, which alone doth suffer in this their desperate fury; it is the Catholic Church, which they endeavour to rend and tear in pieces, by the cruel attempts of their inveterate malice: It is God that suffereth; and howsoever they seek to obscure it with pilate's principles; yet, in effect, it is Christ that is crucified. Wherhfore, let the King of Sweden, and those of his faction; delude the world no longer with pretences, that they intent only to abate the greatness of the House of Austria, and not to trample in the ruins of Religion. The battery and spoil of Towns and Cities; the forage and desolation of entire Provinces; are not secrets that can be concealed. The barbarous Cruelties of the debauched Soldiers, with no mantle can be covered: and much less, the high-voyced out-cries of the swollen Ministry, will be put to silence.  
Truly the ancient histories of the Goths and Vandals, of the Arrians and Saracens; who have crowned so many glorious Martyrs with eternal Trophies, (whose ashes are yet reverenced, and whose memories yet flourish amongst us in everlasting Blessings) do make no mention of greater Barbarismes, then are daily practised at this day, by their faithless posterity. We do not read, that in those days, there were any State-mysteries, or Reserved Cases, 
* True: for the jesuits have brought them ●n since.  by which 
* He touches ●he French King; who hath ●he Style of most Christian: and is ●n league with ●he Swede.  Christian Princes could be countenanced and secured, to join in Arms with them that were commonly styled The very Scourge of God, and chief Captains of Antichrists Conquests. Let all the world conspire and unite their endeavours, as much as humane policy can contrive they should do; yet is it certain, That the attempts of heresy shall never prospero; except in the strength of our sins: and the Counsels of their chiefest Favourites, shall never win greater approbation from God, then that, which by the same interpretation, may be given to the successful prosperity of Turks and Infidels. Miserable and unfortunate may they ever be, that ground their imaginary greatness, upon the foundation of such unstable and distracted abuses.  
We have heard and read much, of the unfortunate disasters of precedent ages; but truly in this one thing, 
The Bavarian Jesuits are angry, that other have gone beyond them in their own trad● of Statizing.  these of ours outstrip and go beyond them; that in those, there wanted these subtle and elevated Spirits, that forge distinctions where none are; between affairs of State and Religion. Neither were there then found many Christian Princes, that could lend an inclining ear, to such nice distinctions. Or, if perhaps, any such was then found amongst them, his memory is buried in obscure oblivion, or his name made odious and hateful to all posterity. God of his divine goodness, sooner strike me dead with a fearful Thunderbolt; and blot my name for ever out of the memory of men: then permit it to be registered in the lists of funestious examples, of the fine niceties and subtleties of these miserable days of ours. If in the field, mine eyes should be cast upon mine Ensigns; and behold them there bearing the reverend Image of the glorious Mother of God: and should reflect withal, that they were mixed with their Standards, that would despitefully spit 
* Not good Protestant will do so.  in her face: what repose and content is it possible my heart should found; seeing myself engaged in such a strange kind of Alliance? With what confidence or assurance could I beg her succour, that is the most auspicious protectress of the holy Church, and of the Princes that serve her, against whom I am banded? With what forehead, or with what vows, durst I implore her intercession, (without which notwithstanding I dare undertake nothing) when I see the victories I should achieve, must needs prove pernicious and prejudicial to Her honour, and that of Her dear Son? Is it possible I should pray for taking of Towns, into which I know the Conqueror will be no sooner entered; then with extreme violence he will pull down the Images of the glorious Saints, tread under their foul feet, the blessed blood of our dear Lord jesus, which we believe to be piously reserved on our Altars? O you Catholic Princes pull off the mask of your sergeant profession; or once for all, afford us some solid ground, to justify your intentions; that in outward face appear so absurd and graceless.  
You cannot have the same desires and wishes in the Church, which you conceive in your Cabinets: for there, you cannot, without blushing, beg at the hands of God, and of his blessed Mother, and of the other Saints whom you reverence and invoke; you cannot, I say, without blushing beg at their hands the patronage and protection of such a cause, as (like the other heresies of our times, that have been planted by fury and persecution of the faithful) cannot subsist; but by the ruin of the Church, and final extirpation of the religious and true worship of God. Rid yourselves, if you can, from the maze of these, not only intricate, but just scruples; and make us capable of those other secrets, and mysteries, and principles, the which I ingeniously confess, I have not strength of wit to conceive.  
And on the other side; in the truth which I have been bred in, and to which I have been moulded: I can found no difference, betwixt those that anciently bore arms in the service of Attila: in that time when in Rheims he 
* He gives the French nation, an example of their own.  cruelly beheaded St. Nicasius: and those now, which by the hands of the Swede, do massacre God's Priests, expel his Bishops from their flock and residence, and sacrilegiously spoil and destroy his sacred Temples. Certainly, what modesty soever these people may strive to sergeant in their extortions; and with what disguise soever, they seek to colour the face of their violence: being convinced by the evident testimony of their own manifest tyranny, they cannot deny, but that they are of the rank 
* They will deny it, surely.  of those Princes, of whom the Royal Prophet in these express terms long ago foretold: That all their Princes concluded among themselves, and by express decree resolved; They would possess the Sanctuary of God upon earth, as goods appertaining to their own inheritance, which is, in a word, nothing else, but expressly to say: Let us maintain ourselves in the possessions of the patrimony of the Church: which long since we have confiscated, and appropriated to ourselves; and which now is a part and member of our own demeans. And those that favour this wicked design, under what pretext soever; though they seem to shroud themselves, under never so colourable reasons of fair appearances: yet can they not fail to see themselves clearly pointed at in the fearful predictions of the Prophet Obadiah: where their prevarication and looseness is branded with the note of eternal infamy, in the list of maledictions, which he bestoweth on them. What then, saith our Lord? 
Obadiah, verse 8. to 11.  shall I not one day destroy the politikes of Idumea? Shall I not utterly subvert the wisdom of the mountains of Esau? The strong and bold spirits shall tremble with fear, that shall surprise them from the parts of the South; and this through the default of him, that will appear so great a person upon the mountain of Esau. By reason of the murders and injustice, which thou hast committed against thy brother jacob, thou shalt be shaken and crushed with confusion, and shalt perish everlastingly, in revenge of that day, wherein thou liftest thy hand against him. Than when those who professed a strange law, enforced the armies to pass under their yoke, and the excommunicate did even force the gates of their Cities, and were partakers in the spoils of jerusalem. And thou 
* He touches the French.  also wert united to that party, and wert no whit better, but more covert and concealed than they. O representation of our miserable times! not allegorical, but most express and lively! O cruel and unnatural jealousy of Christian Princes! O heresy, more faithful to side it with their party, than the faithful are constant to assist one another! I had rather say with the holy Prophet David, these words full of holy and religious zeal: Early in the morning, (that is, in the beginning of my thoughts and actions,) I had no other care, then to employ my forces to the destruction of sinners: Which by excellence, and in a rank above others, all Heretics are. Wherhfore, the course of things passing in this manner; and my affection and sense of them, being such as I have declared: it appeareth manifestly, that by no consideration either of State or Religion; I could esteem it either expedient or lawful, to adhere to this faction; which were but to consent to the spoil and rapine of the Protestant party: but am rather obliged, to commiserate and condole at their successes; and to oppose their progress. And therefore I protest again and again, before God and men: That I have now my sword in my hand to do it; and that in this quarrel, I will most cheerfully hazard my estate, my goods, mine honour, and my life.  
After which protestation, which heretofore hath been, and hereafter shall be followed, with all suitable effects and actions, by which I am possibly able to approve and verify the same: if yet there be any, that rest doubtful of the integrity of my intentions, I shall have no other esteem nor regard of him, then of one whom I accounted an obstinate calumniator, and my professed enemy.   

The Elector of Saxonyes' Proceed.  
HIs Imperial Majesty, after the Leipsich-losse of so goodly an Army, (which was one of the fairest Pillars of the House of Austria) seems like a wise Architect of Fortune, to have consulted especially upon the means; both how to shore up the side, by repairing of his own army; and to abate the stress, by weakening of his adversaries. It stood not either with an Imperial or Austrian greatness, to go less now, then when his army had been victorious: nor so fare to satisfy so mean a Prince as the King of Sweden; as either at his instance, or for his Arms, to restore their own unto the oppressed. That would have argued fear in him; had drawn an implicit confession from him, that he had hitherto been injurious. It was more honourable (he was advised) to work out his own ends, by continuing on his old courses, and whilst he by force, undid the weaker Protestant's; by Courtship and Ambassages so long to impose upon the credulity of the greater, till the Eagle were ready to show her pounces To make our stoutnesses, yield and comply with our business; goes for a note of Wisdom. That late affront and shrewd turn, which john George the Duke and Elector of Saxony had so freshly offered him; is not seasonable now to be remembered: 'twas an unkind part indeed; 
The Duke of Saxony attempted to be turned.  but yet was his Imperial Majesty full of graciousness: Austria could forget, and Saxony might make all whole again by turning. That's now attempted. marquis Cadaraita, than Spanish Ambassador at Veinna, was both the Councillor and the Agent in it. He in the name of the King his Master, sends Colonel Paradis with instructions unto Dresden; to make way for the compounding of all former unkindnesses with the Duke of Saxony. The Minutes of whose negotiation were to this purpose.  
To expound unto the Elector, the great desire the King his Master had, 
●he Spanish ●mbassadours proposition.  and the diligence he had used in it; to restore a happy and an universal peace, unto the Roman Empire. That his Majesty had most expressly commanded his now present Ambassador, to be most observant of all such pregnant opportunities, as might either maintain or make up that memorable and ancient amity, which had so many years continued betwixt the two houses of Austria and of Saxony. That the King had at this time also most straightly charged his said Ambassador, to interpose the Authority of the Crown of Spain, for the sodering up again of these late breaches: which might (if not looked into) seem to make a rapture in that amity. That would but the Elector now be pleased to harken to a friendly Treary, he (the Ambassador) came furnished with such instructions, as might with fullness of content, compound all the controversies. That his Master, (as he protested) desired nothing more earnestly, then that his Highness (the Duke) with his whole Electoral family, might be honoured with more additions of happiness, than their predecessors ever were: and that there might be a perpetuated correspondency of all good offices between their two Houses. That his Majesty of Spain thought in his high wisdom, this to be the best course for all this; that the Elector would in writing deliver his greevances: and that a certain place might be appointed, for Commissioners on both sides to treat upon them. Which if his Highness would for peace sake be pleased to condescend unto: then would he (the Ambassador) persuade with his Imperial Majesty, to sand two Ambassadors about it: and himself in the King of Spain's name being Interponent, would take any pains about making up the breaches.  
Unto this Proposition, the Elector returned this answer. 
Saxonyes' Answer.  That the purpose of his Majesty of Spain seemed to have been intended, towards the making of a peace betwixt the Houses of Austria and Saxony alone; and not of Germany in general. That none of that side could be so ignorant, as not to have observed how sincerely, faithfully, obediently, discreetly, peaceably, and in the highest degree patiently, he had carried himself, throughout all the time of this most important and weighty business: and how hostilely (on the contrary) both the Count of Tilly; Sergeant-Major-Generall Altringer, and Felt-marshall Diepenbach had used him and his Countries; which, without any desert at all, they had not invaded only; but after a barbarous and inhuman fashion ravaged and plundered, and with fire and sword depopulated. That he for his own part was not a little afflicted, that things were now comen to so troublesome, so dangerous and so desperate an issue: from being any occasioner whereof, his hope was, that he could fairly excuse himself, before God and the whole world. That he now desired nothing more, then that such fair means might both be propounded and apprehended, for the speedy restoring of so good and solid a peace within the Empire; as that a blessed agreement might be made up, betwixt the Head and the Members: the State surely settled: the miserably afflicted Empire, from this threatened ruin delivered; and all once again restored, unto its former strength and Majesty. That he could by no means conceive a reason, how things in this desperate condition of the whole Empire in general, could any ways be bettered, by these personal and particular treatyes. That during the time of these troubles, it had by variety of examples been manifested; that no general concord could by these private Leaguing be procured: but that more dangerous consequences daily broke forth upon it. That should he now condescend to his Majesty of Spain in this; he were no ways able to excuse himself unto the King of Sweden, and the Protestant States of Germany. But if their Majesty's (the Emperor and of Spain) were pleased to intent a just and universal peace; then would he show himself most willing and most ready; to do whatsoever lay in his power to perform in it.  
A fair answer; relishing of a public spirit, and becoming a Prince and Elector of the Empire. Saxony wisely found out the drift of this Austrian courtesy: which pretended private friendships, whilst they intended him public enmityes: and as wisely considered, that he could not long be safe in his private Cabin, whilst the whole Ship were on fire under him. This Treaty was made, in the beginning of October 1631.  
Nor yet whilst the thoughts and words of Peace were in motion, had the actions of war on his Imperial Majesty's side, any cessation. For so soon as ever the terror of the pursuit of the Victory of Leipsich was well over, and the Imperialists in Silesia assured, both of the King of sweden expedition into Duringen (quite another way from them) and of the stay of the Duke of Savonyes' army, 
The Imperialists fall into both the Lusatia's.  yet about Leipsich: do Feild-marshall Diepenbach and Colonel Gotse, prepare to fall into the Duke of Saxonyes' Lands, both in the Upper and Lower Lusatia, which in the year 1623., this very Emperor had bestowed upon this same Duke of Saxony. The Duke, indeed, seems to have consumed too much time after his recovering of his City of Leipsich; and to have been something too precise and punctual in examining and punishing such, as had either by their cowardice or affections, given occasions of the sudden rendering of the Town unto the General Tilly. The goods of the offenders (whether absent or present) were condemned: and out of them, 30000 Rixe Dollars allotted, for the repairing of the Suburbs, which themselves during the siege had burned.  
Gotse in the mean time coming over the River Spree, out of Silesia into the Lower Lusatia; takes, plunders, and burns the town of Luben, close upon the said river. So is Dam also served, standing a little more Westerly. Gutterbock, about a league from that, is pillaged: and 30000 Dollars and Dollars-worth, fetched out of those of Libenaw. His Horse also take in the little town of Schlieben, in the jurisdiction of Hertzberg: and all the towns, finally, betwixt the rivers of Spree and Elster; Cotwitz, namely, Spremberg, Hoierswerd, Finsterwald, etc. and all this was done before Michaelmas, and in the Lower Lusatia.  
In the mean time had Field-marshal Diepenbach undertaken the Upper Lusatia: which lies nearer to the Sun, then does the Lower. This little Country is usually called The six Towns; because of so many eminenter Towns in it; which are Bautzen, Gorlitz, Sittaw, Camitz, Lauben and Luben; all belonging to the Elector of Saxony. To solicit Bautzen, is Colonel Four sent; and Colonel Illo, to Sittaw: which two, together with the three other on the West side of the Spree; are fain to accept of, what they could not avoid, the taking in of the Emperor's garrisons. Unto Gorlitz, (on the same side of the Spree next to Silesia) Diepenbach sends an Imperial Commissary first: and he not prevailing, some of his armed troops presenting their Ordnance before the Town; compel the Citizens to discharge their Saxon garrison, and to take in whom he appointed them. Thus were all the six towns by the middle of October, become Imperial. Nor had the Duke of Saxonyes own Home-stall (as I may say) been secure from them. September 30. five hundred Crabats breaking into Meisen or Misnia, approach unto old Dresden, upon the Eastern bank of the Elb; and within less than a Dutch league of New Dresden; where the Electors own Palace is. Here had they thought to have surprised the old jaggers' Castle; but were discovered, and beaten off with the Ordnance of it: after which they were scared out of the Country by the Saxon Army. For now the Elector having notice of all this, September 27. he first sets out with his Army from Leipsich towards Torgau upon the Elb; the next frontier town towards Lusatia. The fame went of 22000 men in the Army: and that the Lord marquis Hamiltons' forces, (then about Custrine and Frankford upon the Oder) should be also joined with them.  

The Duke of ●axonyes forces stive the Impe●ialists out of Lusatia.  The Imperialists, upon the news of Arnheims, and the Saxons coming; make towards Hertzberg bridge, where the Saxons were to pass over the Elster to come at them. Arnheim here forces his passage; beats Gotse back from thence: who was fain thereupon to leave all he had gotten in the Lower Lusatia, and retreat with his whole Army into the Upper. By the seventh of October, had Arnheim again reduced all the towns of the Lower Lusatia; and then follows Gotse into the Upper: who hearing of his coming, leaves Diepenbaches garrisons only in the Six Towns; and retires his forces into Bohemia partly; and partly again into Silesia. Those that went into Bohemia, do much spoil by the way in Walsteins' Dukedom of Fridland (which is upon the frontiers of Lusatia and Bohemia) not sparing his own Lands and Territories. They were afterwards enquartered in the Earldom of Glatz. Those that made towards Silesia, did Arnheim give chase unto: who so hardly pressed upon them, that they in confusion passing the river Neiss at Gorlitz, were fain for haste to leave their Ordnance in that City.  
Than falls Arnheim upon the Imperialists in the Six Towns: which being none of the strongest, and the Townsmen willing withal; are as soon reduced now, as they had been before surprised. All this was done by the twentieth of October; by which, the Duke of Saxony himself was come to Bautzen, with the other lesser part of the Army: and Arnheim having thus cleared both the Lusatiaes', is preparing to fall into Bohemia.  

Arnheim marches into Bohemia.  October 25. he first sets forward: taking in Schlukenaw Town first of all; where the river Spree hath his original. This is a Romane-Catholike town upon the Northern frontiers of Bohemia; which the Emperor had heretofore given to the Earl of Mansvelt. Thence marches he on to Tetschin: where the river Pulsnitz falls into the Elb. This being a wonderful well provided place, makes countenance of resistance: but changed their copy by and by, so soon as Arnheims Ordnance, and the gross of his Army, presented themselves before it. Crossing the Elb at this place, to Ausich, 
and takes towns all the way.  or Ausig, he comes: two German leagues and a half distant. Upon the first news of the Saxons being past the Elb, one hundred Horsemen of this Ausich, presently run and tell those of Tepliz; a town just so fare also distant towards the West. Those of Starahor, a strong Castle upon a hill kept by four hundred Imperialists, hearing likewise of the same news; poorly quit the Vestung or hilly Castle aforesaid. Thence, October 28, hies he unto Leutmeritz on the East side of the Elb; within 7 Dutch miles or 28 English, of the City of prague: to which the chief of the Citizens and the garrison of Leutmeritz, had before Arnheims coming retired. Marching more Southerly next day up the Elb. the Austrian Baron Hoffkirck is by him sent with 1000 Horse unto Raudnitz, ten or twelve English miles further, and upon the other side of the river: which he surprises. The Inhabitants being all Papists, have their houses plundered: some of the chief Burghers being carried away prisoners, for their ransom, and the fidelity of their fellows.  
Arnheim having thus fare advanced into Bohemia, Henry Mathias the old Count of Thurn, began to stir also. His town of Thurn, is upon the very frontiers of the Duke of Saxonyes' Misnia, and Bohemia: 
The old Count of Thurn makes a party in Bohemia.  and thereabouts (I perceive) he began first of all to rise. He had his Commission for Lieutenant General, and some forces, from the King of Sweden; some aids he received from the Duke of Saxony: besides a party of diverse banished and discontented Lords and Gentlemen with their Tenants, which he drew into the action. That there were two several Armies about the end of this October in Bohemia; and those severally led too, by Arnheim and old Thurn, I find expressly. With the Swedish troops, does Count Thurn, first of all take in joachimsdale: a town with a pretty jurisdiction belonging unto it, upon the West-frontiers of Bohemia, midway betwixt Thurn and Egra. Here the people choose the old Count for their Governor: who bringing the Country as he goes along, under Contribution, marches towards prague to join with Arnheim.  
This great and Imperial City of prague, (which is indeed three several Cities in one) hearing of these proceed; gins to loose the company of the Emperor's great Officers and jesuites, there residing: all begin to pack away towards Budweiss first, and so to Passaw and Vienna. Nor did Walenstein Duke of Fridland, Don Balthasar, (than General in those parts) the Count of Michna and Colonel Wangler, stay behind: but feigning to go out of the town, to meet with the Count of Thurn and capitulate with him; they all together shifted for themselves otherwhere. These Commanders being immediately followed by the soldiers (lately sent for thither for the defence of the City, and said to be two thousand men) and the Citizens thereby left to themselves; yield immediately unto Arnheims first friendly Letter and Summons, upon the first of November sent unto them by his Trumpet. Himself at his coming accorded the whole matter with them, upon these conditions.  

Prage taken.  1. First, That the Saxon soldiers from their very first admission into the City, should behave themselves peaceably and quietly; without offering violence or injustice unto any man.  
2. That none of the three Cities of prague should any way be charged: nor any Monasteryes, Colleges, or Churches pillaged. And that free leave of continuing in the town, should be permitted unto the Monks and other Ecclesiastical persons; who shall no ways be injuryed by the souldioury.  
3. As for the Gentry and Magistrates of the said three Cities, neither should they be burdened with any enquartering or billeting of soldiers upon them: nor should any ransom or other forfeiture be wrung from them. And if in case any of them (which is not to be supposed) should so be used by the soldiers: then should they be protected by the Lord Arnheim, or  should be the Governor residing in that City, where they be so molested.  
4. For that the three Cities aforesaid have made an earnest request of it, that they may be suffered to continued in the homage, which they once took oath upon unto the Emperor: and that it may be free for any man to departed the City, without paying any ransom or Fine for it: this condition was for the present accepted of by the Lord Arnheim, until his Highness the Elector of Saxony should resolve otherwise of it.  
5. For that the several abilities of the Citizens, were most particularly known unto their own Magistrates: it should be left to their choice, in what houses to billet or not billet the Saxon soldiers.  
6. That the jews as well as the Christians, should have freedom of religion; and all free protection both for their lives and goods.  
7. That the three Cities should submit themselves to the protection of his Highness the Elector of Saxony: and that every man should make promise to live peaceably; and to give no occasion of sedition: but with a good and true meaning, to observe whatsoever is contained in these Articles: which were by both parties thus signed.  
john George Arnheim. 

The old,  
The new,  
The little,   City.  
Within a week after the rendering of prague, 
The Duke of Saxony enters prague.  came the Duke of Saxony into the City: taking up his lodging in that goodly fair Palace, lately built by the Duke of Fridland, upon the ruins of an hundred houses. The Count of Thurn contented himself with taking possession of his own house again; which the Emperor had bestowed upon the Count of Michna: He forthwith caused the heads and limbs of such Protestant Lords and others, as had been executed by the Emperor, to be taken down, and honourably buried. The Catholic Lords, Gentlemen, and Imperial Officers of the neighbour Cities, make as much money of their estates as they can, and the most of them departed the Kingdom. Those that stayed behind, as also the inferior people, being afraid of ill usage from the soldiers; the Count of Thurn gives out a general Protection in the King of sweden name, for the security of the Subject. Thus.  

The Count of Thurn gives a protection to the Subjects of Bohemia,  We Henry Mathias, Count of Thurn, Baron of Ballastrino and Creutz, Lieftenant-Generall to his Majesty of Sweden, etc. do in his said Majesty's name, give free leave, power, and authority to the Noble Gentleman john host Theysel, to protect and defend you and all the subjects of Bohemia, from all injuries, etc. The Boors begin to appear on the Swedish and Saxish party, and kill as many Imperial soldiers as they could singly meet withal and master. They pillage Postelberg upon the river Egra: with Brustwald, and other towns thereabouts. They murder two great Imperial privy Councillors; the Earl of Thallenberg Lord Precedent: and the Count of Trautmansdorff. The troublesome estate of the Country, may best be read in the Count of Thurns Proclamation, for the redress of it.  

and sets out a Proclamation, to restrain diverse insolences.  We Henry, etc. Count of Thurn, etc. understanding, how that diverse Boors have begun, not only to rob upon the highways side, but also to pillage Castles and gentlemen's houses: and that no honest man is able to go about his business, for fear of being rob by them: therefore do we hereby fairly request first of all, and advice them, to give over these insolences: and to pray to God rather to sand them a good Magistrate, under whom they may enjoy peace and quietness: that every man may fearelessely return to his vocation again, and leave off these idle courses. For this army is not come to ruin or undo, but to redress the country rather, against such injuries as it hath heretofore endured. My hope therefore is, that you will not revenge your former wrongs upon these our soldiers: and I for mine own part will still continued, as heretofore I have been, your good Patron and Protector. As for those of the Gentry, none I hope will become partakers with these extravagant fellows; but be a means and a help rather, to suppress and hinder them in their naughty purposes. My further hope is, that both one and other will apply himself, to this our well intended admonition: which (let me tell them) will be a great deal better both for their quiet and for their profit. But whosoever he be, that after this, shall be apprehended for the like faults again; let him be assured that I will proceed with that severity against him, as his demerits shall require; making him an example unto the rest, that none hereafter may impute their punishment, to any but their own disobedience. Thus much shall the Lord Adam of Chinitz and Tetaw, cause to be made known unto you.  
By this time had Thurns part of the Army, 
The actions after the taking of prague.  taken in all the North-westerne part of the Kingdom, from joachimsdale aforesaid; along upon the river Egra, to the County of Satz, called the Satzer kraiss; together with the towns of Satz, Commothaw, Prisen and the rest, upon the West of the City prague. Arnheim with his Saxons, did what he pleased upon the rivers Elb and Multaw, on the South and East side of the City: which he might easily enough do, for there was not an Imperialist nor strong Town, to resist him. So easy was this goodly Kingdom to be taken. Towards the middle of November, is the Imperial Colonel Gallas sent in with some troops against him. In the end of the month, when Tilly after his rising from Norimberg, had sent part of his army into the Upper Palatinate, towards Weyden and Egra: he is requested to fall in with his troops on the Western side; whiles Don Balthasar, Diepenbach, Gallas and Gotse should set upon them on the North-East side. Arnheim hearing of the coming of Diepenbach, Gallas and Gotse out of Silesia, and their being joined with Don Balthasar: resolves to go against them, before the Tillians should be marched up too fare into the Country, and he endangered to be hemmed up into the middle of them. By the 26 of November, 
●he Imperia●●sts make head again in Bo●●mia,  were 15000 Imperialists, (both out of Bohemia and Silesia) met together at Limburg upon the North side of the river Elb, some 25 English miles from the City prague. Against these, advances Arnheim, November 28: very secretly and in the night, without sound of Drum or Trumpet. Yet not so secretly neither, but that the Imperialists by their espials had notice of their approaching. Arnheim now within 2 or 3 English miles of Limburg, gins to put his men into order; and to give directions for the assailing of the enemy (as he thought) in their Quarters. This whiles he was doing, the Alarm is brought home to him; and word that the enemy had already charged his Van, and disordered it. With that, might he perceive the Imperialists in fair Battaglia; and his own men beginning to take the rout at it. Persuading thereupon the Regiments next unto him, To remember the cause of religion and the public liberty, which they came thither to fight for; the military oath taken to their Lord the Duke of Saxony; and their own honours and former victories: he presently leads them on against the Imperialists. Drawing his Sword withal, upon those which he met now fleeing, and vowing to let fly his Ordnance amongst them, unless they returned into the battle: he brought all in order again, and altogether renewed the encounter. The fight was long; but the Imperialists having brought no Ordnance with them, (their design having been only to surprise Arnheim upon his march) and the Saxon Ordnance doing much spoil upon them on the other side: 
〈◊〉 are over●owne by ●●nheim.  they were fain to retreat in much disorder towards Limburg. Many of them were cut down by the pursuing Saxons; and the most of their Regiments routed.  
Arnheim summoning Limburg upon fair terms, and being refused; shoots Granades, and Fireworks into the Town: whereupon the Imperialists perceiving all like to be burnt down, quit the City, and burn the bridge behind them, for fear of being pursued. But the Saxons finding a convenient ford or passage near-hand over the River, pursue them on that side also. Some 6000 or 7000 men, were said to be slain in this battle: whereof there might perchance be little more than half so many. Diepenbach was at first reported to be killed also: but he saved himself by flight, and recovered with Gotse into Silesia: Don Balthasar escaped into Budweiss, on the other side of the Country.  
The Duke of Saxony himself about prague in the mean time, hath the Town of Melnick upon the Elb, 
Other towns taken.  to the North of prague: and the Towns of the Counties of Podberder and Multaw, to the South of prague, delivered over unto him. Whilst Arnheim is coming back again, those of the Army with the Duke, with some of Thurns forces; make Westward towards Egra: there to prevent the Tillians. Some few correspondents and wellwishers to his cause, the Duke then had within the City: the rest generally being Popish. Upon confidence of whom, he presented about 900 Horse and Foot (one with another) before their City upon the Gallows hill, on Saturday, December 3d, old style. The Magistrates perceiving this, first cause the Alarm to be struck up, and commanded every man, that was able to bear Arms, to repair unto their guards: but a very few there were, that would make a muster of themselves. 
Egra taken.  The Magistrates calling their Common-council together into the Statehouse, to consult either upon the means of resistance, or Composition: might have better saved the Town, by putting to their helping hands, then by laying their heads together. For whilst they are there consulting; one of the Saxons correspondents by discharging of a warning piece, both calls those without, to press upon the bridge-Port; and his fellow-Combyners within, to break open the said Gate for them. The Saxons marching immediately up to the market place; there make a prison, of what Master Mayor and his brethren had made a : locking them all in, and setting a guard upon them. The soldiers presently fall to plunder the jury or street and houses of the jews: and those ranker and more practical Papists, whom they pleased to mistake for jews. For the Protestants and their Correspondents sake, they forbore the rest of the Citizens: and were content to accept of such Billet and Quartering, as the still pinfolded Magistrates (more for fear then love) were forced to assign them. Two days after, the Citizens take oath to the Duke of Saxony: that they would stand firmly to the Elector, the Cause, and the Protestant Religion. About this City, were some 8000 Saxons for a while kept; until they saw whereabouts the Tillians would settle: who hearing after a while, how Diepenbach was defeated; betake themselves into their winter garrisons, Tillyes self returning unto Nordlingen.  
The Count of Thurn now went to besiege Budweiss; a good strong City upon the very Southermost frontiers of the Kingdom, sixty English miles from prague. Hither was Don Balthasar retired: and this place, he with twenty two Ensigns maintained. 
The Count of Thurn falls sick.  But the Count of Thurn fell sick not long after; and the siege came to nothing. Whilst the Duke, and Arnheim and Thurn, were abroad with the Armies; the Austrian Baron Hoffkirck was left Governor of the Greater town of prague, and Philip Reinhard Count of Solms of the Lesser. The Imperial Horse (and the Crabats especially) made diverse excursions about the Country; yea even near unto prague itself, in the absence of the armies. For the Duke of Saxony was now preparing to go keep his Christmas at home: where at Dresden he arrived, December 16, and his Felt-Marshall Arnheim with him.  

Divers attempts upon prague, by the Imperialists.  December 13, (old style) diverse troops of Crabats made a show of themselves before the Weissemberger gate of the greater Town of prague: hoping of some Correspondents or tumults within, who might help them to reprize it. The Baron of Hoffkirck discharging three pieces of Ordnance hereupon (which is the sign for the soldiers to take the Alarm) and sending out some troops of Horse against them; drove them to the retreat. The next day, (being Christmas Eve at prague, according to the New style) the Imperialists came on with greater forces: the Crabats light horse being backed with 1000 Musketeers, and flanked with as many Dragooners. The Saxons well ware of their coming, had first dressed an ambush of Musketeers in a lower place of covert for them; and then sent out two troops of Arnheims own guards and some others, to entertain them. These feigning to flee, draw on the Imperialists into the ambush, where a many of them were entrapped by this stolen stratagem. By this time, more of the Imperialists appeared in sight; and with a reasonable good army. Hereupon, do the Saxons retire into the City; looking that it would forthwith be assaulted. But the Count of Sultz and Colonel Gallas (who led the Imperialists) perceiving the walls and bulwarks to be already manned, and the Ordnance busy amongst them: call off their men, and faces about to the right hand. The Towne-Horse perceiving this, fall (as usually they will do) out upon the Rear of the Imperialists: which as they were about to do, all on the sudden the bells in the two jesuites Colleges (one in the old town, and the other in the Lesser) began to ring out. 
The Jesuits hold a practice with the Imperialists.  The Imperialists hearing this signal, offered presently to return again towards the City: but the Ordnance now thundering upon them, no Correspondents appearing, and the short winter's day being fare spent: they bethought themselves, and marched off again.  
The Governors and Magistrates speedily sending to the jesuites Colleges, to know the reason of the ringing of their bells; found diverse Arms and Muskets there hidden: which were ready to be used both by the jesuites (who would for that time have been Ex militia too) and by the Imperially-affected within the City; had but their friends without, once made themselves Masters of any gate or bulwark. These Arms were taken away: the Military jesuites three days after, turned out of the Town; and their 2 Colleges given away to the Carmelites and Franciscans; two kinds of less pragmatical fraternities. The Saxons perceiving how often they were likely to be assaulted; stand better upon their guards: the Count of Solms causing the Burgher's watch, every day to break the ice of the river Mulda; for fear of the enemies coming over it.  
December 22. the Baron Hoffkirck had the first Protestant Sermon and Communion, in the Dutch Church of the Old town, that had in ten years before been publicly preached in the City. And by this time, were the exiled Protestants (both Clergy and Laity) in most places of the Kingdom, 
Religion restored in Bohemia.  again returned; and liberty of Religion restored.  
December 24. the Imperialists, and three Ensigns of Walloons amongst them; 
Five troops of Saxons defeated,  fall upon five troops of Colonel Steinaw his Horse; then lying at Rakonick, thirty English miles to the West of prague City. The Saxons being surprised, are knocked down: scarce 120 of them escaping with their lives, and loss of two Cornets. The Imperialists advancing nearer towards prague, take short two other Saxonian Lieutenants (Hauguis and Wenzor as I find them named: 
and two more. ) who being gone out upon espial to discover these Imperialists; found them too soon, and lost their own liberties and companions lives, for their labours. Many such excursions and attempts were made on either side this cold weather, scarcely worth the writing. The Saxons, (of whom there were seven thousand now in and about prague) being aforehand with them, stirred little abroad: but by sitting still and bibbing in the warm Stooves all day-long, they proved so lazy; as that they were ever now and anon, (though in small numbers) surprised by their more active enemies. Gallas and the Count of Sultz lay still in the lurch for them; even as near as Beraun upon the river Watta, within twelve or fourteen English miles of prague, and on the West of it: others of them lying more Westerly at that time, towards the Upper Palatinate. For this reason, was the Duke of Saxony constrained to sand more new levied forces, with some Ordnance; towards the good town of Pilsen, and those quarters: which lie some six or seven leagues more South-Westerly, towards the head of the same river, and in the middle of Gallas his Quarters. This strong town of Pilsen (as I should have told you) was by accord rendered unto the Duke, before his going out of Bohemia. Colonel Swalbach General of the Saxons artillery, now lay in the County of Luitmertz.  
The time of the year being too cold to fight, 
The Emperor sends again to draw off Saxony  the Emperor sends to the Duke of Saxony to treat. julius Henry, one of the Dukes of Saxon-Lawenburg (who had some years before turned Papist,) was the man employed; and about Christmas was the time. His Imperial Majesty by this Ambassador, protested himself to be very sorry; to have any occasion to withdraw his affection, from so worthy and so beloved a Prince: friendly advising the Duke, that in case he should still continued constant to his purposes, and that if any hardship of war, or judgement from God should fall upon him for it; He (the Emperor) should be altogether innocent of it. But the weather was cold, and so was Saxonyes' answer. These motions were several times renewed from the Emperor, both by this and other messengers.  
About the beginning of january, do the Saxons, under the leading of Baron Hoffkirck, defeat 900 Crabats, 
900 Crabats defeated.  and take 11 Cornets from them: which they sand unto their Duke at Dresden. prague after this defeat, was held much the quieter.  
About the 15th of january, the Imperialists of Meridies' Regiment, have a design for the plundering and burning of Slackenwald, in the County of Egra. Prince Ernestus of Anhalt, (who then had some good Saxon forces thereabouts) hearing of it; comes immediately upon them, and drives them to take Sanctuary in the strong Castle of Betscha, 
The Imperialists attempt Slackenwald,  (from whence some of them came) about 2 English miles to the South of Slackenwald. Other Imperialists at the same time, make daily excursions even to the very gates of prague. 
and prague,  Those 3 Ensigns of Walloons, among the rest, that had before cut off 5 Companies of Colonel Steinaw's at Rakonick; were almost every man of them cut in pieces, 
with loss.  by those of Colonel Bindthauffs Regiment, before the gates of prague. This Regiment of Bindthauff (who was slain at the Battle of Leipsich) was now bestowed upon Vlrick, Prince of Denmark and Duke of Holstein.  
The Duke of Saxony now levying more new forces, about Torgau in his own Country; jan. 18. sends some 10 pieces of Ordnance thither: 4 of which were Demi-Cannon, and drawn with 10 horses apiece; which Tilly had left behind him at Leipsich. Himself was all this while at home at Dresden; and Arnheim with him: whither the Lord Chancellor Oxenstiern likewise came, from the King of Sweden. The town of Egra about this time, desires of the Elector, to free them of his unruly garrison. Prage itself likewise was so sorely oppressed by the Saxons; that the poor Bohemian Protestants, lately returned to their own homes out of exile: choose rather to forsake their native Country again, then to endure the heaviness of such taxations, 
The Saxons ●ard dealing with the Bohemians.  as the masterly Saxons enforced upon them. Thus by the middle of February, were there 1700 houses found empty in the 3 Cities: the easing of which hardship; the keeping of the Duke and Arnheim, from harkening to the Emperor and Walenstein, (who laid hard at them:) to hasten forward the Saxon levies; and to renew the former league with the Duke, was the chief part of Chancellor Oxenstierns Ambassage.  
In the beginning of February, Prince Ernest of Anhalt with the 8000 Saxons he had in and about Egra; makes show of rising thence; and of going against Cratz into the Upper Palatinate. The occasion, was a fear conceived upon the Count of Sultz his going out of Bohemia: which he thought had been to fetch in Cratz thither. This made him bristle up. But hearing of Cratz and Sultz their going to the relief of Forcheim, (a clean contrary way from him) he stays his expedition, and looks to the Imperialists nearer hand. Within Egra, was Colonel Starschedel, left Governor. February 3 (old Style) there was a great Hubbub sent into prague from Brandeis (a town upon the Elb, some 10 English miles to the North of it) that the Imperialists were with diverse pieces of Ordnance, coming very strong against them. Hereupon does the Baron Hoffkirck make towards Brandeis, to prevent the enemy: who falling on upon the town, Febr. 8, were put by their design, and retired. The next day, would a Horse-Regiment of the Crabats (with some Foot) needs make another brave before the Town; as if they had meant presently to have attempted it. This the Governor perceiving, 
Brandeis attempted, and rescue  thrusts some bands of selected musketeers (for an ambush) into the Castle, (on the same side of the town next unto the enemies) and with some few of the residue, sallies (in policy) out upon the Crabats. These perceiving the sallyers to be but weak, fall instantly upon them, and beat them back to the very walls of the Castle: presently whereupon the Saxon Musketeers issuing out, and the sallyers' returning upon the Crabats again; kill 300 of them upon the place: defeat, and disperse the whole Regiment. Here (as they heard at prague) was the Count of Slyck either wounded or taken prisoner. The same third of February did some lose troops of Crabats and others, put themselves (for the seeking of pillage) over the river Mulda, towards Pilsen: of which the Boors having notice, gather 600 of them together, sink the boats first of all in which the Crabats had passed the river; and then set upon, 
The Boors kill the Crabats.  and cut the throats of the plunderers. Thus the Boors served the Crabats oftentimes; whose very name was more odious unto them, than any other of the Imperialists. These Boors undertook the keeping the Western bank of the Mulda: which about this time, they had cleared for 40 English miles together.  
February 13, 
Don Balthasar turns the Skales again in Bohemia.  was Colonel Marezan sent from Don Balthasar di Marradas, (now lately returned from Walenstein with 8000 men into Bohemia) to fall upon the town of Satz, upon the North of the river Egra: and about 40 English miles to the West of prague. Marezan brought but 1000 musketeers and 500 Horse, to do the feat withal; his trust was upon his Correspondents within the town: who indeed opened the gates in the night time unto him. The Saxons which were of Bindthauffs old Regiment, took the Alarm, and had three several charges with the Imperialists. In which service, 
●●atz recovered ●y the Impe●ialists,  1200 of them lost their lives, the town was won, and 6 Ensigns sent unto prague unto the Emperor.  
And this return of Don Balthasars', gave the first jog; which turned round the wheel of Fortune again in Bohemia. Some Saxon forces (as if they had meant to give way to their enemies and misfortunes) were gone a jolly voyage into Silesia: to pillage and triumph certainly. There, about mid February, they fall foul upon Colonel Illo and his Regiment: which they almost utterly defeated. They surprise other Imperialists at Politz: and with a running pull, had like to have taken in Glatz also. Some of them fly out as fare as Gorlitz. Thus whilst the soldier's gate some slight pillage in Silesia; the Duke their Master, lost what they had before gotten him in Bohemia. For quickly now had Don Balthasar driven other of the Saxons out of Comotha, Prisen, Rade and Caden: 
●nd diverse o●her towns.  which last, the Maps falsely writ Lada. The marquis of Gran, he also expulses them out of Slackenwald and Carlsbat.  
And thus through the idleness, covetousness, and deep security of the Saxons, (now in the absence of their Duke and Arnheim, and the sickness of the Count of Thurn;) was all that North-westerne corner of Bohemia, next unto Misnia and the Upper Palatinate, quite recovered by the Imperialists. These being Masters of that woody frontier, cut down the trees upon all the Passes thereabouts: to hinder by that means the Duke of Saxony from sending any Horsemen, Ordnance or Ammunition-wagons, that way into Bohemia. Yea, and had not the snow now hindered the Imperialists, they had even then marched into Misnia. The plague and famine, now increased in prague and other places; and all things seemed to threaten an alteration. The Saxons had not used their brother-Protestants, so kindly as they should, or might have done: which alienated the Bohemians hearts, that should have assisted them.  
His Highness the Elector himself, was at a meeting or Diet at Torgau, about the end of this February. There was his Arnheim too. There were the marquis Elector of Brandenburg in person: and that wise Statesman, the Swedish Chancellor Axel Oxenstiern. 
A Diet at To●gau, where th● Catholics move for a Peace.  The Emperor with other Leaguers, had their Ambassadors there also. Thus whilst one Imperial General (Walenstein) is providing; and another (Don Balthasar) is already fall'n against Saxony into Bohemia; is there an Imperial Ambassador sent towards Saxony, unto Torgau. Now whilst the wars are hottest, the Leaguers and Imperialists make motions for a peace (that was their business) which by Oxenstierns and the Protestants demanding, to have the charges of the war repaid; were put by for that present.  
February 29. 400 Companies of polacks pass the River of Mulda near unto Soltzan and Pribus; (some 30 English miles to the South of prague) to go towards Pilsen. Seven hundred more of them, are bold to venture their passage over the same River at Konigsal, within five English miles of prague also. Against these, are three Saxon Captains, Stram, Liechwies, and Toner sent; with five troops of Horse, and three Companies of Foot, to hinder their passage, if it might be. By the beginning of March, were almost all the passages about prague blocked up: those only excepted towards Dresden, which the Saxons made a shift to keep open.  
And now began they (and it was more than time) to look better to themselves at prague. They fortify the Horse-market; raise a sconce over the bridge there; plant some Ordnance upon all places of advantage; 
The Saxons at Prage grow jealous of the Catholics.  and towards the water's side especially. Now begin the Saxons to grow jealous of the Catholic Burghers, in all the three towns of the City: many of them are committed, for that some letters of suspicion were found about them; others executed, for sending letters to Budweis, and entertaining practices and correspondencyes with the Imperialists. All Catholics are by sound of Drum forbidden, to appear upon any Alarm abroad in the streets; yea or to be seen out at their windows, terraces, or Balconees, upon pain of great punishment: but all the Protestants should upon like occasion, resort unto the small side Ring upon the said Horse-Market-place.  
The Diet of Torgau being ended, the Duke of Saxony draws his new levied forces together to the frontiers; to be ready to march with the first of the Spring, into Bohemia. This list of his Army was given abroad. Of his Horse Regiments were these 8 Colonels, with each 1000 horse under him. The Duke of Saxon-Altenburg. Vlrick, Duke of Holstein and Prince of Denmark. Ernestus Prince of Anhalt. Baron Hoffkirck. Colonel Tauben. Colonel Steinau. Colonel Kalkstein, and Colonel Vitzthimb. beside 2000 Horse of the Country gentlemen's; and two troops more of 150 apiece, under Vitzthimb and Truckses. In all 10300. Of the Foot Companies, were there 9 Regiments under these Colonels: whereof eight had 3000 apiece, and the last 2500. The Life-Regiment, 
The list of Saxonyes' new ●evyes.  Arnheim, Swalbach, Starschedel, Loser, Klitzing, Wilbersdorff, Vitzthimb, and Maschnitz. To these were added 500 Volunteers under Colonel Appelman, and 600 more, under three other Captains. In all 27600. Horse and Foot in all, 37900.  
This List, if ever it were filled up; and had the Forces been mustered and brought together; hardly could the Saxons have been excused from the imputation of errant Pultrones, and Cullions, so quickly to loose so brave a Kingdom as Bohemia: and to suffer the wars so suddenly to be brought home to them, into their own Misnia and Lusatia. But Walenstein came sooner upon them, than was expected. The Elector of Brandenburg, had some 8000 men, now also in a readiness; unto whom the Swedish Colonel Dubalt being afterwards conjoined, those few made better work of it in Silesia; then all these Saxons did in Bohemia. This caused both the Duke and his Felt-marshall Arnheim to be suspected, of what they were no way guilty. 
Some aspersions wypt off, from the Duke of Saxony and Arnheim.  The suspicion was partly occasioned, by Arnheims going from the Duke to treat with Walenstein: but the Duke answered honourably; and Arnheim hath proved himself an honest man; refusing such terms as Waelnstein ('tis said) offered him.  
Whilst Saxony was a pruning his feathers, the Imperialists were again upon the wing. 
The siege of Elnbogen raised by the Saxons.  April 3d. they assault Elnbogen upon the River Eger; a little to the North of Slackenwald and Falkenaw aforementioned. Twelve hundred men they brought against it; and two days and nights together, they battered it. All which time, Vitzthimb with his garrison, and the Citizen's help, defended the Town, and put off one or two assaults, very manfully. April 5th, the Imperialists fell very furiously on again; and were again as bravely repulsed. By this time the neighbour Regiments of Saxon-Altenburg and Anhalt, resolve either to remove the siege; or else to beat up a Quarter, and to thrust some succours into the Town: upon whose coming, the Imperialists gave it over, and retired.  
The rest of April, was spent with loss unto the Saxons. 
Falkenaw taken by the Saxons, and forsaken.  By the end of it, the Elector of Saxony advances with part of the Army into Bohemia: and May 3, Arnheim and Philip Reinhard of Solms, march up after him with the residue. Arnheims employment was, to go for Pilsen: and the Count of Solms was to return into prague again. May 7th, 
Some Actions betwixt the Saxons and the Walsteiners.  the Saxons set upon Falkenaw, on the Eastern bank of the River Eger, and betwixt Egra and Elnbogen. The Town they take in by Scaladoe; and prepare likewise to storm the Castle: which whilst they were about to do, the Imperialists from thence setting fire upon the Town (with fireworks which they fling down) enforced the Saxons to leave it also.  

Walstein advances into Bohemia.  About the fourth of May, had the Saxon Regiments of the Duke of Holstein and Klitzing, with other their Associates: defeated three of Walensteins' new Regiments near unto Commotha. The Saxons of Swalbachs' Regiment that lay at Leutmeritz upon the Elb, now burn down their bridge there, to prevent the Walsteiners coming at them: who then lay at Budin some two leagues from them to Prageward.  
Walenstein with his whole great Army, was by the beginning of April 1632, upon his march towards Bohemia: who quickly recovered prague, and forced the Duke of Saxony and Arnheim home into Misnia: as in His Proceed we shall tell you.  
And thus being able for this time to do the Saxons no greater honour, then to say no more of them: we leave the rest of their losses, to be pursued in Walensteins' Story: and the recovery of their honours in Silesia and elsewhere, we cave unto the Third Part.   

The Military Preparations of the Lord Albert Walstein Duke of Fridland, etc. against the Duke of Saxony, and King of Sweden.  
HIs Imperial Majesty by the middle of October 1631: perceiving the small hopes he had of drawing the Duke of Saxony unto his party again, by the Compliments of an Embassage; and that the said Duke's forces had by this time driven the Imperial army under Gotse, out of Lusatia; were too hard for Diepenbaches in Silesia; and becomne a terror now unto Don Balthasars' in Bohemia: gins to consult (as it was high time) upon the setting forth of another Army to oppose him. Those that were the advisers, became also the advancers of his Counsels. His Majesty the King of Spain, contributed 300000 double Pistolets. 
Divers voluntary Contributions, towards a new Army.  His Majesty King Ferdinand of Hungary, laid down so many Rixe Dollars. Prince Eggenberg Duke of Crumau (the Emperor's chiefest Counsellor) underwit for 100000 Dollars. The Cardinal and Prince of Diederickstein, for so many Gilders. The Bohemian Count of Michna, for 100000 of his Country Dollars. The new Bishop of Vienna, (late Abbot of Cremsmunster) for 80000 Rixe Dollars: and the Lord Stralendorff, Vicechancellor of the Empire, undertook for 18000 ducats. Other Gentlemen likewise, that either had received, or that now expected any Court favours or preferments; might not be behindhand with their Largesse.  
To solicit the Pope's bounty (rather than his benediction) is the Hungarian 
* Of Strigonium, or Gran in Hungaria.  Cardinal Pasman employed: who for being a Cardinal, the Court of Rome would not acknowledge for an Ambassador: nor that the war he came about, was a war of Religion. So that Saint Peter's Successor having no favourable inclination towards Caesar, saved his purse by this trick and avoided (very Romanly) the treating with the Cardinal upon that chargeable argument. The Lord Rabata, Governor of Gradiscia in Hungaria, goes at the same time, with Pasman, unto the Princes & Gentlemen of Italy: carrying blank Commissions along with him, to give out to such as would levy for the Emperor: and an empty purse, for such as would contribute towards it. After them in May following, goes the young Duke of Eggenberg unto Florence to muster, and to bring the Italian forces into Germany. And thus was the first of the three Principles of War (the Matter of money) taken order for: which is worthily called the Sinews of it: for that by the Languidenesse or vigorous activity of this same money, the war becomes either a Giant or a Lame soldier.  
There had no meaner General all this while be●● 〈◊〉 then the Emperors own son, Ferdinand King of Hungary. Eggon Count of Furstenberg having a good friend of his Kinsman Precedent Ferstenberg at Cou●● 〈◊〉 for the Preferment: or to be Adjutant or Director at lest, ●nto King Ferdinand. He had left his troops with Tilly, presently after their joint overthrow; and hearing of another man's calling to the place a little after this, he leaves the wars, and retires unto a privacy.  
For the Lord Albert Walenstein Duke of Fridland was the man, that had the voices of the Courtiers for it: such Councillors especially, as being lovers of his vast bounties; knew by experience, that if Fridland chanced upon a good Main, struck a lucky hand of it, he would pay the box well for it. Walenstein (they knew) was no such slight Captain, as those that had scarce heard of him, supposed. He had heretofore done good service against the Turks; beaten the Count of Mansfeld and the Duke of Brunswick, severally, in the year 1626.; and borne down, since that, all before him in Mecklenburg and Pomerania. Caesar's memory needed not to be refreshed, with any new mention of Walensteins' old services (the Emperor knew him to be for his turn:) but the discontents, that Bavaria and other Princes (whom his Majesty had present need of) would take, at his calling in again; became the difficulty. But these being by the art of others, either quickly made less; or argued down; as if private respects, must of duty give way unto public necessities: the same Lord Questenberg, 
Walenstein invited to the Generallship.  who had been sent from the Diet of Ratisbone to discharge him; is now dispatched again to invite him. It was in the beginning of November, a time of Walensteins' good leisure; he then living at his own fair Castle of Znaim in Moravia: as being by the Saxons other day, chased out of Bohemia.  
His old friend Questenberg could not (it seems) prevail with him at the first; it was the month of December ere Walenstein would accept it: and then (as himself professed) at the persuasions of Prince Eggenberg. And herein (me thinks) appears a strange mixture of spirit, in this Walenstein; that being supposed as haughty and ambitious of Command, as any man in the world; yet was he so fare forth master of the greatness of his own desires; as that he could with as much moderation now refuse the Generallship, as he had before resigned it: he would not have authority, but with freedom, and his own Conditions. Others have censured this for Pride in him: though nothing (me thinks) looks liker Honour. Walenstein (sure) would have proved an excellent Scholar, he keeps himself to his Terms so well. In the Letter of his acceptance, he was thus free with the Emperor. That his deserts, had been fuller of merit; then his usage had been either of reward or acknowledgement. That small encouragement had he therefore to hazard his quiet, his state, his honour, or his person again, for any service of the Emperors. But yet had Prince Eggenberg such an obligation upon him, 
accepts of it ●●r a time.  that at his request he was contented to be brought on again. Yet not so, as absolutely to accept of the Generallship; otherwise then upon certain conditions only: and those would himself have the liberty of propounding.  
1. First, he would entertain the place, but for three months only: nor would he take his Commission, for longer than the first of March following.  
2. He would not have it expected, that he should wage battle in that time with the enemy.  
3. The service he would do the Emperor, was, to levy as many soldiers for him, as would repair unto his Ensigns.  
4. After all which, he would be contented that another man should be appointed General over them: or rather (which was his private wish) that a good peace might be treated upon.  
The Imperial Commission being sent him unto Znaim in Moravia; he there began to hung out his Ensigns, to beat up his Drums, and to give out his Patents for a levy. Not yet as General; for King Ferdinand (for the more credit to the action) still kept the Title of Generalissimo to himself. To lay the groundwork for the new Army, was Diepenbach (either voluntarily or by command) brought to resign up his Silesian troops unto Walenstein.  
The levyes went on; and the intention was known to be for the recovery of Bohemia; 
His first levyes.  for which exploit, Walenstein had golden mountains promised him. But for such a work, all things went not on, as he desired: he would come into the field like himself, or not at all. The monies already raised, were too small a sum for him: and he would have his men in the best manner accommodated. He demands three millions of gold, for the raising of 70000 men: propounds to have 5 000 Curiassiers or men at arms, raised in the Low Countries: and that Baron Dhona should bring him 10000 Cosacks: He desires Quarter for twelve Regiments in Moravia; for fourteen in Silesia: for six in the Upper and Lower Austria: and for the rest in Bohemia, till the Army were ready to go into the Field. In the end of january, he gives out a Command unto all his Colonels and Captains, to have their Regiments and Companies complete, by the first of March following. Upon the first of February, he sets out a Proclamation to call in all such soldiers, as were then in service of the enemy. This was the Brief of it.  
We 
a Albert.  Albrecht by the Grace of God, Duke of Mechlenburg, Fridland and Sagan: Prince of 
b That is, of Rugen, usedome and Wolin; three I● in Pomerani● called ●●e J● of the Vand●  Wenden or of the Vandals; Count of Schwerin, and of the Countries of Rostock and Stargard, etc. Whereas we hear of diverse Officers and common soldiers belonging heretofore unto the Armies of his Imperial Majesty, to be at this present in service with the enemy: we therefore give notice unto them by these presents, That whosoever of them will come back within 6 months, 
He calls t● Germans fr●● the King's service.  shall be pardoned and entertained. And we command all our Officers of war to entertain them, and never to reproach them with their former offences; but the kindlier rather to entreat them.  
Given at Znaim, Febr. 1. 1632. Stylo novo.  
In the end of December, and beginning of january, had there been a meeting of the States at Vienna: where there was an enlargement of contributions agreed upon for the army: For money was scarce as yet, nor were the soldiers half armed. Upon the 11th and 12th of january (old Style) the Regiments already levied in Moravia; were drawn together from about Brin, and Olmuntz, unto Znaim: where being mustered, they were sent among the Emperor's Tenants of Austria to be enquartered. This they complaining to his Imperial Majesty of, are referred for their redress unto Walenstein. There seems to have been some rub in the business, that discontented our Duke of Fridland, about this middle of january: whereupon he boldly gave it out, that he would continued General but till May-day following. moneys (it seems) came not in currently; nor the aids that he expected out of Hungary: 
〈◊〉: Hungari● refuse to ●e the Em●our.  for the Hungarians had broken up their Diet or Land-day at Thirnau, without one Subsidy towards the Emperor. Esterhasy the Hungarian Palatine was answered by the States,  
1. That they had evident and present employment for their own moneys and forces: the Turks being ready to fall into their Country.  
2. That they were not bound to sand any forces out of the Kingdom unto their King; for that they knew no enemy he had: and it more concerned them, to strengthen their own Frontiers.  
3. That they knew no other enemy, either within or without the Kingdom, but the Turk only.  
But Walenstein by the end of january had better content (it seems) his name was said to be set into the Commission before the Duke of Bavariaes'; and Arnold Secretary of State is sent from Vienna to Znaim unto him: whence he went to solicit the old King of Poland. The Imperial levies went on afterwards something cheerfullier; both in Moravia, Austria, and Bohemia: the Archduke Leopold raises one Regiment of Horse towards it; and the Count of Michna another: which last man knew how to make himself a saver well enough, for that he was now appointed commissary-general unto the Army. Towards the end of February, Walenstein sets out his Proclamation for provisions for the army: by which every Freeholder is commanded to furnish him daily with 2 pounds of bread, one of flesh, 2 pints of wine, and 2 Crowns a month contribution; together with lodging for the soldiers: besides 2 bottles of hay, and as much straw a day, with 2 bushels of oats weekly, and five Crowns a month beside, for every Horseman. This went hard with a many of the poor Farmers of Austria. The States of Silesia sand in their moneys, for the maintenance of the Regiments imposed upon them; that they might so be free from their unruly company.  
By the beginning of March, had Fridland gotten 20000 men together: and the first week of that month, he commands all his military Officers to wait on him at Znaim for their directions.  
The army presently after this, began to congregate and come together: and Brin the chief town in Moravia, is their first Rendezvous: where being mustered, they were sent to be otherwhere enquartered. The King of Hungaria had not all this while given over the title of Generalissimo: but still the voice went, of his going into the field. By April, is there another Counsel taken; and the Duke of Fridlands Commission being renewed, 
Walenstein mad Generalissimo.  he hath the title of Generalissimo, or General of Generals, conferred upon him. Of his entertainment of the Generallship, these Conditions went abroad. Which for that the strangeness of them, may make some wise men to misdoubt them: therefore, as I would be loath to be taxed for concealing any safe part of my Intelligence from my Readers; so will I not by arguments oppress any man's credulity. Here they are barely propounded, as they were word for word translated out of the printed High Dutch copy: which I doubt not but I shall found, in some after Stories.  
The Contents of the Conditions, whereupon the Duke of Fridland hath reaccepted of the Generallship: which in the name of his Imperial Majesty, hath by diverse Privy Councillors (both of War and State) been offered unto him. But especially and in most solemn manner, by the Duke of Crumau and Eggenberg.  
1. THE Duke of Fridland shall be Generalissimo, 
The condition upon which, h● accepteth of the Generalshi  not only for the Emperor, but also for the King of Spain, and the whole house of Austria: and for ever so continued.  
2. The Generalship shall be wholly and plenarily conferred upon the Duke of Fridland, in the most absolute form that may be.  
3. His Royal Majesty Ferdinand the third, shall not be personally present in the army: much less have any command ever it. But when the Kingdom of Bohemia shall be again recovered, his Majesty shall personally keep Court at prague; and Don Balthasar di Marradas for his better security, shall wait upon him with 12000 men in Bohemia; until there be an universal peace established in Germany. For the Duke of Fridland well perceiveth, that the Bohemians both must and will have their King to be personally resident among them. By this means also, shall both the Emperor and his General rest the better assured, that no rebellion shall there be attempted.  
4. His Imperial Majesty shall give him security in the best manner, that he shall have some Lordship given him in inheritance in Austria, for his ordinary recompense.  
5. He shall for his extraordinary recompense, have the highest Royalty, in any of the recovered Countries of Germany.  
6. He shall have the disposal of all the 
* He means it, the lands ●●d goods of ●●h only as ●●mselfe should ●●nquer.  Confiscations in the Empire, after the most absolute manner. So that neither the Imperial Council, nor Exchequer, nor the Chamber at Spiers, shall pretend any Interest in them, either in part or in whole: nor have any thing to do with the decision of them.  
7. The Duke of Fridland shall have absolute power to dispose, not only in matters of Confiscation, but of Pardons also. And notwithstanding there should from the Emperor's Court, be granted any letters of Safeconduct or of Pardon: yet that without the Duke of Fridlands confirmation, they shall be of no value: and extend no further then unto Life and Honour, and not unto Goods or Estate: the real and absolute pardoning whereof, shall be granted by him alone. For his Imperial Majesty is too gracious and too good: and pardoneth every one, that sues to his Court for it. Which if it should be so still, then should the higher and lower Colonels and Officers of the Army, have their rewards taken away; and the soldiery, that which should give them content.  
8. And if there should ere long happen to be a peace treated upon in the Empire; that then the Duke of Fridlands own Interest to the Dukedom of Mecklenburg, should be contained in the capitulation.  
9 All the charges and expenses for the continuation of the war, shall be given unto him.  
10. All the hereditary Dominions of his Imperial Majesty, shall at any time be open unto him, and his Army; to retreat into upon occasion.  
If any thing may seem to make these Articles less credible, it is that a many will hardly be brought to suspect, that the Emperor should ever condescend to the creating of such a military Dictator; for so he is upon the point. But let the Duke of Fridlands mighty vast spirit be considered; the Emperor's present and pressing necessities weighed; the King of Hungariaes' giving over remembered, the absolute authority exercised by the General observed; and other accidents and circumstances considered: and then will not the belief of it come so impossibly: as at first sight it appeareth. It might be judged to be as beneficial for the Empire at this time, to have a Dictator created; as it hath often been for the State of Old Rome; who did thus, in all their extremities. But I here leave every man to his own ingenuity: for mine own part I conceive, that his Imperial Majesty did not weakly, but wisely, yea very wisely in it. This both made the General the more awful to the Country, and his own soldiers; and provided against the loss of many a fair opportunity, whilst new orders upon every occasion, must otherwise be sent for to Vienna. Presently after this, and about the beginning of April, he appointed some of his to enter Bohemia: 
He advances ●nto Bohemia.  their first Rendezvous being at Konigsgratz upon the Elb; directly East almost of prague. Himself met with the rest of his army, at Sweinitz in Silesia, about the same time: for whom victuals had been bought at Breslaw.  
He was reported, all together, to have had an Army of 50000 men: and to be sure, Wallenstein would not come into the field without as good provisions for them, as the Empire could at that time afford them. 
His numbers.  There went Lists abroad of 99600 men, in 42 Regiments, that he should have in his Army. But these perchance, were given out but for terror: nor do I think, he had full 40000 together in one Army. To omit smaller Rencounters of his. He towards the end of April, sweeping along upon the Northern parts of the Kingdom, betwixt the Duke of Saxonyes' new Conquests in Bohemia, and his own hereditary Country of Misnia; passes his men over the Elb, about Budin, some twenty English miles to the North of prague City, and near the place where the River Egra falls into the Elb. 
He takes and burns Budin.  This Budin had either made resistance, or given some distaste or other unto him: and therefore to show other places, how ill he meant to take the like usage, he turns Budin into ashes. Thence advances he Southward unto Schlani, a Shire-Towne almost right against prague: which he takes, and encamps at. Hence sends he a Trumpet with his Letters unto the Duke of Saxony; To inform him of the Commission he had from his Imperial Majesty, 
He propounds a Peace unto Saxony.  fully to treat upon and conclude a fair peace with him: wherefore his advice was, that there might be some Commissioners deputed on both sides, to meet and treat upon the terms of it. The Elector of Saxony sends his Felt-Marshall Arnheim (who is an excellent Speaker) unto Walenstein, then at Schlani: and Walenstein sends Colonel Sparr back with Arnheim, unto the Elector. The conditions that Sparr brought, were much to the same purpose, with those the Spanish Ambassador had before propounded: namely, For a private league betwixt the Houses of Austria and Saxony; and no way towards an Universal peace of the Empire; or mention of any other Protestant Princes. The Duke's answer was, That he very lately had renewed his former league with the King of Sweden; and had bound himself to conclude nothing without the privity and consent of his said Majesty. Sparr returning with this Answer, is sent back again for a better: but Saxony desired his Excellency the Duke of Fridland, to rest satisfied with the former: seeing, 
Saxony refuses the condition  that unless there might be a Cessation of Arms, until the King of sweden pleasure might be known; he was able to give no other.  
Walenstein all this time refreshed his Army; and perceiving the Duke's resolution, advances in one of the first days of May, towards prague City. He first presents himself on the side which was easiest to be approached; upon the Starre-Parke, right before the Lesser City. Some 7000 Saxons (or neere-upon) there were in all the three Cities: whereof 2000 now were in this Lesser. Summons being given and denied, Walenstein brings forward his Approaches. 
Walenstein besieging prague,  Some Sallies and Rencounters there passed: for all which, Walenstein got up a very large Battery, and mounted twenty pieces of good Ordnance upon it. A vast breach and a saultable, he made, and commands it to be stormed. The Saxons maintained it very stoutly: and beaten off the Assailants many times (ten times, some say) from their walls. But Walenstein resolving to spare for no mans-flesh; makes his Horsemen drive on, and keep up the Footmen, and so overlayes the defendants with numbers & repeated attempts, 
takes the lesser City by assault  that he by fine force enters this Lesser City. Those in the New and Old Towns perceiving this, fall upon the first Summons to capitulate: but could obtain no other conditions of him, that knew the weakness of the Cities as well as themselves: then, 
and the other two by composition.  That they should go out with their lives, and baggage, only with swords by their sides, and leaving their Colours, and other Arms, and Ordnance, behind them. The Saxons being forced to assent, leave twentyone, say some; twenty four Ensigns, say others; unto the Conqueror: who presently sent them to Vienna unto the Emperor. Who, to reward his General for this, and to encourage him to future Services; sends him the Title of Duke of great Glogau in Silesia, for it. The Saxon-garrisons were convoyed out of prague, unto Leutmeritz.  
Prage thus taken about the fourth of May, old style: the Conqueror sends another messenger unto the Duke of Saxony, 
valenstein renewing the ●reaty with saxony,  to renew the former treaty: his forces in the meantime, fairly putting other of the Saxons, out of the next towns of Bohemia. The Curriers passing to and again, betwixt prague and Dresden, Saxony (at last) consents to take a view of the Imperial Propositions: which the easy taking of prague, he perceives, to have made much the harder. These four they were said to be: and Sparr carried them.  

●ends him these ●ard conditions.  1. That whereas the Elector had demanded restitution of the damages, done by the Tillyans in his town of Leipsich, and otherwhere in his Country: he should cast up those spoils too, which his Saxon Armies had done the Emperor in Bohemia; and set the tone against the t'other.  
2. That he should make downe-pay, of two months means unto the Imperial Army.  
3. And freely and speedily give over the Bishoprics, Church-lands, and Cloisters; which he yet held impropriated.  
4. And endeavour to get the King of Sweden out of Germany.  
These four demands if he satisfied him in; then would his Imperial Majesty be pleased, To condescend unto the granting of free exercise of the evangelical Religion, throughout the Kingdom of Bohemia.  
But the Duke of Saxony not holding himself yet brought so low, by the taking of one City; 
which Saxony refuses.  as to stoop to such disadvantageous conditions: utterly refuses to treat upon them. 'tis an old trick of State, That when a stronger enemy purposes either to pick a quarrel with a weaker, or otherwise to gain upon him; to propound impossible conditions, or extremely dishonourable, unto him. 
Walensteins' plot in it,  And thus did the Duke of Fridland, now serve the Duke of Saxony: offer him such Terms, as he had small hopes, that the other would ever yield unto.  
The use that Walenstein would have made of the time, that the Treaty should have taken up; was a very handsome one. The Saxon soldiers, being now overmastered in Bohemia; began to judge of their Cause, by the speeding of it; and a little entreaty, would have made a many of them, turn to the stronger. This was one of the plots, that Walenstein had upon Saxony; to take advantage of the mutinies or discontents of his soldiers, and to inveigle them away from him. But his second design was yet better. The Saxons having forsaken by this time, most of the further towns of Bohemia: and drawn their forces unto Leutmeritz upon the Elb, just betwixt their own Country and Prage City: Walenstein had now almost gotten betwixt them and home, ere they were ware of him. This had he done, he would either have cut all their throats; or have forced the Duke and them, unto any conditions. To this last purpose, had he privately sent out some Regiments, to fetch a compass about towards the North, to pass over the river Pulsnitz, and to take Brisen: and all on the sudden in the next place, to have chopped into Aufig upon the Elb, betwixt Leutmeritz (where the Saxons yet were,) and Dresden. Than had he been Master of both banks of the Elb; and they had been in a coop. But Arnheim, by the moving of these Imperialists, beginning to smoke Fridlands drift; out did him at last, in his own fineness. 
which is prevented by Arnheim.  Arnheim seems very forward to have the treaty go on; plies Fridland with Curriers daily: suffers people to believe, that he was in earnest. But yet in the mean time, he privately sends some troops before, to assure Ausig and the Elb; gets up his Baggage and Cannon: and all on the sudden, Saturday, May 26. in the night, sends these away before unto Ausig, and so onwards unto Pirnau upon the Elb in Misnia, 
The Saxons forsake Bohemia.  near unto Dresden. The next morning, Arnheims self marches away with his whole Army: there, (at Pirnau) lays he a bridge over the Elb, and entrenches strongly.  
Walenstein swore by no beggars (he uses not to stick for that) to see himself thus overreached: and resolves to be revenged upon the rest of the Saxon garrisons, yet in the country. The first week of june, therefore; part of his Army he sends out under Colonel Holck, to take in Egra; and so to beat out his way into the Upper Palatinate, to join with the Duke of Bavaria, against the King of Sweden. The Saxon Colonel Starschedel, as yet kept Egra: where he had once before held out a siege; as hath in the Saxon Proceed, been told you. Holck, having laid his siege, loses 200 men in the Approaches. 
The Walsteiners take Egra.  But nine whole Imperial Regiments, now encompassing the City; Starschedel being first conscious, of the unsensibleness of the place; and out of all hopes of being relieved; parleys and yields, upon Barnaby the brights day, marching out upon soldier's conditions, and being convoyed into Saxony.  

Elnbogen,  Holck, after this turns to the Northwards; and besieges Elnbogen. The town was kept by the Saxon Colonel Vitzthimb, with part of those raw and new-levied forces: and altogether unprovided beside of Ammunition, and what was necessary for a siege. Yet some show of resistance he made, though not with a purpose to keep the Town, but to obtain the better conditions. A Commission-Dormant he had also in his pocket to give up the town, if he were pressed to it. Thus is that town also rendered unto Holck, upon Thursday june 14: Vitzthimb being conducted home into Saxony.  
Fridland in the mean time with the other part of the Army, marches up from prague, and takes Leutmeritz, 
and Leutmeritz.  which the Saxons (as we told you) had voluntarily forsaken. This caused such a terror in Misnia, for fear he should fall into those parts; that those of Leipsich and other towns of trading, conveyed their goods into the Elb, and so away for Hamborow. The Duke of Saxony himself came to Birnau aforesaid, making all strong there, to keep out Walenstein. But He had other irons, now upon the anvil: his thoughts were now turned against the King of Sweden; who, as he by this time heard, was fare already advanced into the Upper Palatinate: 
Walenstein go towards Egra,  in pursuit there, of the Duke of Bavaria. This Duke, had earnestly now again solicited his speedy assistance: who, (to the wonder of the world) having made such quick dispatch in Bohemia: now leaving some Regiments at Leutmeritz, turns with the rest towards the Frontiers, unto Egra; much nearer to Bavaria.  
This was much about the 16th or 17th of june. 
to join with Bavaria against the King of Sweden.  The Army he now led with him, seems to be about 110, or 112 Cornets of Horse, besides some troops of Crabats light-Horsemen; and about 140 Ensigns of Foot: in half of which, (if the list of his Army, that I have seen, be true) there were to be 300 in a Company. These numbers I collect, 
His forces.  by the general view both of his Army and Bavariaes' together, at their first coming before Norimberg: where were told 246 troops of horse (besides Crabats,) and 197 Foot-Companies. Of these, the Duke of Bavaria at his joining with Walenstein, had 134 Troops of horse, and 58 Foot-Companies, only: so that the rest, were Walsteiners. Saxony thus freed of the feared invasion; sends Arnheim into Lusatia first; and so into Silesia, after that was cleared: where he recovered the Saxons honour lost in Bohemia: and within 2 months, overthrew Diepenbach and Gotse, with the whole Imperial Army.  
The Duke of Bavaria having surprised Ratisbone, under a pretence of exercising his soldiers hard by it: 
●nd the Duke ●f Bavaria goes 〈◊〉 meet him.  so soon as Cratz was returned from Weissenburg, advances into the Upper Palatinate towards Egra, to conjoin with Walenstein. He in the beginning of june, marching full Northward from Ratisbone, quite thorough the Upper Palatinate: goes to Amberg first, the chief City of this Palatinate. Some five English miles to the left hand of this Amberg, is the Town of Sultzbach; belonging unto the Palatine Augustus of Sultzbach; so often heretofore mentioned. To this Town, the Duke sends a sufficient part of his Army: and john Eberhard Count of Schomburg led them. 
●avaria takes ●●ltzbach,  He besieging the place, hath it, after some days of opposition, delivered up to him on these conditions.  
1. That two Captains of Foot, with their Captains, should be admitted into their Town for garrison.  
2. This Bavarian soldiery, was to be governed by such justice and military Discipline; as that they should no ways molest or do injury to any Burger.  
3. The Councillors, Officers, and Servants of the Prince, should have free leave to departed the Town, with all their goods, wives, and children.  
4. The Prince's Castle should be free from being plundered.  
5. Billets and lodging should be assigned to the garrison, according as the Citizens could among themselves agreed upon it.  
The Bavarians thus becoming masters of the Town; were not so of their own words. For, first, in stead of two Companies, they thrust 700 Foot, and 400 Horse, into the City. 2. The houses of the Prince's Councillors, and of the richest Citizens, were not plundered and rifled only, but spoiled too: whatsoever was worth carrying, being destinated to be sent thence into Amberg. 3. The Prince's Castle was foully plundered and misused. 4. And 6000 Florins, with much terror and threatenings; wrung out of the Prince's Servants and the Citizens. This was not Graecian faith, but Bavarian: and it may well be believed of them; for so had they lately before, served Weissenburg. This was done, about the 6th or 7th of june. The Duke of Bavaria with the other part of the Army, went and took in Amberg: 
and advance towards Wal●stein.  where was not much resistance. Hence after some few days, he advances over the River Nab, towards Durschenreyt in the way to Egra and Bohemia. The King of Sweden (he heard) was by this time coming against him, from about Norimberg: and he thought it not best to abide his coming. Some 36 Cornets of Walensteins' Horse were likewise near at hand to join with him, and those he now went to meet withal.  
And indeed the King of Sweden was now coming against him: whose March up, and Retreat back again; 
A touch (by the way) of t● King of sweden pursuing of Bavaria.  we will now in Walensteins' Story briefly touch upon; because Walensteins' coming, now put him to it. The King arrived at Furt, 3 or 4 English miles from Norimberg, on Thursday june 7th. Friday and Saturday, he there held a general muster: the numbers then found, we shall by and by tell you. Saturday night, into Norimberg he went: where the King of Bohemia had been a week before him. The next day, the two Kings, together with the Lord marquis Hamilton, john Duke of Holstein, &c, there rested, and heard a Sermon in Saint Laurences. june 11th Saint Barnabees day, about one in the morning, out went the King to his Army at Furt again; & there propounds his going to pursue the Bavarian. The Army advances; and that Monday passes by the Louvergate of Norimberg, in this order. First, marched 10 Regiments of Foot: then, 
The King's fo●ces, and ord● of marching.  20 pieces of great Ordnance, Cannons, Demicannons, and pieces of Battery: and 20 lesser Field-pieces after them. The greatest, were drawn with 20 or 22 horses a piece: and the Lesser, with 6 or 8. Next marched 100 brave Cornets of Horse: and the Baggage and Ammunition-wagons last of all. By the Hospitall-Gate on the other side the City, marched 50 Cornets of Horse more, 60 Ensigns of Foot, and 30 smaller Fielding-peeces. They were marching by, all that Monday. That night, lay the Kings at Lauff upon the River Pegnitz; some 9 English miles to the North-east of Norimberg. june 12th, the Army arrives at Herschpruck, due East up the same River, and as much further. All this, was in his way to Amberg. This day the King sent the Palatine Augustus of Sultzbach his Lieutenant, (Prince Augustus himself, being before this, sent to quicken the Elector of Saxony) to recover his Lord's Town of Sultzbach again. Four hundred Horse, had he with him: who presenting themselves towards Evening upon a hill before the Town, and demanding to have it rendered: the Bavarians answer them with their Ordnance. But perceiving after a while, some Foote-Companies to be comen up to second the Horse: 
●tzbach ●overed.  they parley, yield, and go out next day. The Bavarian Governor, was shot dead at his coming out, and that in revenge of the Bavarians former usage, of this Town and Weissenburg. His guilty soldiers fearing the like justice, sting away their Arms, fall down upon their knees; and offer to become the King's soldiers. june 13, the King sets forward towards Sultzbach: 15 miles from Herschpruck. Midway betwixt these 2, is the Town of Hartmanshoven: not great, but very advantageously situated for a Pass of strength; as standing where 2 small riverets fall into the Pegnitz; and having a wood and hill, right before it. The King much wondered, that Bavaria had neglected this Passage: who had, indeed, but forgotten it, and was even this day sending some troops to hinder the King at it. But they came an hour or 2, too late.  
That night, was the King purposed to lodge in Sultzbach Castle: 
●●e King hea●●●g news of 〈◊〉 enemy,  but was put besides the pillow, by the news of the enemies being seen about Hambach, four miles to the North ward. This made him sand out some light-horsemen, to discover the faces and motions of the enemy; and to draw with his whole army in Battaglia, towards that Quarter. These were the Bavarian Vant-curriers; of some of whom, there taken prisoners, the King learnt; that their Duke had already received 16000 Walsteiners; and that Fridland himself, was already in the Vpper-Palatinate. This news, causes the King to resolve upon the retiring back to Norimberg. Some light skirmishes, 
●●tires  betwixt his men and the Crabats, I omit: for all this of the Kings, is not upon the Main, but upon the By only: and brought in, to bring down Walenstein, the more methodically.  
The King now counter-marching; recovers to Norimberg again, upon Tuesday, june 19th. There he now resolves, to expect his enemy; whom he was (for number) fare to weak to meet withal in a pitched battle. From hence he sends about, to hasten his Generals to him. 
to Norimberg.  Should not the King have sat down by some friend-City; Walenstein would have followed him ever. And of all Cities, this of Norimberg, was the best for the King's purpose. 'twas nearest: the King's royal word was engaged to defend it: 'twas strong; and exceeding well victualled; both for their own use, and supply of his Army. Round about this City he rides, both to view the Fortifications of the Town, and to lay out the ground for his own Retrenchments. These began at the River, and were a mile compass round about the town, with sconces and Redoubts, wherever need was. His Works, 
The King encamps about Norimberg.  were strongest upon the South side: because he judged, the Enemy would encamp on that side, as indeed he did. The Graff or Moat about his head-workes, was 12 Foot wide, and 8 deep. Eight thousand men, laboured daily upon the Fortifications: and yet was not all complete, when Walenstein came against him. But of this slightly, because beyond my Title.  
The Duke of Bavaria, after that Don Balthasar was comen with the Aides from Walenstein unto him, returns boldly over the River Nab, unto Nabpurck: 
Bavaria turns back, against the King.  and there confronts the King's Army. Some also he sent more Southerly, as fare as Schwandorff, upon the same River. Those forces of his which the King heard of about Hampach, were sent from that division of his Army at Nabpurck. These having some skirmishes, with 2 or 3 troops which the King sent to discover them: were after 2 or 3 charges, driven back upon their fellows. But the Swedes too fare pursuing, 
Some Swedes defeated.  fell into an ambush: and were to a man almost, there cut in pieces.  
By the middle of june, was Fridland himself fall'n into the Palatinate: and to show who it was, that was now a coming. He came like jupiter in the Poet; 
Walenstein comes into the Upper Palatinate,  all in thunder and lightning. Walenstein must be dreaded. All in fire & tempest he takes and destroys the Prince Palatines Dominions, and other the poor Protestant towns, before him. The same spoil, had Don Balthasar committed in the Upper Marquisate of Parent; which belongeth unto a Prince of the Electoral house of Brandenburg. 
which he destroys before him.  There, is Kemnath taken again; which the Austrian banished Baron Keffenhullo, had a little before taken, with the King's forces. Bondesilia and Tirschein are overrun: and this last, burnt to ashes. There were prayers in all Churches and Cloisters now made, in Austria and other Catholic countries, for the good success of the Armies: the zeal of which, (it seems) was so hot, that (like a Burning-glasse at a distance) it set fire upon the Upper Palatinate.  
These 2 Armies being conjoined; sat down a while about Amberg; and Sultzbach. There they mustered, and contrived their business. 
Walenstein and Bavaria join.  Upon Tuesday june 26, by one in the morning the Armies rise: marching with much silence towards Newmarkt, full South-west from thence, and about 18 English miles distant. At Sindlebach in the way, 6 miles short of Newmarckt; 7 of their Regiments about 6 a clock in the morning; fell upon a Swedish Regiment of Dragooners under 7 Cornets, which were Colonel Dubalts; and 4 troops of Horse, of Colonel Sperreuters. 
A Swedish Regiment of Dragooners defeated.  The Swedish at first, made indifferent good work with them; and laid some 40 Crabats upon the earth, that made the first Cavalcado, and fell into their Quarters. But being by such a multitude surrownded; they were alomst all slain, and the gallant Dubalt taken prisoner: whom Walenstein very honourably, 
A noble Courtesy of Walensteins'.  set presently free again without ransom. This fight was almost 20 miles from Norimberg: whither word by noon, being carried unto the King; he with all speed drew out his best Horse, advancing that very evening, to make the rescue. But the news of the defeat, turned him back again. Divers such like Rencounters passed betwixt the Horse of either side, with interchanged fortunes; before Walenstein came to settle.  
Thus came the Armies along: and their purpose was, to besiege and starve up the King of Sweden. His other Generals with their Forces, were not yet come up to him; and they knew themselves too strong for him. Part of their Army, skowres all along the river Pegnitz; which runs thorough Norimberg. These going due West from Sultzbach; take Herschpruck, Lauff, and Altorff: to hemb in the King on that side, and to keep his victuals and aids from him. Upon the Southern side of Norimberg, came the other part of the Army: and both the Dukes with it. About june 27 or 28, they from Newmarckt, first sand to Freyenstat; a town in a morasse some 10 miles to the South-West; where they appoint their chiefest Magazine. The Army advances unto Rot, due South from Newmarckt, and 15 English miles to the North of Norimberg: Here Tillyes Magazine sometimes was, when he besieged Norimberg; and where his powder miscarried. Some Regiments are here left: so that this was Walensteins' first Quarter. 
Walensteins' several Quarters.  Here passes he the Rednitz; which runs thence within 4 English miles to the West of Norimberg; and so due North to Forcheim, and into the Main at Bamberg. This river, would Walenstein now possess himself of. Down along therefore upon the Western shore of it he goes, unto Swabach; 7 miles from Rot, and 8 or 9 from Norimberg. Here had Tilly also sometimes enquartered; and here, the Dukes now made their second Quarter. Betwixt this and Furt, (almost 10 English miles further, beyond Norimberg, and wide of it) lay his Horse-guards all the way, with some Foote-Regiments here and there. Their safety, was the river Rednitz: which parted them from the King's Army. To this Swabach, they came june 30th: where they put 17 goodly Foot-Regiments, into Battaglia. 
The Armies confront one another.  To confront these, the King brings out his Horse: but the rivers being between, forbade all coming at one another.  
Walensteins' chief Quarter was at Furt: where july 4th he sat down; and entrenches; where, the fastness of the woods; the tops of the hills; and the advantage of being between the 2 rivers Rednitz, and Pegnitz, (which a little from thence make an alliance betwixt their Issues) made his Leaguer very much the stronger. Thus did the Dukes put themselves, betwixt the King's camp, and the Country of Franconia: whence his forces and victuals were to come. All the towns on the other side, had they taken: and left him a breathing-place of some 4 English miles only, round about his Quarters. He must now trust to be victuald out of Norimberg: & it comes not far short of a miracle, that one town should be so well provided, as to do it. 
What forces the King now had in his Trenches  The King now had 132 Ensigns of Foot: which made up 10767, in the Muster-book: and 152 troops of Horse: which came to 7676. In all, 18443 men, as I have seen it written out of the Army. These were too many, for one town to maintain: and yet too few, not to be bidden battle by 2 such Armies. But their purpose being to Diet Him, and to avoid blood-letting in themselves: forbore to assault him. Not perchance, because Walenstein durst not, but for that he would not: he durst not put all Germany and Italy, upon the fortune of one Battle. But the King to give them their welcome into the field, the very first night, and next day, july 5th cut in pieces 3 troops of their Horse, 
The King cuts off 3 Cornets.  and brought off 3 of their Cornets. And here I leave them.  
FJNIS.   

A Table drawn by way of a journal or Dia to show where the King, Horn, Tilly, Bavaria, and Walenstein were, and what they did upon those days, that are mentioned in the Margin.  
September. The King September. Tilly September. Gustavus 〈◊〉 16 Sets forward. 8 Flees to Hall.  18 Takes Erfurt in Duringen. 9 To Ascherleben.   13 Moves from Halberstat. 27 Sent against Altri● 26 Lies at Arnstat. 17 Comes to Alfelt.  27 Comes to Ilmenau. 25 Passes the Weser. 29 Takes Gotha. 28 Passes the Duringerwaldt. 26 Goes to Warburg.    30 Comes to the King. 29 Comes to Schleusing. 30 Comes to Fritzlar in Hessen.  30 Besieges Konigshoven in Franconia.   October. October. October. 1 Takes Schweinfurt. 2 Goes from Fritzlar.  2 Enters it. 3 Spoils towns in Hessen.  3 Writes letters to Bamberg. 4 joins with Altringer.  4 Comes before Wurtsburg. 6 Musters at Fulda.  8 taketh it. 10 Is at Aschaffenburg.  10 Levies forces about Wurtsburg. Sends troops abroad to take towns in Wurtsburg and Bamberg Dioceses. 11 Sends Altringer to the Lorrayners. With the King a● month. 11 Levies forces about Wurtsburg. Sends troops abroad to take towns in Wurtsburg and Bamberg Dioceses. 16 Sends 3000 towards Werthaim.  12 &c Levies forces about Wurtsburg. Sends troops abroad to take towns in Wurtsburg and Bamberg Dioceses. 17 The Lorrayners join with him.   18 Goes towards the Palatinate.  16 Defeats Tillians, and takes Werthaim. 20 Is about Darmstat.  17 His forces still about the Country. 21 Some of his defeated at Rotenburg.  18 &c His forces still about the Country. 22 Takes Babenhausen.  21 Defeats more Tillians and takes Rotenburg. 23 Solicits Frankford: And goes into the Bergstraes'.  22 Defeats some few Lorrayners.    Duke of Bavaria levies.  ●●●●shofsheim, ●ergentheim ●d other towns taken    30 Tilly still about the Panate. With the King all this while. ●s Declaration at ●urg.   November. November. November. ●w taken. 5 Turns back from the Palatinate.  ●g about Oxenfurt.    6 Is at Oxenfurt.  ●es towards Franck●.    7 taketh towns in the way to Norimberg.  ●ons about Steinheim. 8 Takes towns in the way to Norimberg. 5 Left about Wurtsburg. ●ng comes down the ●yn, taking Procel●, Miltenburg, Klin●berg, Trenfelt, and ●chaffenburg. 9 Takes towns in the way to Norimberg. 6 Left about Wurtsburg.  13 taketh Rottenburg.   14 taketh Winshaim, and Guntzenhausen, and Weissenburg.   15 taketh Winshaim, and Guntzenhausen, and Weissenburg.  ●rs Hanaw. 16 Is about Onspach.  ●es at Offenbach. 17 Comes to Swabach.  ●ers Frankford. 18 Before Norimberg.  ●es Hoest.   ernes to Frankford. 22 Rises from Norimberg.  Thanksgiving at 〈◊〉 23 Rises from Norimberg.  ●s league with the ●etterawish Earls. 24 Lies two nights at Rot.   25 Lies two nights at Rot.  ●e leaguer at Costum ●th the Actions about ●e Ringaw & Bingen ●s Army returns totford ●ford. 26 Puts his men into garrison, and goes to Donawert.   27 Puts his men into garrison, and goes to Donawert.   28 &c Puts his men into garrison, and goes to Donawert. 29 Is still in Franconia. December. December. December. ●ses thorough Franck● to besiege Heidle● 2 Meets Duke of Bavaria. 4 Takes Kitzing. 2 Takes Towns in the Bergstraes'. 4 Goes to Nordlingen, where he stays. 10 And Winshaim this time. 3 taketh Towns in the Bergstraes'.   4 Besieges Oppenheim Fort  12 And Gebsattle. 7 Passes the Rhine.   8 taketh Oppenheim.  16 And Mergenth● Rotenburg, ab time. 13 Takes Mentz.   14 Enters Mentz in Triumph. 12 Duke of Bavaria at Ingolstat Diet.  16 His thanksgiving.   18 Fridberg taken.  20 Takes Hailbrun. 21 Konigstein taken.   22 Spaniards forsake some Towns in the Palatinate.  26 Returns into ●nia. 23 Spaniards forsake some Towns in the Palatinate. Bavaria sends one Ambassador to the Emperor, and another to the King of Sweden.  24 Spaniards forsake some Towns in the Palatinate.   26 &c Rhinegrave defeats the Spanish about the Mosel.  30 Takes Guntzen. Spiers City accords with the King.   january. january. january. 1 Manheim surprised. 1 Altringer prepares to relieve Rotenburg. 1 About Winshai● 3 Heidelberg and Franckendale slightly blocked up.  2 Busy about his ●●sters. 4 Heidelberg and Franckendale slightly blocked up. 3 Tilly goes to Donawert and to Amberg, purposing to sand against the Saxons. 3 Busy about his ●●sters. 5 Heidelberg and Franckendale slightly blocked up. 4 &c Tilly goes to Donawert and to Amberg, purposing to sand against the Saxons. 4 Busy about his ●●sters. 10 The 14 days Truce begin.  10 The Truce beg●●   14 At Iphoven. 12 〈◊〉 goes to Gelnhausen. In Truce time, Spaniards pass the Mosel. 9 Cratz made Felt-Marshall in the Upper Palatinate. 16 Goes to Noriml●   21 Returns to Sofurt. 20 King returns to Frankford. 10 Tilly returns to Nordlingen.   11 Tilly returns to Nordlingen.  22 Actions betwixt the Rhinegrave and the Spaniards. 18 Sends some Ordnance out of Wilsburg Castle, to Ossa. 25 Prepares to go Bamberg. 23 Actions betwixt the Rhinegrave and the Spaniards.   24 &c Actions betwixt the Rhinegrave and the Spaniards.   Duke Bernard takes towns about Mentz. Bavaria sends forces to Amberg. 29 Takes Hochstat February. February. February. ●epares to go against ●●niards. 2 Cratz goes to succour Forcheim. 1 Takes Bamberg. ●●ing of Bohemia ar●es. 4 Tilly busy in fortifying on the Danuby.   5 Tilly busy in fortifying on the Danuby. Rainy weather, that he can do nothing. ●easted. 6 &c Tilly busy in fortifying on the Danuby.  ●●es to besiege Creutz●h.   Palatine Birckenfields' levyes. 20 Goes into the Upper Palatinate. 20 Provides to besiege Forcheim. ●reutznach taken. 22 At Newmarckt.  ●ing returns to Franck●d. 23 Provides to go against Horn.   24 Marches to Alto●ff.  Actions about Spiers. 27 Enters Forth in. 28 Tilly comes against him.  28 Comes before Bamberg.  March. March. March. ●eiues news of Horns ●●nesse. 1 Enters Bamberg. Forsakes Bamberg: and passes the Main. 

●es his Army together.  
●s them on before a●st Tilly.  
●selfe sets out from ●ckford.  
〈◊〉 at Aschaffenburg. Lohr.  
Werenfelt.   

Stays about Hasfurt in the Bishopric of Bamberg.  
12 Calls a Council of War at Forcheim.  
13 Musters at Forcheim, and marches towards the Upper Palatinate.   2 In sight of the enemies.   3 He defeats two Regiments.   4 Again in sight of the enemy.   5 Goes to Schweinfurt.   6 Busy in disposing 〈◊〉 my. ●mes to Arnstein. 15 At Erlang. 7 Writes to the King. Tettelbach. 16 At Newmarckt.  ● Kitzing: and Hep●● to Oxenfurt.    18 Still at Newmarckt. 11 Comes to the King. Winshaim.   Dunkelspiel.   encamps at Furt. ●es into Norimberg. 20 Draws towards the Danuby. 15 Goes with the Vanguard to Winshaim. ●ne skirmishes with Tillians.   24 Comes to Oetingen and Pleinfelt. 26 About Ingolstat. Stays with the King. 26 Takes Kaisham.   27 Takes Donawert.   28 Hebron sent out: and Fuggers Castle taken.   29 Prince August sent out.   30 Banier sent to Newburg. 30 Goes into Bavaria.  31 King passes thorough Donawert.   April. April. April. 1 Army drawn to Northeim. 1 About Rain.   2 About Rain.  2 Duke William Weymar comes.    3 Encamped along the Lech.  3 Place for the Bridge over the Lech sought and found. 4 Encamped along the Lech. 7 Sent to pursue Til● 4 Place for the Bridge over the Lech sought and found. 5 Defeated at the Lech; and Carried away wounded to Newburg.  5 The day of the great fight.   6 King passes into Bavaria.   7 Goes towards Ausburg.   8 Encamps at Lechausen. 6 Bavaria with his Army flees towards Ingolstat.  9 Summons Ausburg. 7 Bavaria with his Army flees towards Ingolstat.  10 taketh it. 8 Bavaria with his Army flees towards Ingolstat.  14 Goes into it.   15 Goes to Waho, towards Ingolstat.   16 Comes before it.   17 Spent in working. 18 Bavaria surprises Ratisbone. 23 Sent from before stat to spoil Bava● 18 Spent in working.   19 A Sally.   20 The King's Horse shot: & marquis of Baden slain. 20 Tilly dies in Ingolstat. 25 Comes again King. 22 Goes to Newburg.   24 Rises from Ingolstat.  27 He and Hebr● Landshutt. 25 Takes Mosburg.   29 King goes to Landshutt.   ●nes back to Mos●●g.   ●es Freis●●g.   ●ances ●●●●rds Mun●.   ●●rs it.   ●usters there.   ●t Ausburg, to go a●●st Ossa. 20 Crats falls into Bavaria.  ●livers Bibrach.   ●ne back to Ausburg. 27 Takes Weissenburg.  june. june. june. ●ng advances towards ●●mberg. Bavaria goes into Upper Palatinate. Sent towards the Palatinate. ●kes Aichstat 5 Takes Sultzbach and Amberg,  ●d Pappenhaim. 6 Takes Sultzbach and Amberg,   10 Goes towards Walstein.  ●ives at Furt. 13 Returns upon the King.  Musters. 14 Returns upon the King.   15 Walstein comes.  Norimberg. 〈◊〉 Lauff, 26 Goes from about Amberg.  Herschpruck. 27 Defeats Dubalt.  ●●zbach recovered. 28 At Freyenstat.  ●res to Norimberg. 30 At Swabach.  ●●mps at Norimberg,    july.   4 Encamps at Furt.    

A TABLE OF THE PRINCIPAL MATTERS.  

AGreements, see Articles.  
Altringer, his Breeding and good parts, 110 

joins with Tilly, 111  
troubles Hessen, ibid.  
Resolves to relieve Rotenburg, 119  
spoilt at the Lech, 144    
Arnheim beats the Imperialists out of both Lusatiaes'. 200. Marches into Bohemia, 200. Takes prague, 202. the towns he takes after it, 205. overthrows the Imperialists at Limburg, 206. A good Speaker, 229. over-reaches Walenstein, 232. Excused, 217  
Arnstat, the King comes to it, 5  
Articles  
Agreed upon by the King and Saxony at Hall, for the pursuing of the War, 2 

with Erfurt City, 4  
with the Bishop of Bamberg, 9  
with Imperialists of Hanaw, 25  
of the King with Frankford, 32  
betwixt the Earls of the Weteraw and the King, 36  
Hepburns with Oppenheim Fort, 45  
with the Spanish at Mentz, 48    
Articles of the Neutrality, 63 

offered by the King to Triers, 71  
and to Cullen, 87  
with the Spanish at Creutznach, 82  
offered by Tilly to Norimberg, 115  
propounded by Bavaria to the Emperor, 124  
The Kings with Ausburg city, 158  
and with Munchen, 168    
Arnheims with prague City, 202  
Articles on which Walstein would accept the Generalship, 222 

those, on which he did, 225  
propounded by him to Saxony, 230  
by Bavaria to Sultzbach, 234    
Aschaffenburg taken by the King, 30  
Attempt, a desperate one of a Leiflander, 14  
Ausburg, Popish practices upon it, 119 

The King goes toward it, 151  
sits down before it, 152  
takes it,  
the King comes thither, 171     

B  
BAmberg Bishop, the King sends to warn him of his coming, 5, 17 

he makes his peace with the King: and the Terms, 9  
he breaks it, 10    
Bamberg Bishopric, diverse towns taken in it, 8  
Bamberg town, Horn takes it, 103 

recovered by Tilly, 91  
the Bishop flees, 104    
Bamberg, the Actions there, betwixt Horn and Tilly, 89, etc.  
Banier, General, sent to Magdenburg, 28 

his Regiment put into Aschaffenburg, 28  
his service at Ingolstat, 163    
Bavarians deal treacherously with those of Weissenburg, 172 

and with Sultzbach, 234    
Bavaria Duke; his Story, 121 

summons his people, ibid.  
Appointed Generalissimo over the Catholics, 122  
Sets out his Manifesto, 123  
calls a Diet: and sends Ambassadors to the Emperor, and King of Sweden, 123  
his Propositions to the Emperor, 124  
joins with Tilly, 124  
overthrown at the Lech, 125  
would treat with the King: and retires into Ingolstat, 125  
what advantages he made of the treaty of Neutrality, 68    
Bavaria goes to join with Walstein, 234 

his forces then, 233  
takes Amberg and Sultzbach, 234  
Receives aids from Walstein, 235  
returns against the King, 237  
joins with Walstein, 237    
Bavaria, the Kings march up to it, 126 

the King draws out of it, 171  
what forces he left in it, 173  
the largeness of the King's conquests in it, 175    
Bergstraes' taken by the King, 42  
Bernhard of Saxon Weymar, how he surprised Manheim, 60 

takes the Count of Ems prisoner, 172    
Bibrach, besieged by Ossa, 170 

delivered by the King, 170    
Bingen forsaken by the Spanish, 57  
Birckenvelt levyes for the King, 83  
Bishofsheim taken by the King, 20  
Boats sent the King to pass the Rhine, 43  
Bohemia, entered by the Saxons, 200 

The Story of the Actions there, 201, etc.  
Religion restored in it, 210  
forsaken by the Saxons, 232  
The Skales there turned by Don Balthasar, 213    
Boors rise in Bavaria, 157 

they abuse the Swedish soldiers, ib.  
defeated in Schwabland, 179    
Brandeis an Imperial Captain, deceives himself, 24  
Bridge over the Lech, the figure, 150  
Brigade, what it is, 28 

How many the King brought with him into the Palatinate. 28     

C  
Cardinal Pasman sent from the Emperor to the Pope: but not acknowledged for an Ambassador, 220  
Carlstat, the King levyes about it, 18  
Catholics desire a Peace, 215  
Commissary-generall, his office, 33  
Conditions, see Articles.  
Conquests of the Kings, how large, 175  
Contributions of the Imperial Courtiers towards a new Army, 219  
Cratz, goes to relieve Forcheim, 104 

made Felt-Marshall unto Tilly, 118  
falls again into Bavaria, 171  
takes and spoils Weissenburg, 172    
Creutznach besieged, 77 

the town won, 78  
The Castle besieged, 79  
taken, 82    
Cullen, a Diet there, 86 

they desire Neutrality, 87  
the Elector afraid of the King— his judgement of the Imperial decree, 86     

D  
DE Latre, befriends the Author, 25  
Diepenbach takes the ●pper Lusatia, 199 

Beaten out by Arnheim, 200  
Donawert besieged, 136  
taken by Sir john Hebron, 138    
Don Balthasar flees out of prague, 202 

Turns the Skales again in Bohemia, 213  
Spoils the Upper Palatinate.    
Drusenheim bestowed on the Earl of Hanaw, 84  
Duringen, the King marches into it, 2●  
Duringerwaldt, the King passes it, 6●   

E  
EGra taken by the Saxons, 207 

recovered by Walstein 13●  
he comes thither, 233    
Elnbogen besieged by the Imperialists and relieved, 21● 

Taken by Walstein, 23●    
English Gentlemen their forwardness at the siege of Creutznach, 8● 

and at Donawert, 13●    
Erfurt, taken, 

upon what terms, ●    
Ernestus Saxon-Weymar, left Governor at Konigshoven, 

joins with Horn, 10●     

F  
FAlkenaw taken by the Saxons; an● they beaten out again, 21●  
Forcheim, the Imperialists retire th●ther out of Bamberg, 100L 

Tilly comes into it, 12●    
Franckendale blocked up, 6● 

the State of it after, 8●    
Frankford, the King's demands to i● 3● 

it assents to the King, 3●  
the King's Thanksgiving for it, 3●  
King returns out of the Ring a● thorough it with his Army, 42    
Franconia, the King moves towards it, 5 

writeth to the Gentry and Cities of it, 9    
Freising taken by the King, 167  
Fridberg taken by Haubald, 56  
Friedberg taken by the King, 151  
Fugger an Imperial General, 110 

puts a garrison into Ausburg, 153    
●urstenberg resigns his Generallship, 119 

His hopes to be General in stead of Walstein, 220    
●urt, the King encamps at it, 129   

G  
GVntzenhausen taken by Tilly, 114 

recovered by Horn, 98    
●ustavus Horn sent abroad, 6 

taketh in Gota, 6  
See Horn.     

H  
HAilbrun taken by Horn, 100  
Hall, what was concluded there, betwixt the King, and Duke of Saxe, 2  
Hanaw, solicited by Tilly, 21 

the Earl befriends the King, 22  
takes towns for him, 84    
Haubald surprises Hanaw, 22 

summons the Country, 26  
takes Frydberg, 56    
●eidleberg slightly blocked up, 60 

the State of it after, 85  
the King's purpose of besieging of it diverted, 43    
hepburn or Hebron, Sir john, takes Oxenfurt, 8 

Keeps it against Tilly, 27  
Takes Oppenheim Fort, 45    
Hochstat, taken by Horn, 102  
Hoest taken, 33  
Hoffkirck, Governor of prague, 208  
Defeats the Crabats, 211 

relieves Brandeis, 213    
Holck takes Egra and Elnbogen, 232  
Horn put out of Bamberg, 91 

his Letter of it to the King, 89  
defeats two Tillian Regiments, 92  
retires to Geltersheim 93  
recovers towns in Franconia, 97  
goes to see Norimberg, 100  
prepares to fall into Bamberg, 101  
the Rain hinders him, 104  
sent to pursue Tilly, 151  
takes Landshutt, 160    
Horse shot under the King, 161 

digged up by those of Ingolstat, 164    
Hungarians refuse to aid their King, 224  
Huntsruck what it is, 58   

I  
Iesuites' turned out of Memmingen, for their practices, 177 

And out of prague, 209    
Ilmenau, the King comes to it, 5  
Imperialists, overthrown at Limburg by Arnheim, 206 

Attempt prague, with loss, 208, and 211  
They recover Satz, 214  
and other towns in Bohemia, ibid.  
They besiege Elnbogen, and leave it, 217    
Ingolstat, the King goes towards it, 158 

his Horse shot there, 161  
the King rises from it, 163    
Italians, invited to aid the Emperor, 220   

K  
KAisham Cloister taken, 135  
King of Sweden doubtful whither to go, 20 

sets forwards towards Hanaw, 28  
his Birthday and Age, 50  
advances against the Spanish, 74  
in danger at Creutznach, 79  
marches up towards Bavaria, 126  
how strong, 127  
encamps at Furt, 129  
Goes into Norimberg, 129  
his Oration there, 130  
Pursues Tilly no longer. His reasons, 133  
overthrows him at the Lech, 144  
reasons for laying his bridge, 146  
his judgement upon the action, 147  
musters at Furt, 235  
advances against Walstein: his forces, ibid.  
takes Herspruck. Retires, 236  
encamps at Norimberg, 237  
what forces he then had, 240  
the welcome he gave Walstein, 240    
King of Bohemia comes to the King of Sweden. 75 

His welcome to his people, 76  
and to Sweden, ibid.  
goes towards Bavaria with the King, 126  
with the King at the Battle of Lech, 143    
King of Hungaria voiced to be Generalissimo for his Father, 220  
Kitzing recovered by Horn, 97  
Konigshoven, taken by the King, 7  
Konigstein taken for the King. 57   

L  
Landgrave of Hessen brings an Army to the King, 3● 

lies in the Ringaw, 3●  
goes home, 5●    
Landgrave of Darmstat accords with the King, 40  
Landshut taken by the King, 16●  
Landsperg taken for the King, 16●  
Lech river, Tilly guards it, 14● 

the King seeks a fit place to lay bridge over it, 14●  
The place found, and described, 14●  
The famous story of the King's passage over it, 14● 

Letters.  
Of the King to Franconia,  
of the King to his General's concerning the Neutrality, 67  
of the Elector of Triers to his Subjects, 6●  
of Gustavus Horn to the King, 89  
of Tilly to Altringer, 100L  
of the King to the town of Ausburg, 15●  
Horns letters to them, and thei● answers, 155  
The King's letters to the Swissers 17●      
Leutmeritz taken by Fridland, 23●  
Lord Craven, his valour and service, 81 and 138  
Lorrayners, 3 Cornets defeated, 19 

their Story, 52    
Lusatia, taken by the Imperialists, 198 

cleared again by Arnheim 200     

M  
MAnheim finely surprised, 60  
Manifesto, of the King at Wurtsburg, 16 

of the Duke of Bavaria, 182    
Main river, the King makes towards it, 8 

and why, ibid.  
takes towns by it, 30    
Memmingen declares for the King, 176 

the jesuites expelled out of it, 177  
the King makes a bridge there, 171    
Mentz yielded to the King, 48 

fortified, and 2 bridges made at it, 51    
Mergentheim taken by the King, 20 

recovered by Tilly, 27  
reprised by Horn, 119    
Mosburg taken by the King, 165  
Munchen taken by the King, 168   

N  
NEutrality, the Story of it, 61 

The King's letters about it, 66  
not observed by the Catholics, 68  
what the King lost by it, 73    
Neutrality desired by the Elector and City of Cullen, 87  
Newburg Duke, observes not the Neutrality, 73 

sends to excuse it, 151  
his town taken, 152    
Newburg town, an Aenslaught upon it miscarried, 140 

The Duke sends an Ambassador to the King, 151  
The town taken by the King, 152  
The King goes to see it, 163    
Nordlingen forsaken by the Imperialists, 19  
Norimberg, assents to the King, 21 

the Kings care to raise Tilly's siege, from it, 33  
the King goes to it, 129  
the King encamps by it, 181, & 237     

O  
OAth offered by the King to the Germans, the Form of it, 97 and 158  
Oppenheim Fort besieged, 43 

taken, 45  
the town taken, 46  
and the Castle too. 47    
Oration of the Kings at Norimberg, 130 

at Ingolstat, 161    
Ossa, an Imperial Commissary, 53 

takes on the Lorrayners, ibid.  
goes with Tilly towards Bavaria, 113  
his charge, 170  
besieges Bibrach, ibid.    
Oxenfurt taken by Hebron, 8 

the King goes thither, 27  
Tilly comes thither then, 27    
Oxensteirn Chancellor, left Governor at Mentz, 126 

sent Ambassador to the Duke of Saxony, 212     

P  
POpe shifts off aiding the Emperor, 220  
prague taken by Arnheim, 202 

diverse attempts upon it, 208  
reprised by Walstein 229    
Protestant Churches and Schools restored in Bavaria, 165   

Q  
QVestenberg sent to Walstein, 221   

R  
RAin taken by the King, 146  
Rhine, the King passes it, 44  
Rhinegrave sent towards the Mosel, 58 

beats Spanish over the Mosel, 58  
takes towns in Simmern and Triers country, 58    
Ringaw, entrance gotten into it, 40  
River, the benefits of it in war, 8  
Rotenburg, taken by the King, 19 

reprised by Tilly, 114  
recovered by Horn, 119     

S  
SAxony recovers Lusatia and Silesia: and overthrows Diepenbachs' army, 233 

his proceed, 195  
The Duke attempted to be turned, 195  
The Spanish Ambassadors Proposition to him, 196  
his answer, 197  
he recovers both Lusatiaes', 200  
he enters prague,  
he refuses to treat with Wal●  
and with the Emperor, ●●  
a List of his forces, ●●  
excused, ●●    
Saxon-Lawenburg, solicits Ha●● 

made General of the Ordnance Tilly, ●●  
Governor of Donawert, ●●  
beaten out by the King, ●●    
Scottishmen, their valour in wars, 13.  
Schwabenland, how much of i● Kings, ●● 

the Story of the actions abo●● 176    
Schweinfurt, taken by the King, ●●  
Sir john Hepburn takes Donawert ●● 

The King acknowledges it, turnour him, ●●  
helps to take Landshut, ●●  
left Governor at Munchen, ●●    
Sir Patrick Buthven his actions a● 

Vlm, and in Schwaben, 177  
defeats the Imperialists Boors, often, 177  
brings Schwabland under cont●tion, ●●    
Sir james Ramsey wounded, ●●  
Sir john Hamilton his valour, ●●  
Spanish beaten by the Swedes, 

the King's fight with them, ●●  
passing the Rhine, ●●  
forsake towns in the Palatinat ●●  
commanded out of Triers,    
●aine defeated by the Rhinegrave, 74  
●●ey defeat him, ibid.  
●●ire over the Mosel, 75  
〈◊〉 accords with the King: the acti●●s about it, 59  
●●ore actions about it, 85  
●heim, some actions about it, 29  
●ken by the King, 30  
●●burg accorded with the King, 174  
●bach taken by Bavaria, 234  
〈◊〉 covered by the King, 236  
●●campt at by Walstein, ibid.  
●●ish soldiers their civility, 78  
●les defeated by Walstein, 238   

T  
Hierhaupten taken by the King, 151  
●n the old Count rises in Bohemia, 202  
●s acts there, 202: & 205  
●s Proclamation in Bohemia, 204  
●s letters of Protection to the country, ibid.  
●lls sick, 208  
●ans, 3000 slain, 18  
〈◊〉 Regiments defeated, 19  
〈◊〉, would relieve Wurtsburg, 15  
appears near the King, 18  
●●sses the Main, 26  
solicits Frankford, 26  
●●pes into the Palatinate, 27  
〈◊〉 turns into Franconia, 27  
●●kes Mergentheim, 27  
marches to Norimberg, 27  
The way of his flight from Leipsich, 106  
his letters to Altringer, 107  
recollects his Army, 107  
continues his flight: and forms a new Army, 108  
Falls into Hassia, 109  
joins with Altringer, 110  
number of his Army then, 111  
goes towards the Main: and joins with the Lorrayners, 112  
goes into the Bergstraes', and turns back into Franconia, 113  
joins with the Lorrayners, 112  
solicits Frankford, 113  
takes Weissenburg, and rifles Onspach, 114  
sets down before Norimberg, 115  
Rises from thence, 116  
his heart mis-gives him, 117  
divides his Army, and puts into garrison, 117  
his reasons, 118  
Retires into Nordlingen, 118, 120  
sets out against Horn, 120  
Puts him out of Bamberg, 91  
his own Report of the manner, 93  
retires from the King, 127  
why he goes into the Upper Palatinate, 129  
comes into Bavaria, 140  
fortifies Rain, 141  
His fight with the King at the Lech, 143  
mortally wounded there, 144  
Dyes, 161  
Treaty of Wetteraw Earls with the King, 35  
Triers Elector, accepts the neutrality, 69 

his Proclamation against the Spaniards, 72     

V  
ulm accorded with the King, 176  
Sir Patrick Ruthven made Governor, 176  
The Story of the Actions about it, ibid.   

W  
WAlb, the King's attempt to lay a Bridge over the Rhine at it, 41  
Walstein, refuses the Generallship, 221 

Accepts it upon conditions, 222  
Gins his levyes, ibid.  
his many Titles, 223  
protests to hold the Generallship no longer: but is contented, 224  
Made Generalissimo: and on what strange conditions, 225  
He advances into Bohemia, 228  
Propounds a treaty to Saxony, 229  
and 230  
Takes prague, 229  
His plot upon the Saxons: overreached in it by Arnheim, 231    
Walstein goes to Egra, 233 

His forces then, 233  
falls into the Upper Palatinate, 237  
joins with Bavaria, 238  
nobly releases Dubalt, 238  
comes along the Rednitz, 239  
his several Quarters, ibid.  
encamps at Furt, 24●  
forbears to fight, 24●    
Walsteiners, three Regiments of them defeated by the Saxons, 217, 218  
Weissenburg taken by Tilly, 11● 

and by the King, 13●  
taken and plundered by Cratz, 17●  
and recovered by the King. ibid.    
Werthaim taken, 1ST  
Wetteraw Earls Treaty with th● King, 3●  
William Duke of Saxon-Weimar take Erfurt fairly, 

left Governor there,    
Wilsburg Castle wrung by Tilly fro● the marchioness of Onspach, 11● 

viewed by the King, 13●    
Wirtenberg Dukedom, some action in it, 8●  
Wormbs, accorded with the King, 5●  
Wurtsburg Bishop, the King sends t● warn him of his coming, 5, 1  
Wurtsburg, the town won, 1 

the Castle besieged, 1●  
the manner of the taking, 1●  
a conspiracy against the King, detected in it, 10●     
FINIS.